Home

Operating Manual V 2.2 - Emerson Climate Technologies

1. 10 10 BIS S rA DE m L 10 10 10 12 0 TESE SYNE SEQUENCING Pala E E A E E E E E O E E E O 10 13 Compressor Sequencing 6 510 55 00 a aA i R a 10 14 Ev nts list COMAS sisse Lernen EY te Eae eain avete y vo ey nro eue ed groupe ee aiiai i 10 14 Configuration OVerVIew recreo rete b xe Een ux ESPERE Ee EREy sets FIN EXPE beg Gee eeren iendeak ed oed PER FERE eieiei pes 10 15 10 15 Setting Up The Slave Compressors For Sequencing 10 17 Setting Up The TOC 2 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Table of Contents Section Title Section Number Section 11 Condenser Control gula 11 1 Condenser Control Setpoint 11 1 5102 6 00 A E ERE R AT T 11 2 VFD Settings 11 3 Section 12 Service Options OVEIVICW E 12 1 Digital QUE uc E 12 1 Analog OUEDUts eerie eere ene reae ep Rura tc Ry eren Fev Eee sey LEN ste XR Eran bee Y uro A ERN Ee ev REUS 12 5 Section 13 Instruments Calibration a qui E a 13 1 Pressure and Temperature InpUts rro trente Rad EE ain e RR REB EE ER
2. 10 9 Psig A Capacity Slide AJD bit Value Calibrated Value Aux 2 Fault Detector 3926 47 6 PV g Aux3 AnalogAuxin3 Device Calibration Units Channel Calibration Offset Aux 4 Analog Aux in 4 PORE RE ese MM Adjustment 6 Other v Aux 5 Analog Aux in 5 Enter Desired Unit Total Offset oe Bice M PVg 0 0 Suction Press Control Aux 7 Analog Aux in 7 Min mM Setpoint 20 0 Psig 3 o 0 PVg Aux 8 Analog Aux in 8 I O jumpers selection SR Max 4ma 20ma iv Min Press 30 9 Psig 50 0 PVg 4 0 ma emp 1552F Max 20 0 ma Discharge Press 181 6 Psig emp 136 6 F Page SESEN il Press Diff 71 8 Psig E EN Filter Diff 5 7 Psig No Scheduled Maintenance Inj Temp 109 2 F User Vilter ep Temp 109 9 F 09 29 2013 03 03 16 Motor adi rd Sas 2 Figure B 38 Vibration Monitoring Step 4 Instrument Calibration Page 4 B 58 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Step 5 Set Up Alarms and Trips In the example shown in Figure B 39 for Aux 2 Fault Detector the alarm and trip are both selected with the selection of Both from the drop down menu The Low Alarm setpoint is set to 10 0 PV g so that the In the example shown in Figure B 39 for Aux 1 low alarm will not activate The High Alarm is
3. esee 6 7 Figure 6 9 Compressor Control Screen Pumpdown Pulldown Control eese 6 9 Figure 6 10 Compressor Control Screen Misc 1 Control Mode SOI eese 6 11 Figure 6 11 Compressor Control Screen Misc 2 Economizer amp Hot Gas Bypass Control 6 12 Figure 6 12 Compressor Control Screen Oil Control amp Liquid Injection Control 6 14 Figure 7 1 Alarms and Trips Screen 7 1 Figure 7 2 Alarms and Trips Screen Page 1 as Level 2 USeP ccescessseceseeeseeceececeeceseeecsseecseeeenseeeeees 7 2 Figure 7 3 Alarms and Trips 7 3 Figure 7 4 Alarms and Trips Screen Page 3 ssssesscesseceseeceseeceecceeecceseecesceceeeecenseeeeesseeceseeceneeseeeeeeeens 7 4 Figure 7 5 Alarms and Trips Screen Page 3 SOI Solenoid esee 7 6 Figure 8 1 Timer Screen Page 8 1 Figure 8 2 Timers Screen PAGE 2 n exer Ephes oet RSEN P as TERN RR EEEENK AYER ERREXVAYS ERR RENE EE EERRNE EFE E ais 8 3 Figure 8 3 Timers Screen Page 2 SOL uscire tet teo rti na eibi pene hae n nune a eee epa NER voa eeu 8 4 TOC 6 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 List of Tables and Figures Table Figure Page Number Figure 9 1 Compressor Scheduling Screen ccsscssscccsseccsceceesceeescesseesscese
4. Aux2 Fault Detector Analog Aux in 5 Alarm Trip Both O Inhibit Alarm Trip Neither v Inhibit Low Alarm 10 0 Pvg High Alarm 20 0 PVg Low Alarm o o E High Alarm oo F Low Trip 10 0 PVg High Trip 40 0 PV g Low Trip oo F High Trip oo F Setpoint 20 0 Psig Delay eo sec Delay 5 sec Suction Analog Aux in 3 Analog Aux in 6 Press 30 8 Psig Alarm Trip Neither v Inhibit Alarm Trip Neither v Inhibit emp 15 3 F Low Alarm oo F High Alarm oo F Low Alarm oo F High Alarm oo F Low tip 0 0 F High Tip 0 0 F Low Tip 0 0 F High Tip 0 0 F Discharge Delay 5 sec Delay 5 sec fre 181 5 Psig emp 136 6 F ane z Press Diff 72 0 Psig Filter Diff 6 0 Psig No Scheduled Maintenance Inj Temp 109 2 F ep Temp 109 6 F User Vilter 09 29 2013 02 58 21 Motor aeos Lich o di aa Figure B 39 Vibration Monitoring Step 5 Auxiliary I O Screen Page 3 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 B 59 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Step 6 Trending Select the corresponding trending line colors for Auxiliary Input 1 and Auxiliary Input 2 from the drop down menus There are four trending colors to choose from red blue green and yellow To view the trend data for the vibration monitoring de vices Aux 1 and Aux
5. Suction Pressure 1 9 5 Psig A Capacity Slide Digital Outputs Status Remote Oil Cooler Step 1 Volume Slide Remote Oil Cooler Step 2 OFF 16 Remote Oil Cooler Step 3 OFF Remote Oil Cooler Step 4 OFF Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Digital Aux out 1 OFF Suction Digital Aux out 2 OFF Press 29 5 Psig o Digital Aux out 3 OFF emp SEBC Digital Aux out 4 OFF Discharge Press 127 9 Psig emp B3 ISE Oil Press Diff 131 4 Psig ilter Diff 18 8 Psig Inj Temp 101 9 F Sep Temp 106 0 F Maintenance MM User Access No Scheduled Maintenance No Alarm Trips Present User admin Motor Run Hours Figure 12 4 Service Options Screen Digital Outputs for Remote Oil Cooler Page 3 12 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 12 Service Options Analog Outputs The Analog Output AO selections allow the operator to enter a desired value of the output then turn on the out put see Figure 12 5 The operator will have to measure the output using meter capable of measuring a 4 20mA signal Compressor VFD Sets the analog output assigned to the compressor VFD The output is connected to AO 1 on card 10 Condenser Remote Oil Cooler VFD Sets the analog output assigned to the Condenser Remote Oil Cooler VFD The output is connected to AO 2 on card 10 Slide Valve Position Suction P
6. Enables the suction superheat safety algorithms Suction superheat monitor works only with R717 and R507 Suction superheat monitor and Discharge su perheat monitor features are mutually exclusive Discharge Superheat Monitor Enables the discharge superheat safety algorithms Discharge superheat monitor works only with R717 Discharge superheat monitor and suction superheat monitor features are mutually exclusive Condenser Control The set of values in this section enables the condenser control feature of the Vission 20 20 Once selected the checkboxes will become available for selection and the condenser control screen will be available via the menu screen Some of the options check boxes in this section may not be available for selection unless the proper I O cards are installed and enabled see Figure 19 2 Ambient Sensor Enablesthe ambient temperature option for the con denser control algorithm Wetbulb Sensor Enables the wetbulb temperature override option for the condenser control algorithm VFD Fan Enables the VFD output option for the condenser control algorithm Oil Pump This section defines how the Vission 20 20 will control the oil pump see Figure 19 2 No Pump Disables all functions for oil pump control Cycling Enables option for cycling oil pump Oil pump is cy cled on and off depending on compressor differential pressure Full Time Enables option for full time oi
7. as 4ma 20ma iv 1 0 in sec Min Press 30 9 Psig 4 0 ma emp sy a Discharge Press 181 6 Psig emp 136 8 F HHH BO Press Diff 71 9 Psig 1 ep Temp 109 6 F No Scheduled Maintenance User Vilter p P Inj Temp 109 2 F 09 29 2013 03 01 40 No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure B 37 Vibration Monitoring Step 3 Instrument Calibration Page 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 B 57 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Step 4 Calibrate Instruments 2 of 2 Then add in the Min and Max values in this case TNT 0 0 PV g and 50 0 PV g respectively Since the Moi E to cal Range for the device Vibration Transmitter is 4 20 mA 0 0 0 0 PV g will correspond to 4 mA and 50 0 PV g will To set up Aux 2 in the Device Calibration window se correspond to 20 mA No further set up is required oth lect Other from the drop down menu and enter the er than what has been explained desired unit in this case PV g NOTE PV g is PeakVue g This unit is in no relation to g as in g force This unit is used to describe the frequency of stress waves caused by defects in the moving component So a high PV g value indicates a major defect in the component i e a crack in the race of a roller bearing Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Analog Inputs
8. 7 2 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 7 Alarms and Trips safety After a time delay setting of the Oil Separator Temperature Safety Changeover timer the Low Oil Separator Start Temperature is bypassed and Low Oil Separator Run Temperature alarm and safety set points become active The alarm or trip will be acti vated if the oil temperature in the separator drops below the setpoint value Low Oil Injection Temperature Alarm amp Trip This is the low oil injection safety The alarm and trip setpoints are bypassed at start for a time pe riod setting of the Oil Injection Temperature Safety Changeover timer The alarm and trip will be acti vated after the time delay has expired High Oil Injection Temperature Alarm amp Trip e This is the high oil injection temperature safety The alarm or trip will be activated if the oil injection tem perature rises above the setpoint value High Superheat Start Temperature Trip Only This is the starting high discharge superheat tem perature safety This safety is active when superheat Suction Pressure 1 E Alarm 1 1 igi uv E Low Suction Temperature 45 0 F boom zi High Discharge Temperature 205 0 F Exc Low Oil Separator Start Temp 75 0 F E Boso Low Oil Separator Run Temp 105 0 F 5 5 nae foso 0 NEN High Oil Separator Temp 105 0 F 5 Lo
9. Slave Compressor Name none JN Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel registers within the Modbus range of 40500 through 40513 can occur If Remote Lock is ON then writes within this region cannot occur These registers are the compressor control registers Start Stop Caphold etc Remote Lock is typically used to lock out a PLC or central computer while the operator is operating the compressor locally The Remote Lock button is located directly below the Compressor STOP button The status of Remote Lock is shown in the upper left corner of the Main Screen RESTART ON POWER FAILURE The Vission 20 20 allows for selection of different operations to occur after a power failure has oc curred The selections determine what mode of operation the 20 20 will be placed after the power is restored to the panel This should decided upon and setup prior to communicating to the 20 20 panel 1 Always 2 Never 3 Timed 4 Remote Lock Off 5 Bootin Remote Direct I O Always If compressor was off prior to power failure it will stay off after power is restored If compressor was running prior to power failure it will begin an Auto restart sequence as soon as power is restored In both cases the Remote Lock will be ON after power is restored which means it will not accept any writes via
10. T o OW Restriction Offset 5 rpm p es Discharge Press 65 3 Psig emp Menu il SE PEBE I oo No Scheduled Maintenance User admin 04 26 2013 11 14 16 No Alarm Trips Present Press Diff 130 7 Psig Filter Diff 10 3 Psig nj Temp 112 1 F Sep Temp 111 0 F Log off Motor Figure 6 8 Compressor Control Screen Rapid Cycling VFD Control Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 6 7 6 8 Section 6 Compressor Control Oil Restriction Offset This is the differential offset around Oil Restriction Setpoint For example if Oil Restriction Setpoint is set to 1800 RPM and Oil Restriction Offset is set to 5 RPM then as Compressor VFD RPM decreases to 1795 RPM then Oil Solenoid Digital Output will be turned ON If Compressor VFD RPM increases to 1805 RPM then Oil Solenoid Digital Output will be turned OFF Pumpdown Control NOTE For use of compressor control screen page 4 see Cool Compression Control in Section 25 The Pumpdown Control defines a method of pump ing down a chiller which is to draw off refrigerant from the chiller This feature can be enabled or disabled from this page see Figure 6 9 If Pumpdown is enabled this feature will only function when the compressor is run ning in local Auto Mode and Control Mode Configured is Suction Pressure If Pumpdown Feature is enabled and then T
11. Whenusing only the liquid injection solenoid the so lenoid is activated once the value of discharge tem perature meets or exceeds the value of Liquid inj Setpoint 1 and the value of oil separator tempera ture meets or exceeds the value of Oil Sep Temp Override The injection solenoid will deactivate if either of setpoints are not met This will prevent situ ations where the discharge temperature may rise quickly but the oil temperature is still very cold By preventing the liquid injection solenoid from turning on atthis point the oil separator will notbe subjected to additional liquid refrigerant that would cool the oil even further Liquid Injection Control using a 4 20ma motorized valve When a motorized valve is used to control the amount of liquid being injected into the compressor Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 6 Compressor Control the previously mentioned setpoints have a slightly different function The Oil Sep Temp Override is still used in controlling the injection solenoid however the Liquid Inj Setpoint 1 is now used as the target temperature for the PID Algorithm that controls the position of the motorized valve The algorithm com pares the actual discharge temperature against the Liquid Inj Setpoint 1 The difference between these is the error The PID algorithm tries to drive the er ror to zero by moving the positioning val
12. 100 0 0 a 100 0 0 EN 100 0 210 0 um 15 0 0 EN B aM 210 0 210 0 210 0 210 0 210 0 Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write 15 0 Read Read Read Write 100 0 Read Write 100 0 100 0 Read Write 100 0 23 0 Read Write 100 0 Read Write 100 0 Read Read Read D 15 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table Low Oil Sep Start F INT Temp Trip Low Oil Sep Run F INT Temp Alarm Low Oil Sep Run F INT Temp Trip 40808 Low Oil Inj Temp F INT Alarm 40809 Low Oil Inj Temp F INT 40810 High Oil Inj Temp F INT Alarm 40811 High Oil Inj Temp F INT 40812 High Oil F INT Separator Temp Alarm 40813 High Oil F INT Separator Temp Trip 40814 High Superheat F IN Start Temp Trip 40815 High Superheat F INT Run Temp Alarm 40816 High Superheat F INT Run Temp Trip 40817 High Superheat F INT Start Offset Temp Alarms Trips Page 3 Prelube Oil F INT Pressure Alarm Prelube Oil F INT Pressure Trip Run Oil Pressure F INT Alarm Run Oil Pressure F INT Trip 40834 High Filter Diff F INT Start Press Alarm 40835 High Filter Diff F INT Start Press Trip High Filter Diff F INT Run Press Alarm High Filter Diff F INT Run Press Trip High Motor Amps F INT Alarm High Motor Amps F INT Trip N64 5 40805 N64 6 40806 N64 7 40807 N64 8 N64 9 4 N64 10 N64 11 4 N64 12 A
13. 2 2 M DG 51 aem Wiring uic M 7 oin eU EA Digital Input Outp t MO 22560 aureis cR Analog a rnuiopiice M Digital Analog I O Boards Layo t ree ert ertt neben tnnt roten Digital Output Boards R Eat Digital IMPUt 0 racc Digital 1 0 e n 0 n efe rz yo ER EE Analog Input JtitmperTables ccccscccccescssuatscicessnsaccnecsesessicesansonsessgaavennevddeebsoeasecegsabeoscecset edeeccuaueescceasawanns Analog Output Board Sissies ai edi eR ia aeiee 07 Parameter Balissscisccssicsesssceaceabavvearsccondcevnessouvesseuveasedesaveubdutedsoavesssaddesbeuenedseveuvesddaddssvestedeeussasdsavenvensenssueeud Bottoni Status Baz svctcnivedecaycctusitcssuclhSucsiesajebabedcsaduube evastadeus ove ea E o etre isda veau rude Ceo ow Ede we go SEE eTa E E ERIT DD TET LE Step om LP CR SOl SolenoldSCFeelr oroor oer rPEEE ELE EXER E ORE T ETE UERBO AT EGERIT FEED QUO E E OVeT VIG cu ERR ENPE ERE V D AT FREUEN KR E NE E N TE ERES EE E E ELO Ede e FREE E Navigation BURTONS 0 TE QUIC Suction Pressure Control and Process Temperature Control mec Variable Frequency Drive VFD 3 3 02 onte eoo nna ren
14. Model 51 Refrigerant P717 X Other K Factor 1 Compressor Control Condenser Control Ambient Sensor Wetbulb Sensor Controllers E Suction Pressure Control Process Temp Control Ez Oil Cooling Optional Function Selection des yphon Compressor VFD H20 Oil Cooler Slide Volume Position Liquid injection Economizer Pressure Superheat Monitor E NIC Figure B 2 Configuration Screen Page 2 Two Setpoint Operation Setup Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Solenoids fi Motorized Valve To enable the two setpoint operation do the following e Inthe section Compressor Control enter 2 for each control in the Controllers box COMPRESSOR CONTROL SETPOINTS Navigate to the Compressor Control screen and enter in the desired control setpoints for both Setpoint 1 and Setpoint 2 Log in to set up both Setpoint 1 and Setpoint 2 as shown in Figure B 3 The load and unloading response of the compressor for both setpoints can also be changed This will be useful when the compressor is operating between a high stage and booster application Set up the Load Limit setpoints at different settings when operating the compressor between a high stage and booster application as shown in Figure B 4 Superheat T SAT vs Oil Sep Temp 1 F T SAT vs Oil Sep Temp Delay T SAT vs Disch Temp T
15. Suction Press 19 0 Psig emp 39 2 F None OFF 10 95 PEE EEE PEEL EET A PEELE EL MAN 8 None ol 10 95 Machine Timers Start Time 20 sec Stop Time Page 2 3 4 Discharge Accelerated Shut Down Timer o sec Press 105 7 Psig emp 59 6 F 90 sec B il Press Diff 130 2 Psig Filter Diff 10 3 Psig Inj Temp 113 5 F Sep Temp 108 0 F A 9 No Scheduled Maintenance User Vilter 01 02 2014 14 12 22 Motor Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 10 1 Compressor Sequencing Screen Page 1 No Alarm Trips Present Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 10 1 Section 10 Compressor Sequencing Control Inclusion exclusion of compressor partaking in the sequencing can be decided on basis of this toggle button Compressors can be included excluded by toggling ON OFF NOTE Switching a compressor control to OFF when running in auto seq mode puts respective slave compressor into local auto mode This feature is used to add or remove slave compressors to sequence table when running in auto sequence mode Priority This defines priorities of compressors on the network This priority will decide the sequence in which com pressors will be turned on and off during sequence cycle Lower the priority number greater the priority of the compressor Step This parameter would decide ste
16. nlo nlo AlO W W 8 QOQloOlolilolioioioliolioioliolioioio CY C CY C 1 767 0 45 1 767 0 45 1 767 288 0 45 1 767 0 45 1 767 0 45 1 767 288 0 45 1 767 288 0 45 1 767 0 45 1 767 0 52 2 045 328 0 52 2 045 328 0 52 2 045 CY C CY C CY C 8 CY C C C CC N 5 5 n 5 n 5 5 5 Q n 5 n 5 n N C CY C 5 CY 2 gt 5 gt gt NO 2 5 gt gt OIOI 14 6 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 14 Slide Calibration Slide Valve Troubleshooting Guide The Analog output card of the Vission 20 20 produces a 4 20mA signal to any attached devices However it is not uncommon that small differences in the board components might result in small differences in the output So this screen offers the operator the ability to fine tune the upper and lower output values see Table 14 2 Slide Valve Troubleshooting Guide Table 14 2 Slide Valve Troubleshooting Guide 1 of 2 Problem Reason The photo chopper fence extends less than about half way into the optocoupler slots The actuator cannot be calibrated The white calibrate wire in the grey Turck cable is grounded Dirt and or condensation on the position sensor boards are causing it to malfunction Solution Dirt or debris i
17. C Compressor Sequencing O Master Slave Network Name vilter Figure 10 12 Screen 1 Compressor Setup for Compressor Sequencing Slave Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 10 15 Section 10 Compressor Sequencing At this point the slave compressor will begin multicast ing its status information over the network at a rate of every 15 seconds After the Master Compressor is con figured the slave information will be populated to the Sequencing menu of the Master Compressor 11 Exit out of the configuration screen and then put slave in remote mode by pressing Unit Start gt Remote see Figure 10 13 Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 25 4 Psig A Capacity Slide Anti Recycle 00 00 Oil Pump ott Oil Heater of Remote Lock Out On 45 4 Psig 392 F Volume Slide T pasanna 00 Discharge 46 9 Psig 137 3 F Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Auto Manual Suction 5 45 4 Psig thes emp 39 2 F in 48 6 Psig Discharge Out 47 8 Psig s 46 9 Psig Diff 0 8 Psig 119 5 F 08 23 2011 04 39 00 Run Hours No Scheduled Maintenance User No Alarm Trips Present Figure 10 13 Screen 2 Placing Slave Compressors into Remote Mode 10 16 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 10 Compressor Sequencing SETTING UP THE MASTE
18. Discharge Temperature 4 20 mA RTD ICTD vice Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 3 5 Auxiliary 2 0 5V 1 5 V 0 10V 4 20 mA RTD ICTD Auxiliary 3 0 5V 1 5 V 0 10V 4 20 mA RTD ICTD Auxiliary 4 0 5V 1 5 V 0 10V 4 20 mA RTD ICTD Auxiliary 5 0 5V 1 5 V 0 10V 4 20 mA RTD ICTD Auxiliary 6 0 5V 1 5 V 0 10V 4 20 mA RTD ICTD Auxiliary 7 0 5V 1 5 V 0 10V 4 20 mA RTD ICTD Section 3 Hardware Architecture range and calibration is set in the calibration screen Discharge Pressure Default signal is 4 20mA Discharge pressure trans ducer range and calibration is set in the calibration screen Oil Filter Inlet Pressure Default signal is 4 20mA Oil filter pressure trans ducer range and calibration is set in the calibration screen Oil Manifold Pressure e Default signal is 4 20mA Oil manifold pressure trans ducer range and calibration is set in the calibration screen Economizer Pressure e Default signal is 4 20mA Economizer pressure trans ducer range and calibration is set in the calibration screen Slide Valve Position Reads the 0 5 volt signal back from the slide posi tion motor actuator to indicate current slide valve position Volume Position e Reads the 0 5 volt signal back from the slide volume motor actuator to indicate current volume position Suction Temperature Default signal is RTD Suction temperature calibra tion is set in the cal
19. Enable Enables the Auto cycle control Uncheck the box to disable the Auto cycle set points Start Pressure Whenthe suction pressure meets or exceeds this set point the compressor will start Start Delay Delays the compressor from starting when the suc tion pressure meets or exceeds this setpoint Stop Pressure When the suction pressure meets or falls below this setpoint the compressor will stop Stop Delay Delays the compressor from stopping when the suc tion pressure meets or exceeds this setpoint Minimum Slide Position The minimum capacity slide position that the com pressor is allowed to run at Time Interval 1 Time Interval 2 Time Interval 3 Figure 6 3 Proportional Band amp Setpoint Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 6 Compressor Control 55 7 Psig A Capacity Slide Discharge Pressure 1 Stopped Discharge Pressure Control Setpoint 1 Set 2 inal Pressure Control Setpoint 260 0 Psig 260 0 Psig f Capacity Increase interval Pulse Time 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 4 0 sec so sec Proportional Dead Band 4 0 Psig 10 0 f 0 Psig ioo iE interval Pulse Time io sec o sec so sec 4 0 sec Proportional Dead Band 4 0 Psig fio 0 ao Psig 10 0 Auto cycle Setpoint 260 0 Psig C Enable EX Capacity Decrease 3 d Discharge Press Control Start Pressure 240 0 Psig 2
20. Enablesthe optional digital input output card 2 Enable Output 3 Set Name Analog Aux out 3 C Enable Output 4 Set Name Analog Aux out 4 C Enable Output 3 Set Name Digtal Aux out 3 Enable Output 4 Set Name Digtal Aux out 4 gt Figure 19 5 Configuration Screen Analog and Digital Outputs Page 5 19 10 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 19 Configuration Analog Input 1 Not editable by the operator Identifies that the Analog Input card 1 is enabled Analog Input 2 Not editable by the operator Identifies that the Analog Input card 2 is enabled Analog Input 3 Enables the optional Analog input card 3 Analog Input 4 Enables the optional Analog input card 4 Analog Output Enables the optional Analog Output card Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 19 11 Section 19 Configuration IJO Configuration If any additional I O card are added to Vission 20 20 this is where these cards are enabled for use by the Vission 20 20 algorithms Some feature of the Vission 20 20 will not be available unless specific expansions cards are se lected see Figure 19 6 Digital Output 1 Not editable by the operator Identifies that the Digital Output card 1 is enabled Digital Output 2 Not editable by the operator Identifies that the Digital Output c
21. Low Suction Pressure Safety Bypass High Superheat Temp Safety Changeover 10 min Discharge Press 114 6 Psig emp 60 3 F Low Pressure Ratio Bypass WERE HF Oil Press Diff 135 6 Psig Filter Diff 10 3 Psig Inj Temp 114 2 F Sep Temp 108 7 F Maintenance User Access No Scheduled Maintenance User admin 10 10 2013 16 31 21 va Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 8 2 Timers Screen Page 2 No Alarm Trips Present Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 8 3 Section 8 Timers Reference Figure 8 3 SOI Low Oil Pressure Safety Bypass e This timer bypasses the SOI Low Oil Pressure Safety set points during start up After the timer expires the SOI Low Oil Pressure safety is active SOI Low Pressure Ratio Safety Bypass e This timer bypasses the SOI Low Pressure Ratio Safety set points during start up After the timer expires the SOI Low Pressure Ratio safety is active Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 10 5 Psig A Capacity Slide Communication Fadure Detect Timer Max Restart After Power Fadure Volume Slide Hot Starts per Hour True Anti Recycle Timer 0 0 Accumulative Anti Recycle Timer Compressor Interlock Bypass Suction Press Control Hh ec Aten Py Bypass Setpoint 20 0 Psig Emergency Stop Timer Suction Low Suction Pressure Safety Bypass Press 30 5 Psig emp 53 6 F High Superheat Temp Safety C
22. Process Temperature SP1 as op ed to schedule events but only when the schedule is tions for selection disabled f Control Mode is selected as Unscheduled and The operator can Enable Compressor Scheduling Time set in an event is achieved then control mode Feature only if Time Intervals are in order of Event 1 will not get switched Hence Control Mode can be set Event 2 Event 3 Event 4 for all days If events are as Unscheduled if operator does not want to use all not in order invalid events are marked with caution 4 events per day Suction Pressure 1 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide Schedule O Enabled Volume Slide Sunday Monday mesi wednesday thursday Friday saturday Control Mode Time Schedule Event 1 Unscheduled 00 00 AM Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Schedule Event 2 Unscheduled v e 00 E 01 AM v Suction Press 29 4 Psig Schedule Event 43 Unscheduled v oo E 02 AM v emp 49 8 F Schedule Event 4 Unscheduled v e 00 03 AM v Discharge Press 130 1 Psig emp 83 2 SF Oil Press Diff 131 1 Psig ilter Diff 8 9 Psig Inj Temp 101 9 F Sep Temp 105 7 F No Scheduled Maintenance User Ce laalia P p 01 01 2013 16 04 58 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours o Sy Figure 9 1 Compressor Scheduling Screen Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 353
23. This selection defines that the 20 20 will control compressor capacity from con tents of Capacity Hold register 40506 If Hold Capacity is selected then it is typical to write a Capacity Hold value to register 40506 before the com pressor is started typically 525 to prevent the compres sor from loading immediately Modbus Register 40506 Capacity Hold Value 0 100 Hold Capacity Operation Capacity Hold commands define a target capacity slide valve position for the compressor The 20 20 will position the capacity slide to the target posi tion rules of this capacity hold algorithm are 1 Ifthe new target is gt 0 4 full scale away from the current position then don t do anything this is the deadband region 2 If new target is gt deadband region but gt 10 full scale away from the current position then en ergize the capacity slide for a time that is propor tional to the amount it is away from the new target position To say it another way the further you are away from the new target position the longer the slide is energized in the proper direction This con trol region is called the proportional band region 3 Ifnew target is gt 10 full scale away from current position greater than the proportional band re gion then energize continuously There are mechanical properties that limit the speed at which the capacity of the compressor can be changed The capacity slide actuators
24. 9 1 Psig A Capacity Slide Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 29 1 Psig 50 0 F Press 127 7 Psig User Te laella 01 01 2013 09 46 58 Run Hours 0 102 1 F Sep Temp 105 3 F Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 5 2 Menu Screen with Remote Oil Cooler Enabled Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 6 Compressor Control Overview The compressor control screen is where an operator can set the majority of the compressor settings These setting define how the compressor will operate and re spond to changing loads The compressor control screen consists of several screens but in order not to overwhelm the operator with options many of the screens may not be visible NOTE How the compressor is configured in the configuration screen Section 19 will determine what compressor control pages are displayed Additional setup information can be found in Appendix B It is important to note that there isn t one correct way to set these parameters Every application is different and requires the operator to tune these settings to achieve the best operation Suction Pressure 1 Suction Pressure Control A Pressure Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Capacity Increase 8 Interval Pulse Time 4 0 sec 4 0 sec ot Proportional Dead Band 4 0 Psig 10 0 Capac
25. Analog Outputs Stopped 2 8 Psig A Capacity Slide Test Limits Min mA Offset mA Max mA Offset mA CNN RII CNN NN Slide Valve Pos est min Testa ko 7 8 Liquid Inj Motorized Valve Test in Test Max gt mW Aux 1 Analog Aux out 1 Test Min Test Max p foo Suction Press Control SS DEN ce a nD M eee Test in Test Max ee gO goe 22 8 Psig 4 Test Min Test max ko fo Jem 29 4 F Discharge Press 84 1 Psig emp mj z Press Diff 127 1 Psig E AA Filter Diff 10 2 Psig User admin nj Temp 112 8 F No Scheduled Maintenance 05 15 2013 16 16 02 No Scheduled Maintenance EM Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps Volume Slide Apply Changes Figure 13 6 Instruments Calibration Screen Analog Outputs Page 6 13 6 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 14 Slide Calibration Overview The Slide Calibration screen is used in calibrating the slide actuators and to establish Vission 20 20 control parameters It is important that the operator uses cau tion while operating in this screen see Figure 14 1 The normal safety checks that prevent the slide from collid ing with the mechanical stops are overridden When the calibration process is completed and the operator exits the screen both actuators will return the slid
26. Condenser Control Users Tug 5 8 Psig x Timers 7 Calibration x Auxiliary I O emp 49 8 F Compressor Scheduling Configuration Trend Chart Discharge Press 147 2 Psig emp 82 9 F Refresh M Em Press Diff 155 0 Psig ob ilter Diff 8 9 Psig Sep Temp 113 5 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin p p Inj Temp 102 5 F 01 01 2013 14 26 21 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 hperage 0 0 Amps Figure 20 2 Data Backup Screen Migrate and Factory Reset Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 20 3 Section 20 Data Backup Setpoints Report The setpoints report screen offers the operator the abil ity to generate setpoints report for all screens The re ports are stored as csv files and can be saved to a USB drive from Save Load screen by selecting Setpoints Report option in Data Items during backup of database CSV file can be imported in any spread sheet applica tion During the course of operation operator can gen erate reports any time see Figure 20 3 Suction Pressure 1 Setpoints Report All Select Selecting All will include all screen in the report that is generated When Select is chosen the op erator can choice which screen will be included in the report Generate This button initiates the process to generate set points report files 0 9 Psig A Capaci
27. F Suction Press emp 29 5 Psig 49 8 F PE 23 0 F TETTE Discharge Press emp Uu o F 130 4 Psig 3 6 F Oil Press Diff 131 4 Psig ilter Diff 8 8 Psig Inj Temp 102 3 F ep Temp 106 0 F admin 01 01 2013 14 45 41 0 Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 7 3 Alarms and Trips Screen Page 2 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 7 Alarms and Trips After a time delay setting of the High Superheat Temperature Safety Changeover timer this safety is deactivated and the High Superheat Run Temperature alarm and safety setpoints become active The trip will be activated if the superheat temperature from start rises above the superheat temperature plus the zeroed prelube oil pressure difference value is shown on main screen during start sequence The prelube oil pressure is redefined as manifold pressure minus suction pressure after the start sequence This safety insures adequate lubrication of the compressor at startup setpoint value There is no ALARM setpoint Low Run Oil Pressure Alarm amp Trip This is the running oil pressure safety The normal alarm and trip setpoints of this safety are messaged as soon as the compressor starts The Pre lube Oil Pressure Alarm and Trip setpoints are substituted into this safety setpoints for a time ofthe Oil Pressure Bypass timer t
28. Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 17 Input Output sdb peste A Capacity Slide Suction Pressure 1 Stopped T ig Live I O 0 09 5 jai IE ES jaca 2 Remote Enabled fe Analog Aux out 2 4 0 MA n 2 i Emergency Output 0 Analog Aux out 3 4 0 mA Volume Slide Condenser Step 1 f Analog Aux out 4 4 0 MA o g Condenser Step 2 f Condenser Step 3 f 2 Condenser Step 4 f Suction Press Control 3 Setpoint 20 0 Psig E Digital Aux out 1 fo Digital Aux out 2 f Suction E Press 7 5 Psig Digital Aux out 3 f emp 50 0 F n Digital Aux out 4 o E Discharge Analog Aux out 1 4 0 MA Press 147 2 Psig emp 83 1 F Page 1 2 3 m il Press Diff 153 2 Psig EN ilter Diff 8 9 Psig User admin Inj Temp 103 0 F 01 01 2013 13 42 22 Motor Sep Temp 113 5 F Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps Suction Pressure 1 14 2 Psig A Capacity Slide 0 0 Live I O Remote Enabled f Analog Aux out 2 4 0 MA a v 5 E Emergency Output o Analog Aux out 3 4 0 mA Volume Slide E Remote Oil Cooler Step 1 f Analog Aux out 4 4 0 MA com N g Remote Oil Cooler Step 2 0 Remote Oil Cooler Step 3 Remote Oil Cooler Step 4 Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Freeze 3 Digital Aux out 1 TTE 7 Digital Aux out 2 Digital Aux out 3 5 8 Psig E 49 5
29. This page is active only when Remote Oil Cooler VFD is selected in Configuration Screen see Section 19 For Remote Oil Cooler VFD Screen see Figure 26 2 When a VFD fan is used for the remote oil cooler oil cooling the speed of the VFD is controlled using PID algorithm P Proportional gain Used to adjust the fan speed action in direct propor tion to the difference between the control setpoint and the process variable SP PV error The pro portional term is a unit less quantity and is used for coarse adjustment This setpoint should be set to the lowest value that gives adequate control system re sponse Increasing the proportional setting increases the control system s sensitivity to small process fluc tuations and the tendency to hunt Integral reset Used to adjust the capacity control action integrat ing the error over time to account for a small error that has persisted for a long time This quantity is used for fine adjustment This setpoint is used to smooth out process variations This setpoint should be set high enough to prevent hunting but not too high or it will cause control system overshoot D Derivative rate Used to adjust the capacity control action account ing for how fast the error is changing positively or negatively Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 26 Remote Oil Cooler Maximum Speed Minimum Speed
30. Volume Slide Valve Potentiometer Software limit set points Max Limit 4850 0 Suction Press Control Vol 17 Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Input Value Press 29 4 Psig 228 27 mv Maintenance No Scheduled Maintenance No Alarm Trips Present Log off emp 50 0 2E Discharge Press 127 7 Psig emp 82 9 F Oil Press Diff 131 5 Psig NM Filter Diff 8 9 Psig Inj Temp 102 3 F Sep Temp 106 0 F User admin 01 01 2013 11 05 03 Run Hours 0 Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 14 1 Slide Calibration Screen Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 14 1 14 2 Section 14 Slide Calibration mechanical stops for normal slide travel These soft ware limits purpose is to prevent the slide from actu ally hitting the mechanical stops which could result in a number of undesirable consequences By default the software limits are set to 150mV from either end point The position percentage is calculated from the software limits Therefore it is possible to read a val ue greater than 100 or less than 0 if inertial carries the slides after these limits are reached Volume Slide Valve Potentiometer This section provided critical information and control parameters related to the volume slide actuator The Vol display shows the actual value in percent of the volume slide without any con
31. b RS485 supporting serial Modbus RTU protocol COMMUNICATION WIRE For any communication network to work properly it is important to use the proper wire Ethernet Cable Specifications Category 6 cable is recommended Many installations are now using gigahertz switches and category 6 pro vides greater immunity to signal crosstalk RS 422 485 Cable Specifications The following cables are recommended for RS 422 485 serial communications Although you may elect to use other cables keep in mind that low capacitance less than 15 pF ft is important for high speed digital communication links The cables listed below are all 24 gauge 7x32 stranded with 100 ohm nominal im pedance and a capacitance of 12 5 pF ft Select from the following four three and two pair cables depending on your application needs All will yield satisfactory results It is recommended that you choose a cable with one more pair than your application requires Use one of the extra wires rather than the shield for the common Four Pair Belden P N 8104 with overall shield Belden P N 9728 individually shielded Belden P N 8164 individually shielded with overall shield Manhattan P N M3477 individually shielded with overall shield Manhattan P N M39251 individually shielded with overall shield Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Three Pair Belden P N 8103 with
32. connection is secure Normally when you try to connect securely sites will present trusted identification to prove that you are going to the right place However this site s identity can t be verified What Should I Do If you usually connect to this site without problems this error could mean that someone is trying to impersonate the site and you shouldn t continue Get me out of here Technical Details Understand the Risks If you understand what s going on you can tell Firefox to start trusting this site s identification Even if you trust the site this error could mean that someone is tampering with your connection Don t add an exception unless you know there s a good reason why this site doesn t use trusted identification 5 Click on Confirm Security Exception You are about to override how Firefox identifies this site A Legitimate banks stores and other public sites will not ask you to do this Server Location TE Certificate Status This site attempts to identify itself with invalid information View Wrong Site Certificate belongs to a different site which could indicate an identity theft Unknown Identity Certificate is not trusted because it hasn t been verified by a recognized authority using a secure signature VV Permanently store this exception C 16 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix C Remote
33. l m 2 ii fl 0 OFF 1 ON Read 0 OFF 1 ON Read ON when no Alarm 51 0 51 1 51 2 51 3 40051 40052 40053 40054 51 4 51 5 51 6 40055 40056 40057 z Oil Separator Heater N51 7 40058 Trip Slide Valve Setpoint 1 Slide Valve Setpoint 2 Alarm N51 8 40059 N51 9 40060 INT INT INT NT 51 10 40061 51 11 51 12 40062 40063 0 OFF 1 Read Spare i 0 OFF 1 Read Liquid Injection Solenoid 1 Liquid Injection Solenoid 2 Remote Enabled 51 13 40064 0 OFF 1 Read 51 14 51 15 40065 40066 Emergency Output 40067 Condenser Step ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 0 OFF 1 Read 51 16 51 17 8 Condenser Step 51 18 9 Condenser 5 6 51 19 40070 Condenser Step BEI A UJ NJ 51 20 40071 Auxiliary Output 51 21 2 Auxiliary Output N 51 22 3 Auxiliary Output 5 NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT NT gt lt 51 23 4 Auxiliary Output Analog Inputs N52 0 N52 1 N52 2 40100 40101 40102 Motor Amps F INT Read F INT Read Suction Pressure Discharge Pressure p um NS20 mt A UJ D 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table N52 3 N52 4 N52 5 N52 6 N52 7 N52
34. len e SB ok eS eee Ue a Td S por 3 e ce O NE lt gt 1 e pos c e f X 1 1 UF 6 p poor e E Qt uS 1 f i j os5 eoi A Uy Finally the VPLUS relay CRV shown in Figure B 29 must also be wired to the Vission 20 20 This relay will be controlled by the Vission 20 20 digital out put board 2 output 5 the liquid injection so lenoid output Run a wire from terminal 25 in the 20 20 panel to terminal 104 in the VPLUS panel see Figure B 31 COMPRESSOR VFD VFD 4 20 MA OUTPUT CONOENSER VFD 4 20 MA OUTPUT X SUDE VALVE POSITION 4 20 MA OUTPUT Term 107 Q Term 106 To Liquid Injection J VPLUS Dart Speed Control AUXIL 4 20 ru OU PUT AUXILIARY 3 4 20 MA OUTPUT AUXILIARY 4 4 20 MA OUTPUT AUX ARY 2 4 20 MA OUTPUT Figure B 30 Analog Output Card Wiring to VPLUS Dart Speed Controller Wire 106 and 107 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures 7 39 ECONIMIZER SOL SLIDE VALVE 4 5 SETPOINT 2 HOT 0 B GAS 2 TO CUSTOMER ALARM ANNUNCIATION 29 Sz Ege CONTROL lt OUTPUT DE ENERGIZES ON A og IF REQUIRED ALARM CONDITION sot 24 ECONOMIZER 2 lt lt 5 N ae Uses in LIQUID INJECTION 1 9 zi ao SOL N A t ius LIQUID INJECTION 2 SV ri x OUTPUT CAN JE USED W
35. 0 100 slide valve position e 12 20ma VFD minimum speed to VFD maxi mum speed Consideration should also be given that when moving the capacity slide valve from 0 100 the actual corre sponding capacity of the compressor is not changing in a linear relationship of 0 100 The last 15 travel of the slide valve results in a greater change of capacity than 15 Integrators should realize that the caphold value sent relates to slide valve position and not actual ca pacity of the compressor For most purposes however assuming a linear relationship is adequate Therate at which the capacity slide moves from 0 10055 and the rate at which the VFD increases speed from min imum to maximum is not the same So there are two different capacity profiles that the integrator needs to consider Remote Enable Output e When the compressor is off and in Remote mode an enable output will provide a signal to indicate that the 20 20 is in a condition where it is ready to be started No start inhibit conditions exists the 20 20 is not in anti recycle mode and there are no trips active If the compressor is able to be started then Remote Enable output will go on When the output is on then closing the Remote Start Stop input will initiate a compressor start NOTE Once the compressor has started the state of the Remote Enable Output is indeterminate and has no meaning CONTROL SCENARIO Once the Configuration Screen has been config
36. 17 R1270 Propylene 18 Natural Gas 19 Other 0 OFF 1 ON 0 None Local 1 Direct I O 2 Serial 3 Ethernet 0 Auto Capacity Read Write Control 1 Pulse Load Unload 2 Hold Capacity 0 Suction Read Write Pressure if en abled 1 Process Temperature if enabled 2 Discharge Pressure if enabled D 8 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table 200 0 150 0 N56 4 40504 Remote Pulse 0 Stop Pulse Read Write 5 5 Load 10 1 Second Pulse 157 1 5 Second Pulse 20 2 Second Pulse 145 14 5 Second Pulse 150 15 Second Pulse Oo Eoo poo ooo Eo Eo 20 N56 5 40505 Remote Pulse 0 Stop Pulse Read Write 5 5 Unload 10 1 Second Pulse 15 1 5 Second Pulse 20 2 Second Pulse 145 14 5 Second Pulse 150 15 Second Pulse N56 6 40506 Capacity Hold NT Read Write M T N56 7 40507 Active Setpoint 1 Setpoint 1 Read Write 2 Setpoint 2 if enabled Start Command INT Read Write See Appendix 40509 Stop Command Read Write N56 10 0 Auto Cycle Enable Disable 0 Disable 1 Read Write Enable N56 11 40511 Pumpdown Enable Disable 0 Disable 1 Read Write Enable N56 12 40512 Pulldown Enable Disable 0 Disable 1 Read Write Enable N56 13 40513 Force to local 1 To local Read Write control ui ce
37. 2 ENUM Control Mode Tuesday Event 2 Hour Tuesday Event 2 Minute Tuesday Event 3 ENUM Control Mode Tuesday Event 3 Hour N67 27 41027 Ui h N67 28 41028 N W N67 29 9 Ui oO N UJ N67 30 0 Ui i N67 31 41031 N UJ N67 32 41032 Ol Ko N UJ N67 33 41033 Tuesday Event 4 ENUM Control Mode Tuesday Event 4 Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix N67 34 41034 N67 35 41035 Tuesday Event 4 Minute Read Write See N67 36 41036 Wednesday Event ENU 1 Control Mode Appendix N67 37 41037 Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix N67 38 41038 Wednesday Event 1 Minute Wednesday Event ENU 2 Control Mode Wednesday Event 2 Hour Wednesday Event 2 Minute Wednesday Event ENUM 3 Control Mode Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 2 D 19 1 Hour uH N67 39 9 N67 40 INT INT M Wednesday Event INT INT M 41040 INT NT N67 41 41041 Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix N67 42 Read Write See 41042 Tuesday Event 43 INT Read Write See Minute Appendix Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table N67 43 41043 Wednesday Event INT 3 Hour N67 44 4 Wednesday Event
38. 41219 Step 5 Low Speed Fan Summer Winter 41220 Condenser VFD Gain P 41221 Condenser VFD Reset I 41222 Condenser VFD Rate D 41223 Condenser VFD Minimum Speed 41224 Condenser VFD Maximum Speed NE Configuration Time Configuration Other 41340 Anti Recycle 41341 N69 49 N69 50 69 51 69 52 69 53 69 54 76 0 76 1 76 2 76 3 76 4 N76 5 N77 0 0 True Anti Recycle 1 Accumulative Anti Recycle 2 Hot Starts NE Nes m m N77 1 Restart On Power Fail 1 Never 2 Timed 3 Remote Lock Off 4 Boot in Remote Direct 0 N77 2 41342 Suction Press INT Control Available 41343 Suction Press INT Control of Setpoints 0 No 1 Yes N77 3 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write ll Read Write p Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write 1970 1 31 Read Write Read Read Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table N77 4 41344 Process Temp 0 No 1 Yes Read Control Available N77 5 41345 Process Temp Read Control of Setpoints N77 6 41346 Slide Volume 0 No 1 Yes Read Position N77 7 41347 Economizer 0 No 1 Yes Read Pressure N77 N7Z 8 41348 Compressor VFD 0 No 1 Yes No 1 Yes Reads N77 9 41349 Compressor INT 0
39. 7 3 Cool 0 2404 655101 4 DEDE ESUEI SD D 15 Alarms Trips 302 5 Alatims Trips PaQe 3 D 16 MUI D 17 Compressor Scheduling Military Time cesses esee eee esee eene eene 7 D 18 Compressor Sequernclirn ceo e eco aee teneor eene eterne NE ET en e eee avo eee eaa ea vie eese ea epu uU D 21 Condenser Controls e H D 22 oninEuuUudeee D 25 Configuration 21 EaR RaR E eK eea N Ea EEEE D 25 Mcr E E A EN E N A E E E OE E E E D 27 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 D 2 Blank Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table Vission 20 20 Communication Table e All ENUM variables are of INT type ALLF INT data types represent floating point values as INT types multiplied by 10 All Pressures are in Psig All Temperatures are in Fahrenheit e Modbus TCP addressing is PLCstyle Base 1 addressing OnError Modbus TCP server only returns an error code of Illegal Data Address e All registers returned INT and F INT are 2 bytes long e For Ethernet IP use INT data type and PLC 5 Word Range Read Write MSG instructions Remote commands can t be issued i
40. Analog Aux in 15 Set Name Analog Aux in 16 Soa Figure 19 4 Configuration Screen Analog Auxiliaries Page 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 19 9 Section 19 Configuration Analog Outputs The Vission 20 20 has several Analog outputs that the operator can choose how the outputs will be used Once an output is enabled the Auxiliary I O screen will be available from the menu screen where the operator can further define the outputs operation see Figure 19 5 Enable Output Enablesthe selected analog output Set Name Allows the operator to assign a name to the output Auxiliary Outputs Analog Outputs J Enable Output 1 Set Name Analog Aux out 1 Enable Output 2 Set Name Analog Aux out 2 Digital Outputs C Enable Output 1 Set Name Digtal Aux out 1 Enable Output 2 Set Name Digtal Aux out 2 NE Digital Outputs The Vission 20 20 has several Digital outputs that the operator can choose how the output will be used Once an output is enabled the Auxiliary I O screen will be available from the menu screen where the operator can further define the outputs operation see Figure 19 5 Enable Output Enablesthe selected digital output Set Name Allows the operator to assign a name to the output Digital Input Output 1 Enablesthe optional digital input output card 1 Digital Input Output 2
41. Analog input 3 Figure B 15 Selection of Installed Boards from Configuration Screen Configuration Screen Page 6 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 B 34 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Step 2 Selection and Naming of Auxiliary Analog Outputs used for Level Control Navigate to page 5 of the Configuration screen and se lect the analog output s that will be used modulating the positioning valve s on the vessel s Also provide a name for the analog output s You ll need to refer ence your wiring diagram to determine which analog output s need to be enabled Auxiliary Outputs Analog Outputs Set Name chiller Level 4 20 Out Enable Output 1 2 Enable Output 2 Set Name condenser Level 4 20 Out Digital Outputs Set Name Digtal Aux out 1 Enable Output 1 Enable Output 42 Set Name o gtal Aux out 2 Soon B Figure B 16 Enabling and Naming Analog Outputs Configuration Screen Page 5 In the example in Figure B 16 Auxiliary 1 Analog Output was renamed to Chiller Level 4 20 Out and Auxiliary 2 Analog Output was renamed to Condenser Level 4 20 Out Referencing the wiring diagram please note that Aux 1 Analog Output corresponds to AO 5 on the wiring diagram and Aux 42 Analog Output cor responds to AO 6 of the wiring diagram Set Name analog Aux out 3 C Enable Output 3 O Enable Output 4
42. Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix N W N67 12 12 Monday Event 1 UM Control Mode N67 13 41013 Monday Event 1 T Hour N67 14 4 Monday Event 1 T Minute T T NJ Ww oO UI Ko N ul ul NJ Ko UJ oO Ww Ul oO NJ Ul UJ N67 15 41015 Monday Event 2 UM Control Mode N67 16 41016 Monday Event 2 Hour N67 17 41017 Monday Event 2 I Minute N67 18 41018 Monday Event 43 ENUM Control Mode D 18 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Ul to ul NJ UJ Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table Monday Event 3 INT Read Write See 23 59 Hour Appendix Monday Event 3 INT Read Write See 59 Minute Appendix Monday Event 4 ENUM Read Write See 23 Control Mode Appendix Monday Event 4 Read Write See 23 59 Appendix pe N67 19 41019 N67 20 41020 N67 21 41021 N67 22 41022 Hour Read Write See Monday Event 4 INT Minute N67 24 41024 Tuesday Event 41 ENUM Control Mode N67 25 41025 Tuesday Event 1 Hour Tuesday Event 1 N67 23 41023 Appendix es es Ne Read Write See 59 Appendix 23 Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix N67 26 41026 Minute Tuesday Event
43. B io N64 13 N64 14 Read Write N64 15 Read Write NJ bu eo N64 16 Read Write N64 17 Read Write B o N65 0 40830 N65 1 40831 N65 2 40832 N65 3 40833 N65 4 N65 5 N65 6 40836 N65 7 40837 N65 8 40838 N65 9 40839 D 16 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table N65 10 40840 Low Run Pressure F INT Read Write Ratio Alarm N65 11 40841 Low Run Pressure F INT Read Write Ratio Trip NN 40902 40903 N66 4 40904 N66 5 40905 40906 40907 40908 N66 10 40910 N66 11 N66 12 N66 13 N66 14 Capacity Increase Start Delay seconds Minimum Comp Prelube Time seconds Low Oil Press Safety Changeover seconds High Filter Diff Safety Changeover seconds Compressor Interlock Bypass seconds Low Oil Sep Temp Safety Changeover minutes Low Oil Injection Safety Changeover minutes High Motor Amps Safety Changeover seconds Max Restart Time After Power Failure minutes N66 9 40909 Hot Starts Per Hour True Anti Recycle Timer minutes Accumulative Anti Recycle Timer minutes Oil Level 1 Safety Trip Delay seconds Oil Level 2 Safety Trip Delay seconds Low Pressure Ratio Bypass seconds Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 D 17 Appendix
44. Discharge 127 7 Psig 83 4 F m Lx Auto Manual Remote Auto Seq Cancel Suction Press 29 4 Psig emp 49 5 F Oil Filter In 169 8 Psig Discharge Out 160 6 Psig Press 127 7 Psig Diff 9 1 Psig 105 7 F emp 83 4 F Oil Press Diff 131 2 Psig ilter Diff 9 1 Psig Maintenance Inj Temp 101 9 F Sep Temp 105 7 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin p p 01 01 2013 09 43 42 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 4 4 Unit Start Pop Up Window 4 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 4 Main Screen Bottom Status Bar The bottom status bar gives the operator easy access to some basic functions and information The functions are available via the four button see Figure 4 5 Maintenance Button Pressing the maintenance button will give the op erator access to the maintenance charts and sign off tables User Access Button This button takes the operator to another login screen to create additional users Log off Button Pressing the log off button logs off the correct user if any are logged in Help Button Pressing the help button takes the operator to the help screen where the operator can access an opera tion and service manual and also get access to pro gram information Status Bars The information available is provide by two status bars one for mai
45. F in Digital Aux out 4 N Discharge H Analog Aux out 1 ae Pal emp 83 4 F dead Lin recess il Press Diff 154 9 Psig n Sep Temp 113 3 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin P P Inj Temp 102 3 F 01 01 2013 13 43 25 Motor Figure 17 5 Input Output Screen Page 4 Remote Oil Cooler Enabled Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Section 17 Input Output Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 14 2 Psig A Capacity Slide Volume Slide Suction Press Control Suction Discharge Ea EC ELI Ed EA Eod EMI eum EER pare Bi dmm User 01 01 2013 13 43 04 Run Hours 0 Figure 17 6 Input Output Screen Freeze Data Page 17 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 18 Auxiliary Input Output Overview The Auxiliary Input Output I O section of the Vission 20 20 gives the operator flexibility to add peripheral instruments and or devices such as motors valves and solenoids With these additions customer configurable I Os are useful in expanding the functions of the Vission 20 20 where it was not explicitly designed to control Setting up one or more of the auxiliary inputs or out puts start with the configuration screen In order to en able the auxiliary I O the Vission 20 20 must first be equipped with one of the available exp
46. Fast load offset 4 psig Start offset 2 psig Suction pressure control setpoint 20 psig Fast unload offset 4 psig Timers Slow load timer 30 sec Fast load timer 15 sec Slow unload timer 30 sec Fast unload timer 15 sec Machine start timer 90 sec Machine stop timer 120 sec Priorities Master gt slave 1 gt slave 2 gt slave 3 Sequencing Loading mode operates in the following way The slave compressors are placed into Remote mode The Master Compressor is started in Auto Seq mode The Master Compressor program monitors its suction pressure value and identifies the load unload rate band During loading cycle when suction pressure reaches a value more than the configured start offset value 20 2 22 psig and if the master compressor reaches its Max Trigger value then the master compressor starts ma chine start timer 90 sec Once machine start timer has elapsed the master then picks highest priority compres sor slave 1 from the list and starts loading compressor to the Min Cap value for that slave Program loads slave 1 as per steps configured till it reaches its Max Cap value Once slave 1 starts running at Max Cap value and suction pressure is still not within deadband i e gt start offset value of 2042 22 psig then program starts machine start timer 90 sec for next priority compressor slave 2 This process is continued till either setpoint is achieved or all compressors are running
47. Figure 11 1 Condenser Control Screen Page 1 ssscessccssceceeeeeesscessecesceesscecensesescesnscesseeeseeseeseeeseens 11 1 Figure 0 11 4 Figure 12 1 Service Options Screen Digital Outputs Page 1 ener 12 1 Figure 12 2 Service Options Screen Digital Outputs Page 2 sees 12 2 Figure 12 3 Service Options Screen Digital Outputs Page 3 eese 12 3 Figure 12 4 Service Options Screen Digital Outputs for Remote Oil Cooler Page 3 12 4 Figure 12 5 Service Options Screen Analog Outputs Page 4 eese 12 5 Figure 13 1 Instruments Calibration Screen Analog Inputs Page 1 eese 13 1 Figure 13 2 Instruments Calibration Screen Analog Inputs Page 2 ccescccseeeseeceseeceeeeceseeeeeeeeeneees 13 2 Figure 13 3 Instruments Calibration Screen Analog Inputs Page 3 cesses 13 3 Figure 13 4 Instruments Calibration Screen Analog Inputs Page 4 esee 13 4 Figure 13 5 Instruments Calibration Screen Analog Inputs Page 5 eese 13 5 Figure 13 6 Instruments Calibration Screen Analog Outputs Page 6 esee 13 6 Figure 14 1 Slide Calibration Screen eeseeee sees eene eene eene eene enne enne tnnt nn einn ee E etes tete nen 14 1 Fig re 14 2 Actuator Assembly
48. Gateway Entry box to set the Gateway address Protocol e Drop down box to select the type of protocol used to remotely control the Vission 20 20 Node Address Address used by the controller when communicating with multiple panels VNC Account Vission 20 20 panels can be accessed remotely by using a VNC client over TCP IP network This section allows the operator to change default VNC Password and VNC Port number Enable Web browser access and change the browser port number New Password The operator will add the password by touching the entry box and typing the password via the pop up keyboard Verify New Password The operator will re enter the password by touching the entry box and typing the password via the pop up keyboard Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Port Number The operator will change the port number for VNC server by touching the entry box and typing via the pop up keyboard Default port number is 5900 Operator can assign port number ranging from 5900 to 6000 Enable Web Browser Access Enables the web browser access for Vission 20 20 Panels Once selected Browser Port Number will be available for editing Browser Port Number The operator will change the browser port number for VNC server by touching the entry box and typ ing via the pop up keyboard Default port number is 5901 Operator can assign port number rang
49. Inthe example in Figure B 19 Auxiliary 5 and 6 or trip function for the vessel level Analog Inputs were setup to function as Alarm Only The alarm points have been set to 0 and You have the option to select P 75 level These values would need to be adjusted e Alarm Trip Neither Alarm Only Trip Only Both for appropriate alarm values The inhibit box was Inhibit Checking the Inhibit box will prevent the not selected in the example above so the com compressor from starting if the analog input falls pressor will start even when the analog inputs are below the Low Alarm setpoint or above the Hi Alarm outside the alarm ranges shown Continue to step 6 Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 2 0 Psig A Capacity Slide Analog Inputs Analog Aux in 1 Analog Aux in 4 Alarm mip Nether X inhib Alarm mp iecher Inhibit Low Alarm oo High Alarm oo Low Alarm foo High Alarm oo Low Tip oo High Trip foo Low Trip foo High Tip oo Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction s 22 0 Psig emp 21 9 F Analog Aux in 2 Alarm Tip Nether inhiba Alarm Ttip Alarm Only O inhibit Low Alarm foo High Alarm oo Low Alarm oo High Alarm 75 0 Low Trip foo High Trip oo Aux5 Chiller Level 4 20 Input Low Trip foo High mp oo Analog Aux in 3 Aux6 Condenser Level 4 20 Inpu Alarm Tip Nother Alarm Trip Alarm Only O inhibit Low Alarm oo High Alar
50. Page 2 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 10 5 Section 10 Compressor Sequencing Fast Load Temp Offset Defines the offset from process temperature control setpoint to monitor compressor load If process tem perature surpasses this setpoint value then sequenc ing decisions are made according to Fast Load Timer Fast Unload Pressure Offset Defines the offset from process temperature con trol setpoint to monitor compressor load If process temperature drops below this setpoint value then sequencing decisions are made according to Fast Unload Timer CAPACITY LOAD UNLOAD TIMERS One of the following Capacity Load Unload timers are used to make sequencing decisions periodically Process Temperature setpoints are monitored to identify which one of the following timers to be used Slow Load Timer f process temperature surpasses process tempera ture control setpoint then this timer value is used to make periodic sequencing decisions Fast Load Timer f process temperature surpasses fast load temp off set setpoint then this timer value is used to make pe riodic sequencing decisions Slow Unload Timer f process temperature drops below process temper ature control setpoint then this timer value is used to make periodic sequencing decisions Fast Unload Timer e f process temperature drops below fast unload temp offset setpoint then this tim
51. Press Diff 46 4 Psig Filter Diff 9 5 Psig Inj Temp TI5S TE 56 Temp 110 3 F perage 0 0 Amps Figure 24 3 Slide Calibration Continuous VI Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 24 3 Section 24 Twin Screw Control Software limit set points Step VI Position Signal Type The Vission 20 20 uses the Min Limit and Max e Position signals can be 0 5 VDC or 4 20mA to indi Limit set point to define an area within the mechani cate current slide valve position cal stops for normal slide travel These software limits C B Pop Up Wind purpose is to prevent the slide from actually hitting the mechanical stops which could result in a number This window allows the operator to bump the com of undesirable consequences By default the soft pressor to flush out any oil in the compressor after a The position percentage is calculated from the soft is below the lowest sight glass in the oil separator ware limits Therefore it is possible to read a value then bumping the compressor is recommended greater than 100 or less than 055 if inertial carries the slides after these limits are reached Max limits for Step 1 Step 2 and Step 3 will be different Step 1 Max Limit will be greater than Step 2 Max Limit which will be greater than Step 3 Max Limit 6 1 Psig A Capacity Slide Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Capacity Slide Valve Potentiometer Step V
52. Pressure control setpoints for setpoint 20 psig Start Offset 2 psig Fast Load Pressure Offset 4 psig Suction Pressure setpoint 20 psig Fast Unload Pressure Offset 4 psig Slow Load Timer 30 sec Fast Load Timer 15 sec Slow Unload Timer 30 sec Fast Unload Timer 15 sec Assumptions Master compressor is at 100 capacity Suction pressure currently 21 psig so it falls within start offset defined above The sequencing will not start and load highest priority slave when the suction pres sure is below start offset setpoint Now assume suction pressure currently 23 psig it is above start offset but less than fast load offset so pro gram will start slave compressor and monitor suction pressure every 30 sec as per slow load timer Now assume suction pressure currently 25 psig it is above fast load offset so program will monitor suction pressure every 15 sec as per fast load timer Suction pressure currently 17 psig it is less than suc tion control setpoint but greater than fast unload off set so program will monitor suction pressure every 30 sec as per slow unload timer Suction pressure currently 15 psig it is less than fast unload offset so program will monitor suction pressure every 15 sec as per fast unload timer COMPRESSOR SEQUENCING EQUIPMENT LIST The first page of the Compressor Sequencing menu al lows the operator to view and adjust settings that are used for sequencing the sla
53. Run Filter Diff Press Failure Compressor Amperage Load Limiting High Discharge Pressure Load Limiting Is Dsch Press gt Cutin ON Setpt Is Motor Amps gt FLA ON Setpt Capacity Increase Capacity Increase Yes Disabled Yes Disabled 5 Dsch Press gt Cutout OFF Setpt Is Motor Amps gt FLA OFF Setpt Capacity Decrease until Dsch Press lt ON Setpt x 1 0625 Capacity Decrease Yes until Amps lt FLA x 1 0625 Normal Loading and Unloading Normal Loading and Unloading Figure 1 1 Operational Flow Charts 1 of 2 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 1 1 Section 1 Operational Flow Charts Suction Pressure Override Load Limit During Temperature Control Is Suction Press Suct Press Cap Dec OFF Setpt Capacity Increase yes Disabled No Is Suction Press lt Suct Press Cap Dec ON Setpt Decrease compressor capacity until Suction Press gt Suction Press Cap Decrease ON setpoint Normal Loading and Unloading Figure 1 1 Operational Flow Charts 2 of 2 1 2 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Section 2 Proper Wiring Sizing e Always size wire gauges as specified by the National Electrical Code NEC for electronic control devices For improved noise immunity install one size larger wire gauge than the NEC req
54. SW 9 38 I 0 00 Ra gt e 3LIHM OMY 986 gt il L OZL a ex WAOOS Wu 1390W dWYV S gay omy ow Es u mqmqm ind i C1 ZH IH T a AdAL 99 AOSY 29 mg mU Sg igL S8 00 5 OMY ZL gaza lt 0 lt ovig peu OMY gt Ir V T re z 1 5 awy e s 5 zg 18 ase R24 aie S AAA zig zi 0 9 9 zi lios dH Z Us vog Bt X21 9 Bz MMY 8 B We ony Lyova omy 28 kir NS TI 4S any S NI osid Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 B 42 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures OPTIONAL SLIDE VALVE SETPOINT 1 ECONIMIZER g N OPTIONAL SLIDE VALVE SETPOINT 2 HOT GAS CR TS ES OPTIONAL 5 ALARM INDICATION j E N OPTIONAL 1 SLIDE VALVE SETPOINT 4 V PLUS Motor Start CR installed by others E M SOL 25 5 7 E P LLL LIQUID INJECTION 1 lt 5 4 X 26 N OPTIONAL 5 E LIQUID INJECTION 2 ze z zT OPTIONAL e WO RLCINPUT e OUTPUT CAN EE USED WITH AH ING LIGHT OR REMOTE ENABLED PLC INPLIT CUSTOMER SUPPLED g OPTIONAL SHUNT RELAY Figure B 24 Digital Output Card Wiring to V PLUS Liquid Injection Solenoid and V PLUS VFD Start The Control Relay CR can be installed in the V PLUS panel or Vission 20 20 panel Connections 87 and
55. Selectthe Control Mode drop down box and then select Setpoint 2 This can be done when the compressor is off or running CAUTION Please be aware that changing the active setpoint while the compressor is running could end up shutting the compressor off A control setting i e Auto Cycle Stop setpoint or Low Suction Pressure trip setpoint may shut the compressor down as soon as you make the switch depending upon the setting of the new active setpoint Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Misc 1 Control Mode Suction Pressure SP1 x Setpoint 1 x 5 Stop Load Force Unload ES High Motor Amps so Amps 10 0 Amps IE z High Discharge Pressure 2190 0 Psig 200 0 Psig 2 0 Psig High Discharge Superheat so F Low Suction Pressure 0 0 Psig Tii 8 0 F Senne HE No Scheduled Maintenance No Alarm Trips Present m ETE SAFETY SETPOINTS In Figure B 5 the Alarm and Trip Safety setpoints also have Setpoint 1 and Setpoint 2 settings These should be set up for proper operation when operating DIRECT I O OPERATION AND SETPOINT 1 AND SETPOINT 2 SELECTION If the compressor is being operated in Direct I O mode then selection of the active setpoint is accomplished from an input module Reference the wiring diagram to identify the module The Setpoint 1 Setpoint 2 selec tion module will be recognized when the compressor is placed in REMOTE mode by pressing the Uni
56. Set Name Analog Aux out 4 Set Name Digtal Aux out 3 Enable Output 3 Enable Output 4 Set Name Digtal Aux out 4 a Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Step 3 Selection and pang of Auxiliary Analog Inputs used for Level Contro Navigate to page 4 of the Configuration screen and se lect the analog inputs s that will be used for sensing the 4 20ma signal from the vessel s level probe s Also provide a name for the analog input s You ll need to reference your wiring diagram to determine which ana log inputs need to be enabled In the example in Figure B 17 Auxiliary 5 Analog Input was renamed to Chiller Level 4 20 Input and Auxiliary Analog Auxiliaries Analog Inputs Enable input 1 Set Name Analog Aux in 1 C Enable input 2 Set Name Analog Aux in 2 CO Enable input 3 Set Name Analog Aux in 3 C Enable input 4 Set Name Analog Aux in 4 Enable input 5 Set Name chiller Level 4 20 input C Enable input 6 Set Name condenser Level 4 20 input C Enable input 7 Set Name Analog Aux in 7 C Enable input 8 Set Name Analog Aux in 8 _ Enable input 14 6 Analog Input was renamed to Condenser Level 4 20 Inputs Referencing the wiring diagram please note that Aux 5 Analog Input corresponds to Channel 21 on the wiring diagram and Aux 6 Analog I
57. Setpoint 2 High Disch Press Stop Load Setpoint 2 High Disch Press Force Unload Setpoint 2 Low Suct Press Stop Load Setpoint 2 Low Suct Press Force Unload Setpoint 2 F INT F INT F INT Liquid Inj Oil Sep F INT Temp Override Liquid Inj F INT Motorized Valve Gain P Liquid Inj Motorized Valve Reset I Liquid Inj Motorized Valve Rate D T z o Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table N61 19 40629 Minimum Valve 0 Disabled 1 Read Open Enabled Enabled N61 20 40630 Avg With 0 Disabled 1 Read Oil Manifold Enabled Temperature 40631 High Discharge F INT Read Superheat Stop Load Setpoint 1 40632 High Discharge F INT Read Superheat Force Unload Setpoint 1 40633 High Discharge F INT Read Superheat Stop Load Setpoint 2 40634 High Discharge Superheat Force Unload Setpoint 2 e N62 0 40640 Slide Valve Setpoint 1 N62 1 40641 Slide Valve Setpoint 2 N62 2 40642 Slide Valve Setpoint 1 Enabled N62 3 40643 Slide Valve 0 Disabled 1 Setpoint 2 Enabled Enabled N62 4 40644 Oil Pump Press Restart Ratio ON N62 5 40645 Oil Pump Press Restart Ratio OFF N62 6 40646 Oil Sep Heater Temp N62 7 40647 Volume Slide ee N62 8 40648 SoftloadX Load N62 9 40649 Capacity Range Min N62 10 40650 Capacity Range oe N62 11 40651 Rate
58. Setpont 1 Setpont 2 Volume Slide Stop Loed Force Unload Stop Load Force Urload High Mator Amps 5 0 Amps ioo amps 5 0amps 10 0 Amps High Discharge Pressure 190 0 Psig foo 0 sig fiso 0 Psig 200 0 Psig Low Suction Pressure 2 0 Psig oo Psa 2o Pag 10 0 Pag eas Ss c c cm Liqued inject 9 Uquid inj Setpont 1 5 0 SERRE Se CEES Laud In Setpont 2 sor P ioo E EE Minimum Vale Open 1255 No Scheduled Maintenance 04 04 2008 06 48 48 No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours Figure B 11 Compressor Control Menu Page 4 Liquid Injection settings The Danfoss Liquid Injection valve is selected from the Configuration Screen Page 2 Under Oil Cooling Section The settings for the Danfoss Liquid Injection are setup in the Compressor Control Menu Page 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 B 27 B 28 Blank Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures User Access Menu This menu allows the operator to assign user accounts The 20 20 will be shipped with a Level 3 operator and pass word pre assigned to the installing contractor He can then assign all users with security levels as needed The procedure to assign user access levels is to first press the User Access button The User Access screen will appear with the preassigned level 3 operator name visibl
59. Slide Valve Position e 4 20mA signal that transmits the slide valve position for remote monitoring Motorized Valve V For a cool compression compressor this 4 20mA signal controls a motorized valve to regulate the liq uid refrigerant level in the oil separator For a liquid injection application on a standard single screw this 4 20mA signal controls a motorized valve to regulate the liquid refrigerant injected into the compressor for oil cooling purposes Auxiliary Outputs 1 4 Optional outputs that can be configured in user de fined manner When Oil Flow Control option is selected from config uration screen Auxiliary Output 1 which is 4 20mA signal is used to control the opening percentage of Danfoss valve Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 3 Hardware Architecture Table 3 2 Analog Inputs 2 of 2 Type 28 Auxiliary 12 0 5V 1 5 V 0 10V 4 20 mA RTD ICTD 29 Auxiliary 13 0 5V 1 5 V 0 10V 4 20 mA RTD ICTD Board I O Description 7 a o gt s 3 9 5 Auxiliary 14 0 5V 1 5 V 0 10V 4 20 mA RTD ICTD 31 Auxiliary 15 0 5V 1 5 V 0 10V 4 20 mA RTD ICTD 32 Auxiliary 16 0 5V 1 5 V 0 10V 4 20 mA RTD ICTD Table 3 3 Analog Outputs Board I O s Description Slide Valve Position Auxiliary Output 1 Auxiliary Output 2 Auxiliary Output 3 Auxiliary Out
60. i 0 T T O O O c c E 3 our our JP 25 Position 1 sends 24VDC unregulated to supply terminal 2 2A limit Position 2 sends 24VDC regulated to supply terminal 25mA limit Position 3 sends 5VDC regulated to supply terminal CHANNEL 8 SIGNAL jP 22 jp23 24 JP 34 jp 26 OUT OUT U D UT U OUT p T p p T OUT IN OUT OUT EE T SSS T p T Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 3 13 Section 3 Hardware Architecture Analog Output Boards The Analog Output board convert signals from the Vission 20 20 program into a current ranging from 4mA to 20mA see Figure 3 7 Voltage LEDs Marked in the diagram below in Orange These LEDs indicate the correct voltage of both the 5Vdc and 24Vdc power sources 3 4 IC12 C6 uF 1 9 of Jo ETEK pe 98 o o R4 Sik e o o o 5 J9 o 5 o S el 2 40 9 a 4 ejo c2 1uF 0 o 3 O 0 o 0 2 el2 esc 9 o o 110 0 22 de 0 o o o BK 6 o o x ee o o iaa EC ga 0000 J2 Communication LEDs Marked in the diagram below in Green These LEDs Address Dipswitches showthe active communications between the digital output board and the Vission 20 20 CPU board e Marked in the diagram belowin Red These dipswitch es are used to assign each board its addr
61. 0 Amps Figure 24 6 Prelube Oil Pressure and Run Oil Pressure Settings Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 24 Twin Screw Control During this time the Prelub Oil Pressure Alarm and Trip setpoints are forced into the Run Oil Pressure Alarm and Trip settings By default the Prelub Oil Pressure Alarm and Trip setpoints and the Run Oil Pressure Alarm and Trip settings are the same values however these set tings are adjustable In some cases it may be advanta geous to set the Prelub Oil Pressure Alarm and Trip set points to a lower value than the Run Oil Pressure Alarm and Trip setpoints This will provide more time for the screw compressor to develop running oil pressure after the compressor starts After the Low Oil Pressure Safety Bypass Timer expires the Run Oil Pressure Alarm and Trip setpoints revert to their normal setpoints Atthis time or anytime thereaf ter if the oil pressure does not exceed the Run Oil Press Trip setpoint then the compressor will fail on Run Oil Pressure fault Suction Pressure 1 OIL PRESSURE MONITORING AFTER COMPRESSOR STARTS After oil pressure exists and assuming that the capacity slide is less than 5 the compressor now starts During the first 5 minutes of the compressor running if the oil pressure drops to the Low Oil Pressure Trip value or below for five continuous seconds settable by a timer called Oil
62. 0 Psig a Suction Press 29 5 Psig emp 5052 05 Discharge Press 130 5 Psig emp 83 4 F T Press Diff 131 4 Psig NM ilter Diff 8 9 Psig No Scheduled Maintenance User admin Inj Temp 102 5 F 01 01 2013 14 45 58 Sep Temp 106 0 F No Al rips P Motor Log off Figure 7 4 Alarms and Trips Screen Page 3 7 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 7 Alarms and Trips normal setpoint values after the Oil Pressure Bypass timer has expired This time limit is set on the Timer menu screen Run oil pressure is defined as manifold pressure minus suction pressure High Filter Differential Pressure Start Alarm amp Trip This safety allows a higher than normal filter differ ential pressure to exist during the first minute after a compressor starts This allows time for cold oil that is present in the oil piping and filters to be passed and replaced with warmer oil After a time delay set ting of the Filter Diff Pressure Safety Changeover timer this safety is deactivated and the High Filter Differential Pressure Run alarm and safety setpoints become active An alarm or trip will be active if the filter differential Filter Inlet Pressure minus Filter Outlet Pressure exceeds the setpoint value High Filter Differential Pressure Run Alarm amp Trip This safety setpoint is active when the compres sor has started
63. 2 from the Trend screen go to the Trend Setup screen by pressing the Setup button see Figure B 40 Then press Start to start viewing the trending data of From the Trend Setup screen in Figure B 41 select Auxiliary Input 1 and 2 Auxiliary Input 1 and Auxiliary Input 2 Then press OK to return to the Trend screen NOTE Only a maximum of 10 devices can be selected from the Trend Setup screen and only a maximum of 4 devices can be viewed at one time on the Trend screen chart 0 00 in sec 0 00 PVg 0 00 0 6 96 0 00 in sec 0 00 Don DID Volume Slide 0 00 in sec 0 00 0 00 PV g 0 00 0 00 in sec 0 00 Suction Press Control UU E Setpoint 20 0 Psig E Suction 0 00 in sec oag 30 8 Psi Press 8 Ps Q00PV9 3 90 0 50 0 40 0 30 0 20 0 10 0 00 dna CIA emp ss a Auxiliary Input 1 w TEWG Auxiliary input 2 w Back Hold Discharge Zoom In d Press 181 6 Psig gis emp 136 6 F BiPress Diff 71 9 Psig No Scheduled Maintenance User Vitter za E Rid BELL LR Inj Temp 109 4 F 09 29 2013 03 10 59 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure B 40 Vibration Monitoring Step 6 Trend Screen B 60 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Trend Setup Suction Press
64. 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table wT 1e I Lora 0 0 N71 14 Page 1 Low Suction Press Alarm Setpoint 1 Low Suction Press Trip Setpoint 1 N63 0 3 1 40751 3 2 40752 High Disch Press Alarm Setpoint 1 3 3 40753 High Disch Press Trip Setpoint 1 3 4 40754 High Proc Temp Alarm Setpoint 1 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 63 11 63 12 tasty 004 F F F F F F F F F F F F F 63 13 Low Proc Temp Trip Setpoint 2 N INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT 6 3 5 40755 Low Proc Temp Alarm Setpoint 1 3 6 40756 Low Proc Temp Trip Setpoint 1 3 7 40757 Low Suction Press Alarm Setpoint 2 3 8 40758 Low Suction Press Trip Setpoint 2 3 9 40759 High Disch Press Alarm Setpoint 2 63 10 40760 High Disch Press Trip Setpoint 2 40761 High Proc Temp Alarm Setpoint 2 40762 Low Proc Temp Alarm Setpoint 2 40763 Alarms Trips Page 2 4 0 40800 Low Suction Temp Alarm 64 1 40801 Low Suction Temp Trip 64 2 40802 High Disch Temp F INT Alarm 4 3 40803 High Disch Temp F INT Trip 4 4 40804 Low Oil Sep Start F INT Temp Alarm 6 6 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2
65. 20 20 Communication Table N69 33 41203 Step 4 Out 4 Enabled Summer Winter 41204 Step 5 Out 4 Enabled Summer Winter 41205 Step 1 VFD Enabled Summer Winter 41206 Step 2 VFD Enabled Summer Winter 41207 Step 3 VFD Enabled Summer Winter 41208 Step 4 VFD Enabled Summer Winter 41209 Step 5 VFD Enabled Summer Winter 41210 Step 1 Step Delay Summer Winter seconds 41211 Step 2 Step Delay Summer Winter seconds 41212 Step 3 Step Delay Summer Winter seconds 41213 Step 4 Step Delay Summer Winter seconds 41214 Step 5 Step Delay Summer Winter seconds 41215 Step 1 Low Speed Fan Summer Winter 41216 Step 2 Low Speed Fan Summer Winter 41217 Step 3 Low Speed Fan Summer Winter ENUM ENUM ENUM 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 None 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 014 4 0 None 1 Out 1 2 Out 2 3 Out 3 4 Out 4 0 None 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 014 4 Ul to UI NJ UJ Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table N69 48 0 None 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 Out 4 0 None 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 Out 4 41218 Step 4 Low Speed Fan Summer Winter
66. 2495 51 4 Channel Calibration Offset Aux 3 Analog Aux in 3 Aux 4 Analog Aux in 4 Aux 6 Condenser Le Aux 7 Analog Aux in 7 Aux 8 Analog Aux in 8 Device Calibration BEE Bu SS No Scheduled Maintenance User No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 2 The setup example shown in Figure B 18 Auxiliary 5 Analog Input was setup so that the units of the input will readout in percent At 4 0ma input the level percent age is equal to 0 0 At 20 0ma input the level percent age is equal to 100 0 Setup Auxiliary 6 analog input in the same way Continue to step 5 2 0 Psig A Capacity Slide Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction s 22 0 Psig emp 22 8 F Adjustment Discharge ess 145 3 Psig 49 8 F ess Diff 154 8 Psig liter Diff 0 9 Psig p Temp 120 4 F 02 02 2013 00 21 38 Motor perage 0 0 Amps Figure B 18 Scaling Setup for Auxiliary Analog Inputs Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Step 5 Auxiliary I O Analog Inputs Alarm and setpoint If the compressor is running while this Trip Setup occurs it will not shutdown if the Alarm Only func If an alarm or trip setpoint for the vessel level is desired tion were selected as shown below then navigate to Auxiliary O page 3 and setup any alarm
67. 4 Set Name Digtal Aux in 4 Enable input 8 Set Name Digtal Aux in 8 LN d Figure 19 3 Configuration Screen Digital Auxiliaries Page 3 19 8 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 19 Configuration Analog Inputs The Vission 20 20 has several Analog inputs that the op erator can choose how the input will be used Once an input is enabled the Auxiliary I O screen will be available from the menu screen where the operator can further define the inputs operation see Figure 19 4 Enable Input Enablesthe selected analog input Set Name Allows the operator to assign a name to the input Analog Auxdliaries Analog Inputs Enable input 1 SetNamefAnaiogaxinl Enable Input 2 Set Name fanalogAuxin2 77 Enable input 3 Set Name Analog Auxin3 7777 Enable input 4 Set Name adogAuxina 5 Enable input 5 SeName andogAuxiS 0777077 Enable input 6 SeName ansogAuxin Enable input 7 Set Name analogAuxin Enable input 8 Set Name analog Aux in 8 Enable input 9 C Enable input 10 Enable Input 11 Enable input 12 Enable input 13 C Enable input 14 Enable Input 15 C Enable input 16 Set Name analog Aux in 9 Set Name Analog Aux in 10 Set Name analog Aux in 11 Set Name Analog Aux in 12 Set Name Analog Auxin 13 Set Name analog Aux in 14 Set Name
68. 8 N52 9 N52 10 N52 11 N52 12 N52 13 N52 14 N52 15 N52 16 N52 17 N52 18 N52 19 N52 20 N52 21 N52 22 N52 23 N52 24 N52 25 N52 26 N52 27 N52 28 N52 29 N52 30 N52 31 N53 0 N53 1 N53 2 N53 3 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 40103 40104 40105 40106 40107 40108 40109 40110 40111 40112 40113 40114 40115 40116 40117 40118 40119 40120 40121 40122 40123 40124 40125 40126 40127 40128 40129 40130 40131 40200 40201 40202 40203 Oil Filter Inlet Pressure Oil Manifold Pressure Economizer Pressure Capacity Slide Volume Slide Suction Temperature Discharge Temperature Oil Separator Temperature Oil Manifold Temperature Process Temperature Chiller Inlet Temperature Condenser Pressure Remote Setpoint Auxiliary 1 Auxiliary 2 Auxiliary 3 Auxiliary 4 Auxiliary 5 Auxiliary 6 Auxiliary 7 Auxiliary 8 Auxiliary 9 Auxiliary 10 Auxiliary 11 Auxiliary 12 Auxiliary 13 Auxiliary 14 Auxiliary 15 Auxiliary 16 Analog Outputs Compressor VFD mA Condenser VFD Slide Valve Output Liquid Injection Motorized Valve 3 gt F INT IN IN IN IN T T F INT F INT T T mn E F INT F INT F INT Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table N53 4 40204 Profile VFD F INT N53 5 40205 Spare 1 F INT Read Write See 4 0 Ap
69. 9 Psig emp 82 9 F Oil Press Diff 131 2 Psig ilter Diff 8 9 Psig Inj Temp 102 1 F ep Temp 105 7 F User admin 01 01 2013 10 52 06 Run Hours 0 Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 13 3 Instruments Calibration Screen Analog Inputs Page 3 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 13 3 Section 13 Instruments Calibration Remote Capacity Analog Inputs The remote capacity input allows a system controller This section of the Calibration screen allows the opera such as the PLC to control the capacity position during tor to define the parameters of an installed auxiliary ana direct I O control log instrument These instruments are usually not part of atypical compressor setup but Vission 20 20 provides a way for the operator to add additional capabilities The layout of this screen is typical to the pressure and tem This dropdown box is not used at this time perature calibration screens For Analog Inputs screens see Figures 13 4 and 13 5 Control Input Scale Defines the minimum and maximum Capacity posi tion between 0 amp 100 for the 4 20ma input Device Calibration Offset Thesesetpoints allowthe operatorto define whatthe input from the auxiliary instrument means in terms of units and range If a temperature measuring in strument is connected then the operator would se lect temperature from the Unit drop down box then set t
70. Auto Load will be disengaged Danfoss Positioning Valve Settings Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 9 3 Psig A Capacity Slide Auto Load Suction Oil Injection Setting High Press Ratio Solenoid Auto Load Start 30 SOI Solenoid ON 2 SOI Solenoid OFF 2 04 5 mj 8 m i 1o min r Auto Load Timer o Volume Slide E Linear Control 1 Danfoss Valve Stat s Level 30 Leakage Overfill s Leakage Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 29 3 Psig Liquid Ammonia Level i emp 49 5 F StartSP Linear SP Upper SP Max SP Discharge fes feo Press 130 4 Psig emp B3 ESE enn BRR z ilter Diff 8 9 Psig 1 Superheat 6 6 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin P PressRatio 3 3 01 01 2013 15 20 04 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 0 0 Amps Figure 25 2 Compressor Control Screen Cool Compression Control Page 4 25 2 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 25 Cool Compression Control Auto load will be disengaged when one of the follow ing conditions occur Pressure ratio reaches a value of 2 0 or greater Compressor has been running for 10 minutes defined by Auto Load Timer Suction pressure setpoint has been reached Suction Oil Injection Setting e In order to maintain adequate lu
71. Cooler selected when cooling control is required to only run when the compressor is running Run Always Automatic operation of Remote Oil Cooler selected when cooling control is required to run even when the compressor is off Suction Pressure 1 High to Low Speed Fan Delay fas sec Remote Oil Cooler Control Min Limit Max Limit Steps Out 1 Out 2 Out 3 Out 4 VFD Step 1 LI LI LI 15 sec Step 2 15 sec Step 3 15 sec 15 sec LI LI LI O O O step4 O 15 sec LI Step 5 Maintenance No Scheduled Maintenance No Alarm Trips Present Stopped Run Mode Remote Oil Cooler Temp 0 0 F i Run Never E Remote Oil Cooler Temp Setpoint 120 0 F 4 O Run With Comp O Run Always Upper Deadband 5 0 F O Manual Lower Deadband 5 0 F TL Step Delay Low Speed Fan Control THT 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig None OFF None OFF Suction None OFF Press None v OFF emp None v 29 4 Psig 49 3 F Discharge Press 130 3 Psig emp 82 9 F Filter Diff 8 6 Psig 302 T F ep Temp 105 3 F User 01 01 2013 16 57 54 Run Hours 0 Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 26 1 Remote Oil Cooler Screen Page 1 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 26 1 26 2 S
72. Discharge Press Oil Filter Press Oil Manifold Press C Economizer Press O Capacity Slide O volume Slide L Condenser Press O Remote Capacity Auxiliary Input 1 Auxiliary Input 2 Auxiliary Input 3 Auxiliary Input 4 Auxiliary Input 5 Auxiliary Input 6 Auxiliary Input 13 Auxiliary Input 14 Auxiliary Input 5 Auxiliary Input 16 C Compressor VFD Condenser VFD _ Slide Valve Position C Liquid Injection 10 8 Psig A Capacity Slide 05 Volume Slide 14 Suction Press Control O Suction Temp Auxiliary Input 7 Auxiliary Output 1 Setpoint 20 0 Psig Auxiliary Output 2 C Discharge Temp Auxiliary Input 8 Auxiliary Output 3 Suction Press 30 8 Psig emp 75 E Oil Separator Temp Auxiliary Input 9 Oil Manifold Temp Auxiliary Input 10 Auxiliary Output 4 Process Temp Auxiliary Input 11 Suction Superheat Temp O Chiller Temp Auxiliary Input 12 Discharge Trend Files Location Hard Disk IY Press 181 2 Psig emp 136 6 F Oil Press Diff 71 9 Psig ilter Diff 5 6 Psig Inj Temp 109 4 F Sep Temp 109 6 F No Scheduled Maintenance User Vilter 09 29 2013 03 13 23 No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours Motor o Figure B 41 Vibration Monitoring Step 6 Trend Setup Screen Vission 20 20 Operation and Servi
73. ER ERR ERR RE ba aa RR aa pue 13 1 Motor 13 2 Remote dE 13 4 PIE 13 4 OUTPUTS 13 5 Section 14 Slide Calibration E 14 1 Capacity Slide Valve Potentiomiter n etr nennen n en t Ha oe ti ne reae 14 1 Volume Slide Valve Potentiometer cccsssscssssssecssseccsssssecesseecessssecesseeceessecesnaeeccssseeseseecsesecesaeeesenes 14 2 Slide Valve Operation rer rr annee ee en nen Ped rai nada nae enia aia aa eS 14 2 Calibrate Slide Valve ACtUatOrs 5 rri thereon Eae rne REREUF PH TR RRRRE RS S XRRESEENE PNE k S r s S inoen UPS 14 3 Command S Malt ROCAL OM core onere revers ememere ever rentes erre se centea consttces due EEEN EEEE 14 6 Slide Valve Troubleshooting Guide eese eese eese eese eene tenente eene enne nennen nettes entren tenente 14 7 Slide Valve Actuator Troubleshooting Guide Blink Code cessere 14 9 Section 15 Trend Chart a mui aiai 15 1 UP rIdehIi ibmeE T L 15 1 Tend Data ru GM ce 15 2 EET e 15 3 Section 16 Event List eT ul E 16 1 Event list 6 0
74. Figure 3 4 Digital Input Board Layout Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 3 Hardware Architecture Digital In Out Boards The digital input output board convert signals gener ated by the Vission 20 20 program into 120Vac signals as well as detect external 120Vac inputs to signal the Vission 20 20 program All the signals are digital in that the only two states avail able or either on or off See board layout Figure 3 5 Signal LEDs Marked in the diagram below in Blue or outputs and light blue for inputs These LEDs indicate when a 120Vac output is being produced or a 120Vac signal is detected Voltage LEDs Marked in the diagram below in Orange These LEDs indicate the correct voltage of both the 5Vdc and 24Vdc power sources Communication LEDs Marked in the diagram below in Green These LEDs show the active communications between the digital output board and the Vission 20 20 CPU board Address Dipswitches Marked in the diagram belowin Red These dipswitch es are used to assign each board its address position The addresses are binary and therefore the address of a digital output board will either be address as 4 0100 or 5 0101 RE12001 RE12001 RE12001 RE12001 e sw fe JFE JFE Fosa ym goo LED10 GND R11 LED3 oC SEK he a 24 VDC SVDO V 4 000uF 0 5 4 U1 0 PIC16F876SP Oooo
75. Liquid Ammonia Level Control A level probe inserted in the oil separator detects liquid ammonia level Based on the level of the am monia 0 100 the level probe sends a directly pro portional 4 20 mA signal to the Vission 20 20 panel The positioning valve is then positioned based on the Positioning Valve settings graph shown in Figure 25 2 Looking at the graph when the compressor starts the positioning valve placement Vertical Axis is de termined based on the liquid ammonia level that is sensed in the oil separator Horizontal Axis It can be seen that as the liquid ammonia level increases corresponding to a larger mA value the positioning valve moves towards a closed position The Positioning Valve position 0 100525 limits is de fined at three distinct levels Start Level lowest liquid ammonia level po sitioning valve at maximum open position Leakage normal operating position and am monia level e Overfill Leakage highest liquid ammo nia level positioning valve at minimum open position Liquid ammonia levels are defined at four distinct lev els 4 20ma limits Start SP minimum liquid ammonia level in separator the positioning valve is maximum open Linear SP minimum level of liquid ammonia for normal operating position Upper SP maximum level of liquid ammonia for normal operating position e Max SP maximum liquid ammonia level po sitioning valve is minimum
76. Motor Starter Auxiliary Contact This input looks for a feedback signal from the com pressor starter confirming that the compressor starter is energized High Level Shutdown Input This input must be energized in order for the com pressor to operate If de energized the compressor will shut down and issue a high level trip Oil Level Float Switch 1 Input This input must be energized in order for the com pressor to operate If de energized the compressor will shut down and issue a oil level 1 trip Oil Level Float Switch 2 Input This input must be energized in order for the com pressor to operate If de energized the compressor will shut down and issue a oil level 2 trip Remote Select 1 2 Input e This input enables or disables remote I O control Energizing this input enables the Remote Capacity Increase and Remote Capacity Decrease inputs Remote Start Stop Input e f the compressor is enabled for remote I O control this input is enabled Energizing this input will issue a start for the compressor as long as it is available to run De energizing this input stops the compressor Remote Capacity Increase Input NOTE The scan interval on the remote increase and decrease inputs is approximately ONE SECOND Please take that into account when developing a control scheme using the remote increase and remote decrease inputs for compressor control e f the compressor is enabled for remote I O con
77. Niu Niu N Olin t o i i o o o o 4 NEN L 55 Compressor 50 0 Control Setpoints N57 0 40550 Setpoint 1 F INT Read Write 15 0 200 0 Pressure Temp 00 0 a 0 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 2 D 9 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table N57 2 40552 40553 40554 40555 N57 3 N57 4 N57 5 N57 6 N57 7 N57 8 N57 9 N57 10 N57 11 N57 12 N57 13 N57 14 N57 15 N57 16 40566 40567 40570 N57 17 N58 0 N58 1 N58 2 40572 Cap Inc Time Interval Setpoint 1 Cap Inc Proportional Band Setpoint 1 Cap Dec Time Interval Setpoint 1 Cap Dec Proportional Band Setpoint 1 Setpoint 2 Pressure Temp Cap Inc Time Interval Setpoint 2 Cap Inc Proportional Band Setpoint 2 Cap Dec Time Interval Setpoint 2 Cap Dec Proportional Band Setpoint 2 40560 Cap Inc Pulse F INT Time Setpoint 1 40561 Cap Inc Dead F INT Band Setpoint 1 40562 Cap Dec Pulse F INT Time Setpoint 1 40563 Cap Dec Dead F INT Band Setpoint 1 Cap Inc Pulse Time Setpoint 2 40565 Cap Inc Dead F INT Band Setpoint 2 Cap Dec Pulse Time Setpoint 2 Cap Dec Dead Band Setpoint 2 Auto Cycle Start Press Temp Setpoint 1 Stop Press Temp Setpoint 1 F INT F INT F INT F INT F INT F INT F INT F INT 40571 Start Delay Time INT Setpoint 1 Read Write Read Wri
78. No 1 Yes Read Sequencing N77 10 41350 Superheat 0 No 1 Yes Read Monitor N77 11 41351 Oil Pump Control 0 No Pump Read Type 1 Cycling 2 Full Time 3 Cool Compression KNIE DN LR DERE STR RU mr aur roms mr dP pr fe ees ee NENNEN Control N7734 Hint O No 1 Yes Red Meier mane NT nube N E E N76 41356 condenservro wr 0 No 1 Yes Read 5 3 N77 17 7 Oil Cooling Type 0 Thermosyphon Read 1 H20 Oil Cooler 2 Liquid Injection 3 Cool Compression N77 18 8 Liquid Injection 0 Solenoids Read Type 1 Motorized Valve N77 19 41359 Liquid Injection Read a M e Press o No 1 Yes 20 Control Available N77 21 41361 Discharge Press Read Control of Setpoints D 26 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table NOTES e Analog Outputs spare1 spare2 spare3 send a floating point value between 4 0 and 20 0 to drive a 4 20 mA signal output assumes proper calibration Statuses Alarm Status Word s currently only 17 alarms so only Alarm Status Word 1 and 2 are used with each position indicating an alarm Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Low Oil Pressure Alarm Bit 0 High Oil Separator Temp Alarm Commands Start Command starts the compressor in the curr
79. OPTIONAL AUXILIARY 3 4 20 MA OUTPUT OPTIONAL AUXILIARY 4 4 20 MA OUTPUT Figure B 22 Analog Output card wiring to VPLUS VFD controller Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures YOLOW SNId A Vid Vv Y of am vl L STVNIWM3L QVO JONdHdddH ovg8dij4 LNIYYND ou 06 1ndino 23 9 LO zg 19 neuretps LZ JeABD V GAA SNTd A EZ 9 1 PUAN yOLOWaY ov tt IL 26 ino MI 1 M u n 0 p eee eil ee YOLOW OL LAdLNO QJA SM1d A yl zx zx 18 7g L 5 SX3HLO A8 3030 10 Y 80 9g 2 5 8 LNIOd e 105 9u 98 PSs LOWLNOD SNLWLS O N 88 98 Q4 0 50 HS 0 4 LN3SSO VIOV E i 5 0406 033 8 Ftr QJA SNId A HS Fa L JINAH Q343dS ea DSi LLL ee MEE 8 p t 4 Q4 Sfrld A IK zx 18 diMIS TWNINYAL uva 8 e abe lal SiZ Z0i 90lS01 4 dnd 06 e LYVLS YOLOW SMd A n TRE eel
80. Pressure Fail Delay timer then the compres sor will fail on Low Run Oil Pressure failure After five minutes of the compressor running then if the oil pres sure ever drops to the low oil pressure trip value or be low then the compressor will immediately fail on Low Run Oil Pressure failure 19 9 Psig A Capacity Slide Capacity increase Start Delay Minimum Comp Prelube Time Low Oil Pressure Safety Bypass 60 sec Prelube Od Pressure Monitor Time Prelube Od Pressure Monitor Trials Prelube Oi Pressure Safety Changeover Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig High Fiter Off Press Safety Changeover 60 sec Suction Press 39 9 Psig emp 17 3 F Oil level 1 Safety Trip Delay Oil level 2 Safety Tip Delay THLE Low Oil Sep Ternp Safety Changeover Discharge Press 152 8 Psig emp 116 0 F EN Low Oil injection Safety Bypass 3 2 E Maintenance User access No Scheduled Maintenance User 05 20 2013 08 42 44 No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours Press Diff 31 9 Psig ilter Diff 0 1 Psig njTemp 111 2 F Sep Temp 122 2 F admin Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 24 7 Timers Menu Twin Screw Control Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 24 7 24 8 l Blank Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Section
81. Rate Deadband N62 12 40652 Enable Load 0 Disabled 1 Anticipating Enabled Algorithm Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 D 13 T gt 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table N N N T T T N70 3 40673 Step 1 VFD T T T Position Step 1 VFD Maximum Slide Position Minimum Slide 4 N70 4 40674 N70 5 40675 N70 6 40676 INT Maximum Speed rpm N70 7 40677 2 Step VFD INT Control Enabled N70 8 40678 Step 2 VFD INT Minimum Slide Position N70 9 40679 Step 2 VFD INT Maximum Slide N70 10 40680 rpm N70 11 40681 Step 2 VFD Maximum Speed NEM Compression TE Step 1 VFD Minimum Speed rpm Step 1 VFD Position Step 2 VFD Minimum Speed rpm Cool N71 0 40700 Auto Load NT Enabled N71 1 40701 Auto Load Start INT N71 2 40702 Auto Load Timer F INT mins N71 3 40703 SOI Solenoid ON F INT N71 4 N71 5 NT N71 6 NT Solenoid ON INT N71 7 l 40707 High Press Ratio Solenoid OFF N71 8 N71 9 N71 10 N71 11 N71 12 N71 13 z 5 40710 Upper SP F4 40713 H z o INT INT 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Vission 20
82. SAT vs Disch Temp Delay Motor Current Device Current Transformer 4 20ma Transmitter B 7 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Suction Pressure 1 83 6 Psig A Capacity Slide Suction Pressure Control Set 1 Setpoint 2 Pressure Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig 30 0 Psig Capacity Increase Volume Slide Interval Pulse Time 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 4 0 sec Proportional Dead Band 4 0 Psig 10 0 4 0 Psig 10 0 Capacity Decrease Interval Pulse Time 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 4 0 sec Proportional Dead Band 4 0 Psig 10 0 4 0 Psig 10 0 Suction Press Control Auto cycle Setpoint 20 0 Psig Enable Start Pressure Suction Press 103 6 Psig emp 42 9 F Start Delay Stop Pressure Stop Delay Discharge Min Slide Position Press 145 8 Psig emp 102 8 F Press Diff 54 6 Psig ilter Diff 0 9 Psig nj Temp 100 0 F Sep Temp 109 6 F Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Run Hours 3 No Scheduled Maintenance 04 02 2008 05 16 44 No Alarm Trips Present Figure B 3 Compressor Control Setpoint 1 and Setpoint 2 Setup B 8 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures CONTROL MODE DROP DOWN BOX In Figure B 4 the Control Mode drop down box allows selection of the active setpoints To change from Setpoint 1 to Setpoint 2 being the active setpoint do the following
83. Setpoint 1 seconds N59 2 40592 Minimum Slide Position Setpoint 1 N i UT i EN UT N59 3 40593 Stop Pressure F INT Setpoint 2 N59 4 40594 Stop Delay Time NT Setpoint 2 seconds EE NT N59 5 40595 Minimum Slide Position Setpoint 2 15 0 200 0 EE O RENE pp Read Write Read Write Read Write N59 6 40596 Pumpdown 0 Stop 1 Start Read Write Operation Pulldown i ie ll 15 0 200 EN N60 0 40600 StepPressure F INT Read Write N60 1 40601 Delay Per Step F INT Read Write hours e e N60 2 40602 F INT Read Write N60 3 40603 Auto Cycle F INT Read Write Differential N60 4 40604 Initiate Pulldown INT 0 Disable 1 Read Write at Next Start Enable 1 0 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 2 D 11 Appendix D N61 0 40610 N61 10 N61 11 N61 12 N61 13 N61 14 N61 15 40625 40626 40627 40628 N61 16 N61 17 N61 18 40622 Liquid Inj Solenoid 1 Temp 40623 Liquid Inj Solenoid 2 Tem 40624 Liquid Inj Open Vission 20 20 Communication Table High Motor Amps Stop Load Setpoint 1 High Motor Amps Force Unload Setpoint 1 High Disch Press Stop Load Setpoint 1 High Disch Press Force Unload Setpoint 1 Low Suct Press Stop Load Setpoint 1 Low Suct Press Force Unload Setpoint 1 High Motor Amps Stop Load Setpoint 2 High Motor Amps Force Unload
84. Technologies 3539156 2 Depress the button quickly and then let go Each second the button is held down counts as another press Tape the end of the white wire in the panel and make sure that it cannot touch metal Increase the distance between the EMI source and the actuator Install additional metal shielding ma terial between the EMI source and the actuator or cable Recalibrate Get the motor brake to where it op erates freely and then recalibrate Replace the actuator Try to realign or replace the actuator Get the motor brake to where it op erates freely and then recalibrate 14 7 Section 14 Slide Calibration Table 14 2 E Valve Troubleshooting 2 of 2 Problem Reason Solution There is a rapid clicking noise when m position sensor s EEPROM Replace the actuator the motoris operating Continued memory has failed The photo chopper is misaligned with the slotted optocouplers Try to realign or replace the actuator Adjust the photo chopper so that the fence extends further into the optocoupler slots A motor bearing has failed Replace the actuator There is a loose connection in the Tighten screw terminal blocks T There is a loose or dirty connection Clean and tiahten The motor operates in one direction in the yellow Turck cable g only 4 The position sensor has failed Replace the actuator There is a broken motor lead or np Replace the actuator winding
85. Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Condenser Control Auxiliary I O x Maintenance x Users Trend Chart Suction Press emp 5 9 Psig 49 8 F L Freeze Data Discharge Press emp 147 0 Psig il Press Diff 154 9 Psig ilter Diff 8 8 Psig Inj Temp 102 8 F ep Temp 113 3 F User admin 01 01 2013 14 26 02 0 Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Run Hours p Screen Save Load 20 1 Section 20 Data Backup Load Selecting load allows the operator to load data from a USB flash drive to the Vission 20 20 using the in formation provided further down the screen The bottom button will be labeled Load when this is selected Available Devices This window displays any USB flash drive plugged into one of the Vission 20 20 USB ports Once one of the available devices is selected then the drives contents will be displayed in the Select Folder File window If the USB flash drive that is plugged in by the operator is not showing up then the operator can try pressing the Refresh button at the bottom of the screen Unfortunately not all USB flash drives are compatible with the Vission 20 20 and will never show up as available device Select Folder File This window displays the folders and files contained in the USB flash drive selected in the Available Devices window The information from the Vission 20 20 will be contained in
86. Temp 127 5 F ep Temp 122 2 F No Scheduled Maintenance User 01 04 2002 03 09 20 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours mperage 0 0 Amps Figure B 34 Setting the VPLUS Motorized Valve Control PID Parameters Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 B 53 B 54 Blank Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Vibration Monitoring Setup Procedure Step 1 Select Analog Input Boards From the Configuration screen page 6 select the num INTRODUCTION ber of Analog Input boards installed In this case an addi Followthese steps to setup the vibration monitoring sys fona tanalog input board we gt tnstaved male d Inputa tem on the unit All electrical wiring and boards must be installed before proceeding with this procedure NOTE This procedure will only show the steps to set up one vibration monitoring set one Vibration Sensor and one Transmitter 1 0 Configuration Digital Output 1 lt Analog Input 1 Digital Output 2 Analog Input 2 Digital Input 1 Analog Input 3 O Analog Input 4 Digital Input Output 2 CO Analog Output gt J H8 Figure B 35 Vibration Monitoring Step 1 Configuration Screen Page 6 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 B
87. The motor will resume operation The thermal switch has tripped be when it cools This could be caused cause the motor is overheated by a malfunctioning control panel Consult the factory The motor will not move in either Any of the reasons listed in The mo C See above direction tor operates in one direction only The command shaft is jammed Free the command shaft Broken gears in the gear motor Replace the actuator Check and replace blown relays and Blown relays or fuses GREG This could be caused by a malfunc tioning control panel Consult the factory Bad thermal switch Replace the actuator The motor runs sporadically Any of the reasons listed in The mo See above tor will not move in either direction Stripped gears inside the gear rotor orthe armature has come unpressed Replace the actuator from the armature shaft There is a rapid clicking noise when the motor is operating The photo chopper is positioned too low on the motor shaft The motor runs intermittently sev Motor is overheating and the ther eral minutes on several minutes off mal switch is tripping The motor runs but output shaft will not turn 14 8 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 14 Slide Calibration Slide Valve Actuator Troubleshooting Guide Blink Code Vilter actuators communicate problems discovered by the internal diagnostics to the
88. This setpoint defines the maximum speed in per This setpoint defines the minimum speed in percent centage for Remote Oil Cooler VFD Fan at which it age for Remote Oil Cooler VFD Fan at which it should should run for continuous step delay time to increase run for continuous step delay time to decrease Remote Oil Cooler steps E g let s say setpoint is kept Remote Oil Cooler steps E g let s say setpoint is kept at 95 Then Remote Oil Cooler VFD fan will have to at 5 Then Remote Oil Cooler VFD fan will have to run run at speed of 9525 or more to advance to next step at speed 5 or less to advance to next step Minimum Maximum Speed can be set as 100 which is when Speed can be set as 025 which is when analog output analog output at which Remote Oil Cooler VFD fan at which Remote Oil Cooler VFD fan is connected is connected reaches to 20mA in its normal range of reaches 4mA in its normal range of 4 20 mA 4 20mA Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 9 3 Psig A Capacity Slide VFD Settings Setpoint P 0 Minimum Speed 0 96 0 Maximum Speed 100 Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig TT Min Limit Max Limit Suction Press 29 3 Psig emp 49 5 F Discharge Press 130 0 Psig emp 83 1 F Page 1 Press Diff 131 1 Psig ilter Diff 9 1 Psig Inj Temp 101 9 F Sep Temp 104 8 F Maintenance User Access No Scheduled Maintenance User admin 01 01 2
89. Thistimerallows Low Oil Separator Start Temperature safety setpoint to protect the compressor against cold oil during starting After the timer has expired the Low Oil Separator Run Temperature is then active Low Oil Injection Safety Bypass e This timer bypasses the Low Oil Injection Temperature Safety setpoint during start up to allow any cold oil in the oil lines and filter to pass After the timer expires the Low Oil Injection Temperature safety is active Reference Figure 8 2 Communication Failure Detect Timer This timer forces the compressor to wait for the set time period before displaying Remote Comm Time out Alarm in yellow banner or Remote Comm Time out Trip in red banner when there is no remote communication to Vission 20 20 for configured time Max Restart After Power Failure This timer forces the compressor to wait for the set time period after a power failure and the panels re starts before it can be started automatically By stag gering the time settings of this timer between other compressor panels the compressors can be allowed to start automatically one at a time after a power failure This will prevent excessive load demand on the power system that could occur if all of the com pressor equipment were to start at the same time The Power up Auto Re Start x Enable option must be selected on the Configuration screen for this op tion to be active Hot Starts per Hour This counter
90. Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 30 4 Psig emp 53 6 F Discharge 5 109 3 Psig emp 68 5 F Discharge Suction 114 2 F 09 29 2014 16 03 43 Motor DhEMAmperage 0 0 Amps Figure 7 5 Alarms and Trips Screen Page 3 SOI Solenoid Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 7 Alarms and Trips Safety Failure Messages Low Suction Pressure Trip This message will appear when the suction pres sure falls below the safety setting of the Low Suction Pressure Trip Setpoint No 1 or No 2 High Discharge Pressure Trip This message will appear when the discharge pres sure exceeds the safety setting of the Hi Dsch Press Trip Setpoint No 1 or No 2 Low Suction Temp Trip This message will appear when the suction tempera ture falls below the safety setting of the Low Suction Temperature Trip setpoint High Discharge Temp Trip This message will appear when the discharge tem perature rises above the safety setting of the High Discharge Temperature Trip setpoint Low Oil Separator Temp Trip This message will appear when the Oil Separator Temp is below the Low Oil Separator Start Temp Trip setpoint In addition this message will appear after the Oil Separator Temp Safety Changeover timer times out and the Oil Separator temperature fails to rise above the Low Oil Separator Start Temp Reset
91. Winter 41190 Step 1 Out 2 Enabled Summer Winter 41191 Step 2 Out 2 Enabled Summer Winter 41192 Step 3 Out 2 Enabled Summer Winter 41193 Step 4 Out 2 Enabled Summer Winter 41194 Step 5 Out 2 Enabled Summer Winter 41195 Step 1 Out 3 Enabled Summer Winter 41196 Step 2 Out 3 Enabled Summer Winter 41197 Step 3 Out 3 Enabled Summer Winter 41198 Step 4 Out 3 Enabled Summer Winter 41199 Step 5 Out 3 Enabled Summer Winter 41200 Step 1 Out 4 Enabled Summer Winter 41201 Step 2 Out 4 Enabled Summer Winter 41202 Step 3 Out 4 Enabled Summer Winter z z mal Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled 0 Disabled Enabled Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Appendix D Vission
92. as shown in Figure 10 9 Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Vission Device Setup Device Name IP Address Volume Slide Device ID Compressor Model 1 o9 OK Cancel Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig 1 2 Psig A Capacity Slide Suction Press 18 8 Psig emp 3g SE Discharge Press 105 7 Psig emp 59 6 F Oil Press Diff 130 4 Psig Inj Temp 113 3 F Sep Temp 107 6 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin p 0 01 02 2014 11 54 37 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours o NEon Figure 10 9 Compressor Sequencing Screen Add Device Page 3 10 12 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 10 Compressor Sequencing Sync Sequencing Parameters NOTE For working of this feature Master Compressor This screen offers ability to sync Vission Devices infor should Sync Data by pressing Sync Button Then mation with Vission 20 20 slave compressors This fea change intended Vission 20 20 Slave Compressor ture is basically used in situation where Vission 20 20 to Master Compressor from Configuration Screen Compressor role needs to change from a Slave to Master Then log on to Compressor Sequencing Screen for Hence operator does not require to Add Vission Devices Viewing Vission Devices in Devices List Screen of again as Slave Compressors in Sequencing Network For New Master Compressor Please make sure at a time Sync Sequenc
93. back button will rewrite the file folder e Changes the page in the display window one page list with the previous folder level less then what was showing Display Window Next This window displays the context of the manual e Changes the page in the display window one page Fullscreen more then what was showing Pressing this button expand the display window to fit Version the entire screen Pressing the Version button displays a pop up screen Page that gives the operator information of the version of software running on the Vission 20 20 see Figure Enter the page number the operator wishes to be dis 23 3 played in the display window Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 14 2 Psig A Capacity Slide Section 6 Compressor Control Volume Slide Suction Press Control Overview The compressor control screen is where an operator can set the majority of the compressor settings These setting define how the compressor will operate and respond t changing loads The compressor control screen consists of several screens but in order not to overwhelm operator with options many of the screens may not be visible How the compressor is configured in the configuration screen will determine what screens are displayed Itis important to note that there isn t one correct way to set these parameters Every application is diferent and requires the operator tb tune these settings to achieve the best operation Discharge Pulse Proportiona
94. can only turn so fast The proportional change to the compressor capacity occurs at a fixed rate Caphold and Operation with VFD Using a VFD with a compressor requires considering the VFD capacity as part of the entire capacity of the compressor Typically a VFD is operated from 50 to 100 speed therefore the VFD is considered Y the total capacity and the slide valve movement is considered the other 1 2 of total capacity When a VFD is employed the normal control method is to first move the capacity slide from 0 100 when additional refrigeration is required When the capac ity slide is at 100 and additional capacity is still required then the VFD is ramped up in speed It follows then that a Caphold value of 2525 will move the capacity slide to 5025 position A Caphold value of 50 will move the capacity slide to 100 position A Caphold value of 7525 will move the capacity slide to 100 and the VFD to 50 speed and so on Consideration should also be given that when moving the capacity slide valve from 0 100575 the actual corre sponding capacity of the compressor is not changing in a linear relationship of 0 100275 The last 15 travel of the slide valve results in a greater change of capacity than 15 Integrators should realize that the caphold value sent relates to slide valve position and not actual ca pacity of the compressor For most purposes however assuming a linear relationship is adequate The rate at whi
95. compressor stops Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 26 Remote Oil Cooler Overview This screen allows the operator to view and adjust Remote Oil Cooler setpoint settings associated with Remote Oil Cooler operation see Figure 26 1 This screen will only be active if the Remote Oil Cooler Control option has been enabled from the Configuration Screen see Section 19 The Remote Oil Cooler Control operation allows the cy cling of fans and pumps in order to maintain a specific Remote Oil Cooler Temperature The five different steps in step control allow selection of fans pumps and VFD in one or more steps When a VFD is employed VFD is allowed to reach maximum speed then if additional ca pacity is needed the next fan or pump is brought on The VFD will modulate down and then back up to 100 again then the next fan or pump is brought on This method allows the smoothest Remote Oil Cooler control by spacing the VFD between the fan and pump steps while maintaining a Remote Oil Cooler Temperature pressure that matches the setpoint Remote Oil Cooler Setpoint Run Mode e Run Mode allows the selection of different modes of operation for Remote Oil Cooler The choices for se lection are Run Never e The mode of operation by default Remote Oil Cooler operation will not be performed when this mode is active Run With Comp Automatic operation of Remote Oil
96. different steps in step control al low selection of fans pumps and VFD in one or more steps When a VFD is employed VFD is allowed to reach maximum speed if additional capacity is needed the next fan or pump is turned on The VFD will modulate down and then once it is back up to 100 again then the next fan or pump is turned on This method allows the smoothest condenser control by spacing the VFD between the fan and pump steps while maintaining a condenser pressure that matches the setpoint Suction Pressure 1 E Run Mode Condenser Press i 5 i Q Run Never Condenser Setpoint 120 0 Psi Wetbulb Tem 0 F L9 O Run With Comp E f O Run Always Upper Deadband Ed x Manual Lower Deadband 5 0 Psig Switch Temp Profile Summer hd L Summer Winter Auto Switch E High to Low Speed Fan Delay fis sec L wetbulb Override z Step Control Steps Out 1 Out 2 Out 3 Out 4 VFD Step 1 QO O O Step2 O Step3 O L Step4 O O Step 5 Page No Alarm Trips Present 1325 Psig Ambient Temp 0 0 F o Psig Wetbulb Offset 5 0 F Step Delay Low Speed Fan Control fas sec None OFF fas sec None OFF No Scheduled Maintenance Condenser Control Setpoint Run Mode e Run Mode allows the selection of different modes of operation for condenser control The choices for se lection are Run Never Themode of operation by default Condenser Control
97. down in case of 2 speed motor dual speed fan Summer Winter Auto Switch This checkbox when enabled allows profiles to switch automatically depending on ambient temperature setpoint when Run Mode is Auto When ambient temperature falls below ambient temperature set point winter profile is used Similarly when ambient temperature is above ambient temperature setpoint summer profile is used Wetbulb Override This checkbox when enabled gives the operator a functionality to control energy wastage When the condenser temperature reaches wetbulb tempera ture plus the operator given offset then the con denser control operation does not add additional steps This is done as it is not possible to lower the temperature anymore and by adding more fans or pumps controls the operation by manually stepping using an on off toggle button at each step Step Control The Step Control allows the operator to setup the man ner in which Fans Pumps amp VFD will be turned on off Fans amp Pumps are connected on digital outputs Out 1 to Out 4 VFD Fan is connected on Analog Output Each step can have maximum of five outputs connected to it Each step can be opted in or out depending on enabling of checkbox When Run Mode is Auto and condenser pressure rises above upper deadband the condenser step increments from Step 1 up to Step 5 and hence switching on off Pumps Fans amp VFD connected on outputs This holds true for decrementi
98. e 4 20mA Capacity Hold compressor capacity controlled via Remote Caphold analog input Auto Capacity The compressor is started and stopped from the Remote Start Stop input but the compressor capac ity is controlled from the internal compressor con trol setpoints entered in the 20 20 The Auto cycle setpoints can be enabled or disabled as desired Digital Manual Capacity The compressor started and stopped from the Remote Start Stop input but the compressor capac ity is controlled from the Remote Capacity Increase and Remote Capacity Decrease digital inputs 4 20mA Capacity Hold The compressor started and stopped from the Remote Start Stop input but the compressor capac ity is controlled from a 4 20mA analog signal run to 20 20 The 4 20ma signal will be proportional to 0 100 capacity hold value For instance 4mA 0 percent 12mA 50 and 20mA 100 Hold Capacity Operation The Capacity Hold analog signal defines a target capacity slide valve position for the compressor The 20 20 will position the capacity slide to the target position rules of this capacity hold algorithm are 1 Ifthe new target is gt 0 4 full scale away from the current position then don t do anything this is the deadband region 2 If new target is gt deadband region but gt 10 full Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 C 27 Appendix C Remote Control an
99. from the configuration screen The algorithm used for this is the same one that is used to control the oil cooling motorized positioning valve Navigate to page 2 of the Configuration screen In the middle column towards Compressor ivss Model 451 Refrigerant R717 v Other K Factor fi Ambient Sensor Wetbulb Sensor VFD Fan oil Pump Compressor Control No P Controllers O No Pump Cycling Z Suction Pressure Control 2 O Full Time Pumps 1 C Oil Flow Control C Process Temp Control fi Oil Cooling Thermosyphon O H20 Oil Cooler Optional Function Selection Liquid injection C Compressor VFO O Solenoids 1 Motorized Valve C Economizer Pressure O Remote Oil Cooler C Superheat Monitor VFD Fan Figure 8 26 VPLUS Oil Cooling Selection Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 O Condenser Control the bottom of page 2 are the Oil Cooling selections see Figure B 26 Select Liquid Injection method and then select the Motorized Valve selection Note that by se lecting the positioning valve algorithm the speed of the VPLUS motor is being controlled based on the discharge temperature only Continue to step 3 Motor Current Device 9 Current Transformer 4 20ma transmitter Alarms and Trips C idle Time Tip NN Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Step 3 Setup and
100. mnt EE 16 1 Section 17 Input Output iul E Na 17 1 Section 18 Auxiliary Input Output 18 1 Mise ce O 18 1 Digital Keil cc EES 18 2 AnalOG ghnitcee e 18 2 0 18 4 18 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 TOC 3 Table of Contents Section Title Section Number Section 19 Configuration OVEIVIGW 19 1 Compressor IdentifiCatiOri eeu ineo norint cV eaa ta oai Erbe nta di Dno a FERE rae ea una ek Rana 19 1 hnc A 19 1 19 2 COMMUNICATIONS A E E N ETE O E A O E TETE 19 2 Direct hO EE E E OE n E iea 19 2 SEO IS 19 2 ECM OLN OE eaves E 19 3 VING ACCOUNT e TOUCHS GROOM ss M TE 19 3 DYidNIed M M 19 3 Restart On Power Fatlure ss se ee retenir Iu eX e Pe RE XY Pe Ye Y Yo EN ENS Yu Ye NER EYE RN YN Y YN ere eS EYE eun 19 3 Compressor SEG WEN ENING ee 19 4 1 WAG Osea s 2 19 4 Model amp 0 eerte nnne eraen e r E aaa NE aas Eas NE EaR TEE REEVE 19 5 Compres
101. mode before Compressor Control com mands Registers 40500 through 40513 can be sent To do this press the green UNIT START but ton then REMOTE Modbus Register 40501 Active Remote Control Reading this register can be used to verify the Active Remote Control mode which was previously setup from the Configuration screen Writing to this register can change the Active Remote Control mode however this is not common e 0 None internal local setpoints will used to control the compressor e 1 Direct I O hardwired control via digital inputs Refer to wiring diagram 2 Serial serial communications via RS485 Modbus RTU 3 Ethernet Modbus TCP or Ethernet IP communications Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 C 25 C 26 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel Typically the following registers are setup written to before a Start command is issued to the compressor Modbus Register 40502 Remote Capacity Control Selection e O0 Auto Capacity Control This selection defines that the 20 20 will control compressor capacity from its internal Control Setpoints e 1 PulseLoad Unload This selection defines that the 20 20 will control compressor capacity from contents of Pulse Load register 40504 and Pulse Unload register 40505 For correlation between register content and pulse value see Table D 1 2 Hold Capacity
102. open position main taining some leakage On Alarms and Trips screen Low Oil Separator Start Temperature High Filter Diff Start Pressure settings are disabled On Timers screen Oil Level 1 Safety Trip Delay Oil Level 2 Safety Trip Delay settings are disabled Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 25 3 25 4 Section 25 Cool Compression Control Operational Differences from Single Screw Once the Cool Compression is configured most setup options available for a single screw are also available for Cool Compression However there are significant op erational differences that are mostly associated with the compressor safeties 1 The Cool Compression program ignores e Low Oil Separator Alarm Trip at start High Filter Differential at start Prelube Oil Pressure Alarm and Trip Run Oil Pressure Alarm and Trip Pressure Ratios are monitored instead High Discharge Temp Alarm and Trip Discharge Temp Superheat is monitored Low Suction Temp Alarm and Trip e Low Oil Injection Temp Alarm and Trip High Oil Injection Temp Alarm and Trip 2 SOI solenoid is forced on for first 60 seconds of run ning and 10 minutes after compressor is stopped 3 Auto Load Enabled When Auto Load is engaged at start it then maintains the position of capacity slide to the Auto Load limit approx 30 25 but less than 50 It displays status message Cool Compres
103. operation will not be performed when this mode is active Run With Comp Automatic operation of condenser control selected when control of the condenser is required to only run when the compressor is running Run Always Automatic operation of condenser control selected when control of the condenser is required to run even when the compressor is off 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide 0 5 96 Volume Slide Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 29 4 Psig emp 49 3 F 32 0 F TIL Discharge Press 130 3 Psig emp 82 9 F Oil Press Diff 131 2 Psig ilter Diff 8 8 Psig Inj Temp 102 1 F ep Temp 105 7 F User admin 01 01 2013 16 46 12 Run Hours e Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 11 1 Condenser Control Screen Page 1 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 11 1 11 2 Section 11 Condenser Control Manual Mode for controlling condenser control operation manually Operator controls the operation by manual stepping using an on off toggle button at each step Condenser Press This is the read only parameter and it displays the present value of condenser pressure Condenser Setpoint Thisis the condenser pressure setpoint that needs to be maintained Upper Deadband This is the condenser pressure setpoint upper dead band value No additional condenser capacity is add ed whe
104. os e PEE EEER EE SER Loa eR n FX EH TENIS SERE EHE eet EEES NRE Rapid Cycling VED Control em Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Table of Contents Section Title Section Number P ripdown 6 0 245 5 22 52245 6 8 8 ei lhrte 6 11 Stop load amp Force Wild met M 6 11 S ction Oil Injection Solenoid iiir ettet ridere etae ree ee NER EN E E HERR KR PEE RES S BERE REESE Rees 6 12 Capacity Slide Triggered Outplits yere rere era eoo eee orte ent eoe eda a eee nde ka s 6 13 Vol ime Slide Position Offset 5 1 rrt ree reete ee Yee P eye Ea SERES pre ERR PEE HE bee E EXE Y E Sek gene ees eiai 6 14 odi 6 14 load irarum couvbes 6 14 Oll Conttol 4 2 32 8 orti erede erro new ate Sous noe ein UE E upon nne cube covets ru Vo ewe Sarasa nts 6 14 LAGU I CCU OM ee 6 14 Section 7 Alarms and Trips EE E EE A EE A II A I E I E E A I E I E SRM E RE NER APER ER YVES 7 1 Alarms and TAPS SetpOINtS sissisota epa e e EAE Ea EEEa YER EE ea RR Re SERT eeu n Pena nE SEE 7 1 eo rpnsxeuhiblcee T RH 7 6 Safety fUr EI C aie erisia eeens iniae 7 7 Gompressor 7 8 auci 8 1 Elec ER 8 1 9 1 Scheduling SetpOINt ccccscoss
105. p g 4 Analog Aux in 14 oo F Digital Aux in 1 0 Suction E Press 7 7 Psig g Analog Aux in 15 oo F Digital Aux in 2 0 emp 49 8 F Analog Aux in 16 oo F Digital Aux in 3 0 g Discharge Comp Auxiliary f Digital Aux in 4 0 Press 147 3 Psig emp 83 4 F Freeze Data Menu Oil Press Diff 153 2 Psig Filter Diff 8 9 Psig Inj Temp 102 8 F Sep Temp 113 3 F Help User admin 01 01 2013 13 42 02 Motor Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps TZ iste A Capacity Slide Live I O Hosa Digital Aux in 5 fo Capacity Decrease 0 a ic s D Digital Aux in 6 fo Volume Increase 0 Volume Slide Digital Aux in 7 o Volume Decrease 0 E 3 2 Digital Aux in 8 o Oil Separator Heater 0 o Compressor VFD 4 0 MA Trip 1 5 Condenser VFD m mA Slide Valve Setpoint 1 0 Suction Press Control Db z 5 etpoint 20 0 Psi is Slide Valve Position out m mA Slide Valve Setpoint 2 0 B 9 lt Liquid Injection 4 0 MA Alarm 1 Suction i Press 7 5 Psig 0 i 0 2 Compressor Start Economizer Port 2 emp 49 5 F n Oil Pump Start fo Liquid Injection 1 0 Discharge 2 Capacity Increase fo Liquid Injection 2 0 Press 147 2 Psig emp 83 4 F Freeze Data Menu Oil Press Diff 153 2 Psig ilter Diff 8 8 Psig Inj Temp 102 8 F ep Temp 113 5 F User admin 01 01 2013 13 42 11 6 Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 17 3 Input Output Screen Page 3 Vission 20 20
106. psig and the set point we want to get to is 20 psig The operator wants to allow 48 hours of pulldown time Pick a reasonable step pressure of 5 psig for every step This defines a change of 80 20 60 psig 1 Note First step is applied immediately So first step starts at 85 5 80 psig 2 Number of steps delta 60 psig change 1 step 5 psig 12 steps Suction Pressure 1 Stopped z OPumpdown o i i Setpoint 1 7 Stop Pressure oo Psig E x Stop Delay fio sec xs Min Slide Position fe E Pumpdown Operation Run O Pulldown Initiate Pulldown at Next Start Step Pressure 5 0 Psig Delay Per Step 5 0 hour Stop Pressure 20 0 Psig 131 Auto Cycle Differential 4 0 Psig gt HAB No Scheduled Maintenance No Alarm Trips Present Setpoint 2 oo Psig Im sec Jo Initiate Pulldown at Every Start 3 Delay per Step 48 hours 12 steps 4 hours step So for the first 4 hours the compressor runs at 80 psig Next 4 hours 75 psig Next 4 hours 70 psig And so forth After the 12th step running at 25 psig 48 hours will have elapsed and the new setpoint becomes 20 psig achieving the 20 psig setpoint after 48 hours After the pulldown setpoint is equal to or is less than the control setpoint the pulldown feature will disable itself Pulldown This checkbox enables the Pulldown feature If this box is unchecked Pulldow
107. set to the Alarm Only is selected The Low Alarm 20 0 PV g so when that setpoint is reached the alarm setpoint is set to 1 0 in sec so that the low will activate The Low Trip is set to 10 0 PV g so that alarm will not activate The High Alarm is set to the low trip will not activate The High Trip is set to 1 0 in sec so when that setpoint is reached the alarm 40 0 PV g so when that setpoint is reached the trip will will activate The Low Trip and High Trip setpoints activate The Delay is set to 60 sec are left at 0 0 in sec since the Alarm Only is selected The Delay is set to 5 sec From the Auxiliary I O screen page 3 setup the alarms and trips for Aux 1 and Aux 2 NOTE The Delay setpoint is the amount of time monitored when the setpoint is reached For example if the setpoint continues to be equal or greater past the Delay time then the alarm or trip will activate Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 10 8 Psig A Capacity Slide Analog Inputs Aux1 overall vibration Analog Aux in 4 Alarm Trip Alarm Only O Inhibit Alarm Trip Neither v Inhibit Low Alarm 1 0 in sec High Alarm 1o in sec Low Alarm oo E High Alarm o 0 F Low Trip oo inisec High Trip o o in sec Low Trip oo F High Trip oo F Delay fs sec Delay 5 sec Volume Slide 14 Suction Press Control
108. set to the lowest value that gives adequate control system response Increasing the proportional setting increases the control sys tem s sensitivity to small process fluctuations and the tendency to hunt Integral reset setpoint e Usedto adjust the capacity control action integrating the error over time to account for a small error that has persisted for a long time This quantity is used for fine adjustment This setpoint is used to smooth out process variations This setpoint should be set high enough to prevent hunting but low enough to pre vent control system overshoot D Derivative rate setpoint Used to adjust the capacity control action account ing for how fast the error is changing positively or negatively A standard PID loop variable it is not used for our applications Cap Max Value amp VFD Min Value Cap Min Value VFD Max Value Total Compressor Capacity Figure 6 6 VFD One Step Control Method Step 1 Step 2 Figure 6 7 VFD Two Step Control Method Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 6 Compressor Control Rapid Cycling VFD Control VFD Speed Range Defines the Minimum and Maximum speed for the The VFD page is where the operator can tune the motor motor speed These values should reflect the full VFD for desired rapid cycling VFD operation see Figure range ofthe VFD 6 8 A Vilter compressor uses the variable sp
109. technician by LED blink codes Only one blink code is displayed even though it is possible that more than one problem has been detected The actua tor motor will not operate until the error code is cleared by pressing the blue bottom see Table 14 3 LED Blink Codes and Troubleshooting Guide Table 14 3 LED Blink Codes and Troubleshooting Guide 1 of 2 Flash Pattern Meaning ON OFF BF OM a M e M UN a M Calibration step 1 Calibration step 2 This indicates a zero span This error can only occur dur ing calibration The typical cause is forgetting to move the actuator when setting the upper limit of the span If this is the case press the blue button to restart the calibration procedure This error can also occur if either or both ofthe slotted optocouplers are not working If this is the case the slide valve actuator will have to be replaced The operation of the slotted optocouplers can be tested as follows 1 Manually rotate the motor shaft until the aluminum photo chopper fence is not blocking either of the opto coupler slots 2 Using a digital multimeter measure the DC voltage between terminal 3 of the small terminal block and TP1 on the circuit board see Note 1 The measurement should be between 0 1 and 0 2 Volts 3 Next measure the DC voltage between terminal 3 and TP2 on the circuit board You should measure be tween 0 1 and 0 2 Volts A motor over speed occurred At some time during operatio
110. temperature override set point Liquid Injection 2 Output Not Defined Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 3 Hardware Architecture Table 3 1 Digital I O 1 of 2 Board O Description 1 Compressors 6 voume peces 0 Trip indicator ON Normal Fg Slide Valve Set point 1 Economizer Port 1 Slide Valve Set point 2 Hot Gas Bypass Alarm ON Normal Remote Setpoint 1 2 Selection Condenser Remote Oil Cooler Step 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Type OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT Jed Section 3 Hardware Architecture Remote Enabled Output This output is energized when the Vission 20 20 panel is enabled for remote control If the compres sor parameter does not satisfy start conditions or is placed into the manual stop position this output is de energized Shunt Trip This output is designed to be connected to a master power breaker with a shunt trip input If the Vission 20 20 detects the compressor motor is running when it s not suppose to be then this output can be ener gized to trip the breaker supplying power to a starter Comp
111. that the panel needs to accomplish are done by a single processor So when a device communicates to the panel the polling rate to the 20 20 panel can t be unlim ited it needs to be governed A typical compressor control scheme might look like this For communication register information refer Table D 1 Yes Figure C 13 Typical Block Diagram of a Multi Compressor Control Scheme 1 of 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel TOP LEVEL Some Basic Recommended Rules Two Compressor Sequencing I Only write to registers that need to be changed Writing the same values to the same registers only serve to crowd communication pathways placing a burden on the 20 20 with un necessary executions interrogate Vission 20 Repeatedly scanning registers at a high 20 Registers rate of speed will not serve the control process any better Pressure and temperature values do not change rapidly High scan rates only serve to crowd communication pathways placing 0 a burden on the 20 20 with un necessary Make Control Decision oret Based on Compressor Register Scan Write Any New Control Parameters as Needed Perform Wait Period Recommend at least a couple of seconds Figure C 13 Typical Block Diagram of a Multi Compressor Control Scheme 2 of 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manua
112. the configuration screen The algorithm used for this discharge temperature and the oil injection temperature is the same one that is used to control the oil cooling 9nd then averaged those two temperatures together in motorized positioning valve Navigate to page 2 of the 9 derto control the speed of the VPLUS motor Configuration screen In the middle column towards Continue to step 3 the bottom of page 2 are the Oil Cooling selections see Figure B 33 Select Liquid Injection method and then select the Motorized Valve selection Note that by selecting the positioning valve algorithm the speed of Compressor vss O Condenser Control Motor Current Device i Current Transformer Ambient Sensor Model 1 4 20ma Transmitter Wetbulb Sensor Refrigerant R717 Alarms and Trips VFD Fan C 46 Time Trip Other K Factor fi oil Pump Compressor Control O No Pump Controllers Cycling 2 Suction Pressure Control 2 O Full Time Pumps 1 O Oil Flow Control LI Process Temp Control fi Oil Cooling Q Thermosyphon Optional Function Selection O H20 Oil Cooler Liquid Injection O Solenoids i Motorized Valve C Compressor VFD C Economizer Pressure O Remote Oil Cooler C Superheat Monitor VFD Fan JM foe Figure B 33 Oil Cooling Selection for VPLUS Oil Cooling B 52 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appen
113. the device has been remove from the device list the USB drive can be safely removed Refresh Pressingthis button will reread the USB ports and dis play any new USB drives 14 2 Psig A Capacity Slide Remote Oil Cooler Slide Calibration User Access Event List Twin Screw Control Operational Flow Cha Input Output Service Options Configuration Overview Volume Slide Suction Press Control Compressor Sequenc Installation Recomme Compressor Control Trend Chart Timers Alarms and Trips Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 The compressor control screen is where an operator can set the majority of the compressor settings These setting define how the compressor will operate and respond to changing loads The compressor control screen consists of several screens but in order not to overwhelm operator with options many of the screens may not be visible How the compressor is configured in the configuration screen will determine what screens are displayed Itisimportant to note that there isn t one correct way to set these parameters Every application is different and requires the operator to tune these settings to achieve the best operation Discharge Pulse Proportional Control mICTECINCE EN User admin 01 01 2013 14 54 00 Run Hours 1 Figure 23 1 Help Screen Manual 23 1 Section 23 Help Screen Back Previous Pressing the
114. the motor never stops turning after a power loss the position sensor detects this knows it will be lost and goes immediately into calibrate mode when power is restored Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 14 Slide Calibration Calibrate Slide Valve Actuators Assuming that the actuator motors have not been cali brated the transmitter output of the actuator motor will fluctuate wildly until they are calibrated To prevent damage to actuator motors do not connect the Power Cable Yellow TURCK cable or the Position Transmitter Cable Gray TURCK cable until instructed to do so in this procedure 1 Open the plastic cover of the capacity motor by removing four screws Gently lift the cover and tilt it toward the TURCK connectors Raise the cover enough to be able to press the blue calibrate but ton and to be able to see the red LED on the top of the assembly see Figure 14 2 Log into the Vission 20 20 From the main screen select the Menu button and then the Slide Calibration button see Figure 14 3 4 When the Slide Calibration screen appears then you can safely connect the Power Cable Yellow TURCK cable and the Position Transmitter Cable Gray TURCK cable to the Capacity motor 5 Press or to move the slide valves to check the rotation see Table 14 1 for proper shaft rota tion If for any reason the or command on the pa
115. then the capacity slide will move to its minimum position The two step control method works much like the Suction Pressure 1 E TT one step method but divides the control into four sec tions see Figure 6 7 While loading the compressor will first move the capacity slide to the maximum set for step one then speed up the motor to its maximum speed for the same step Once step one has completed the con trol algorithm will again move the capacity slide to the maximum position and the maximum speed of step two At this point the compressor would be fully loaded Unloading occurs in the reverse direction The two step control method is not typical for most installations and is normally used when a Vilter engineer recommends it NOTE VFD installation is not covered in this manual A VFD that is not properly installed and configured has the potential of causing intermittent and dangerous problems Please consult your VFD manual 1 Step VFD Control e Enables the first step in the VFD control algorithm This check box is not deselectable by the operator 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide 05 Volume Slide Pe D E 5 Minimum 1 Step VFD Control Capacity Slide Position 0 VFD Speed 1800 rpm O 2 Step VFD Control Capacity Slide Position 100 96 VFD Speed San Bane 3600 rpm No Alarm Trips Present No Scheduled Maintenance Maximum Suction Press Cont
116. these settings before exiting the Configuration screen At this point the master will begin receiving the slave compressor information from the network and will popu late in View Detected Devices pop up of the Compressor Sequencing screen of the master compressor If after a couple of minutes if you do not see the slave compres sors listed under the View Detected Devices list then power cycle the master compressor panel Touchscreen Calibrate Washdown Anti Recycle Hot Starts Restart on Power Failure Compressor Sequencing Master 192 169 1 99 255 255 255 0 192 168 1 1 Modbus TCP m Slave Network Name viter Language English v v Figure 10 14 Compressor Setup for Compressor Sequencing Master Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 10 17 10 18 Blank Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 11 Condenser Control Overview This screen allows the operator to view and adjust con denser setpoint settings associated with condenser op eration This screen will only be active if the Condenser Control option has been enabled from the Configuration Screen see Figure 11 1 The Condenser Control operation allows the cycling of fans and pumps in order to maintain a specific condens ing pressure The five
117. to the entire capacity slide range or just a por tion using the Capacity Range minimum and maximum setpoints Volume Slide Adjustment The value in percentage of the volume slide offset Capacity Range Defines the range that the volume position slide off set will be applied Soft Load This setpoint is used to slow the loading of the compres sor In some refrigeration systems a loading compres sor can have dramatic effects on the system parameters This setpoint allows an operator to reduce the continu ous load pulse as defined in the proportional control 566 tion to a percent duty cycle Soft load 95 Defines the duty cycle of the continuous load pulse At 100 the continuous pulse will truly be continu ous At 5025 the continuous pulse would be reduced to half time on and half time off in the time interval defined in the proportional control section Load Anticipating The purpose of the load anticipating algorithm is to re duce the amount of overshoot of the capacity slide posi tion while the compressor attempts to meet the control setpoint This advanced feature of the Vission 20 20 closely monitors the rate of change of the process vari able and compares it to the control setpoint If the pro cess variable is changing in the direction of the control setpoint at the specified rate or greater then the normal command to move the capacity slide is interrupted The rate is calculated between time intervals s
118. trip is generated Analog Outputs This screen allows the ability to map any standard ana log input or auxiliary input to any of the four analog auxiliary outputs There are two pages of auxiliary out put configuration each consists of two analog auxiliary outputs For Auxiliary Outputs Screens see Figures 18 6 and 18 7 Active Input Active Input can be selected from avail able standard analog inputs or auxiliary inputs Selected Active Input gets mapped to auxiliary output Run Always Run Always option can be selected to en able mapped auxiliary output irrespective of the compressor s run state If Run Always is not selected then the mapped auxiliary output is enabled only when compressor is running Trigger Trigger configuration is used to enable dis able auxiliary output according to the config ured trigger input Trigger input can be selected from available standard analog inputs auxiliary analog inputs or digital inputs Trigger value and differential in combination with trigger type enable if above On or enable if below Off enables or disables auxiliary output Control Auxiliary outputs can be PID Controlled or Scalable Controlled PID Control P Proportional gain Used to adjust the auxiliary output in direct propor tion to the difference between the control setpoint and the active input The proportional term is a unit less quantity and is used for coarse adju
119. 0 0 Psig 220 0 Psig Setpoint No 2 220 0 Psig 230 0 Psig 5 High Process Temperature Setpoint No 1 100 0 oF None o a Setpoint No 2 Low Process Temperature Setpoint No 1 Setpoint No 2 No Scheduled Maintenance No Alarm Trips Present Stopped i Setpoint No 1 i Hg faa Hg 120 0 E None 50 0 F 550 F 20 0 F 450 EF side tabs in the input output screens and are very useful as a troubleshooting tool for the operator The Vission 20 20 uses Warnings as a way to notify the operator of parameters that may inhibit the compressor when started Warnings are monitored only when com pressor is not running Warnings are always displayed as a orange banner on bottom status bar Warnings uses the alarm setpoint for detection and message All warnings messages present can be seen collectively in a pop up window This pop up is displayed when warning condition is present and bottom status bar used for dis playing warnings is pressed Alarms and Trips Setpoints Reference Figure 7 1 Low Suction Pressure Alarm amp Trip This is the low suction pressure safety This safety is active in both temperature and pressure control 9 5 Psig A Capacity Slide 0 5 96 Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 29 5 Psig emp 50 2 F Discharge Press 130 5 Psig emp 83 4 F il Press Diff 131 4 Psig ilter Diff
120. 0 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Flashcard Replacement Procedure Before powering down to replace the flashcard copy down all of the follow operating setpoints and configu ration information RECORD OPERATING SETPOINTS AND CONFIGURATION INFORMATION 1 Configuration Screen Page 1 a Ordernumber b Active Remote Control Setting C If Active Remote Control Direct I O docu ment type of Direct I O selection d Ethernet IP settings e Anti Recycle Settings 2 Configuration Screen Page 2 a Compressor Type Model Refrigerant b Compressor Contro Type amp number of Controllers c OilPump selection d Oil Cooling type e Motor Current Device 3 Configuration Screen page 3 a Optional Function Selections 4 4 Configuration Screen Page 6 a Optional I O boards Compressor Control Setpoints all Alarms and Trips Setpoints all Timer Setpoints all oo sb oy sm Instrument Calibration Pressure page a Record Transducer Range selection for suction pressure discharge pressure filter inlet pres sure oil manifold pressure b Record total offset value for suction pres sure discharge pressure filter inlet pressure oil manifold pressure 9 Instrument Calibration Temperature page a Record total offset for suction temperature discharge temperature oil separator tempera ture oil m
121. 0 Psig 15 0 Psig 240 0 Amp No Scheduled Maintenance User No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 where the default time is 5 seconds This timer allows oil to be pushed into the oil injection lines to fill the lines with oil BEFORE the system starts looking for prelub oil pressure After the Minimum Comp Prelub Timer times out then prelub oil pressure monitoring begins The oil pump will run for the time setting of Prelub Oil Pressure Monitor Time typically 20 seconds trying to achieve prelub oil pressure If it fails to establish prelub oil pres sure the oil pump shuts down for 10 seconds and then starts and tries again The cycle is repeated for the Prelube Oil Pressure Monitor Trials setting typically set at 3 tries After the third unsuccessful try a failure message Prelub Oil Pump Inhibit is generated This in dicates a failure to establish Prelub Oil Pressure When the Prelub Oil Pressure is established then the compres sor is commanded to start LOW OIL PRESSURE SAFETY BYPASS When the compressor starts then the Low Oil Pressure Safety Bypass timer is started set at 60 seconds by de fault but it is adjustable 19 7 Psig A Capacity Slide 02 Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 39 7 Psig emp 17 3 F Discharge Press 152 6 Psig 0 1 Psig 110 1 F Sep Temp 121 3 F admin 05 20 2013 08 40 27 Motor Amperage 0
122. 013 16 58 12 Motor Figure 26 2 Remote Oil Cooler VFD Screen Page 2 No Alarm Trips Present Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 26 3 26 4 Blank Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix A Vission 20 20 Troubleshooting Guide Vission 20 20 Troubleshooting Guide In the event of a problem with the Vilter Vission 20 20 the help screen along with your electrical drawings will help determine the cause NOTICE Before applying power to the Vission 20 20 control panel all wiring to the panel should be per the National Electrical Code NEC Specifically check for proper voltage and that the neutral is grounded at the source An equipment ground should also be run to the panel Table A Vission 20 20 Troubleshooting Guide Problem Vission 20 20 does not boot up no lights light on any boards Vission 20 20 appears to be boot ed lights are lit on the boards but no touchscreen display is evident Vission 20 20 boots up but all data temperatures and pressures are ze roed and do not update Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Solution Check that 120VAC is run to circuit breaker CB1 located on the terminal strip The neutral should be brought to any N terminal on the terminal strip Check that circuit breaker CB1 s switch is i
123. 1 2013 16 46 59 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 Amperage 0 0 Amps Maintenance Figure 11 2 Condenser Control Screen Page 2 11 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 12 Service Options Overview The Service Option screen allows the operator the ability to force individual digital or analog outputs ON This fea ture is used for diagnostic purposes during initial setup and or if the operator suspects an issue with the out puts The buttons in this screen are not available while the compressor is running Digital Outputs The digital output buttons are momentary toggle but tons The output will be active while the operator has his finger on the button The output will deactivate when the operators finger is removed The operator can mea sure the output at the terminal block or view the output by watching the LEDs located on the cards For Digital Output screens see Figures 12 1 12 2 12 3 and 12 4 Suction Pressure 1 Digital Outputs Compressor Start Oil Pump Start Capacity Increase Motor Capacity Decrease Motor Volume Increase Motor Volume Decrease Motor Oil Separator Heater Trip Maintenance Status OFF OFF OFF OFF Log off No Scheduled Maintenance User No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 Reference Figure 12 1 Compressor Start Activates the output assigned to the c
124. 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Lie Lae 115V 60HZ E3 Fu 3 15 AMP m Sv u o Lo A 29 LIQUID INECTION SOLENGIO Sv 0L 103 m OIL LUBRICATION SOLENOID an yr 0 2 Ee frre V PLUS RELAY A 55 57 SEE NOTE 10 Or 106 e 29 SPEED CONTROL POWER SPEED CONTROL DART hes 90 6 4 VARIABLE SPEED 19 ny PUMP MOTOR Figure B 29 Temperature Controller Wiring Removed After removing the temperature controller wiring the wiring diagram will look like Figure B 42 B 48 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures HARDWARE WIRING Interconnect wiring between the Vission 20 20 panel and the VPLUS panel now needs to be done 1 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 First make sure that the VPLUS panel and the Vission 20 20 panel control power comes from the same source Next the Vission 20 20 analog output card must be wired to the Dart speed controller board The analog output that is used for this is AO 4 see Figure B 30 Wires from AO 4 will land on wires 106 and 107 see Figure B 29 NPUTS i 9 1 wm ibm 4 AS z Qo 7 2r 2 e e WF P1 o j g 5 jaos o iz l Us l
125. 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures VPLUS DC Motor Setup Procedure for 20 20 Panel INTRODUCTION This document provides guidelines to setup a DC Motor VPLUS oil cooling system control on the Vission 20 20 panel SCOPE The Vilter standard VPLUS oil cooling system uses a mini temperature controller to monitor both discharge and oil injection temperature averages those tempera tures and compares the average to a setpoint Based on the error from the setpoint the temperature controller J Fu 3 1 AMP 5 ORV 109 then sends a varying 4 20ma signal to a Dart speed con trol board which varies the speed of a DC motor The speed of the motor controls the amount of liquid refrig erant that is injected into the compressor to provide oil cooling The Vission 20 20 has oil cooling controller algorithms built into the program and therefore allows for removal of the temperature controller from the VPLUS panel This document provides instructions to help setup the Vission 20 20 for VPLUS control Lin 5 6082 A sv u A 0 291 LIQUID INJECTION SOLENGID m AA V DIL LUBRICATION SOLENOID V PLUS RELAY 55 57 SPEED CONTROL POWER SPEED CONTROL DART HP VARIABLE SPEED PUMP MOTOR Figure B 28 Standard VPLUS Oil Cooling System Wiring Eliminating Temperature Controller Vission
126. 25 Cool Compression Control Overview The cool compression compressor operation is similar to the standard single screw compressor units except there is no external oil cooler to the unit A blanket of liquid ammonia lies on top of the oil in the oil separa tor The liquid ammonia level is regulated by sensing the liquid ammonia level with a level probe and using a positioning valve to vary the amount of liquid ammo nia being added to the separator The cooling occurs through the entire compression and separation process The Cool Compression compressor does not have an oil pump When the Cool Compression compressor unit is commanded to start the control panel first insures that the slide valves are at their minimum positions The suc tion oil injection solenoid SOI is energized allowing a path for oil to flow into the compressor The compressor now starts There is an initial pressure drop in the suc tion chamber of the compressor and a corresponding increase in pressure on the discharge of the compres sor This creates a pressure differential that forces the oil and liquid ammonia mixture through the suction oil injection line into the suction chamber of the compres sor This oil and liquid provides lubrication and cooling until full pressure differential lubrication is attained As the differential pressure increases the oil and liquid am monia is now injected into the screw during the com pression process and the oil inj
127. 3 Restore original database to new flashcard BACKUP DATABASE OF ORIGINAL FLASHCARD NOTE Itis REQUIRED tore enterthe Alarms and Trip settings by hand when upgrading from some older version of programs therefore it is highly recommended to create a hardcopy of all compressor operating setpoints It is also recommended that for documentation purposes a hardcopy of all compressor operation setpoints configuration information and maintenance information be made prior to changing flashcards Please reference the document titled Flashcard Replacement Procedure Hardcopy for a list of the information that you should record The data migration procedure moving the original flash card database to new flashcard uses a thumbdrive or flashdrive to transfer data from the original flashcard to the new flashcard Note that there have been a few re ports of some thumbdrives not being recognized by the 20 20 If you have difficulty in getting the 20 20 to rec ognize the thumbdrive then try a different one Vilter have successfully tested a number of different manufac turers and sizes a partial list is below SanDisk micro cruzer 2 0GB Imation 2 0GB Kingston DataTraveler 512MB SanDisk mini cruzer 128MB AirBus 32MB 1 With the original flashcard installed into the 20 20 SBC insert the flashdrive into the USB port This Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies
128. 35391SC 2 2 port is located along the right side of the single board computer below the flashcard Please ref erence the picture in the section titled Flashcard Replacement Procedure Hardcopy 2 Logon using the Vilter username and password physics 3 Navigate to the Data Backup screen Under Available Devices you should see some thing like media usbO If you don t see any thing in this box press the Refresh button wait about 5 seconds and then press it again If you still don t see it then the 20 20 does not recognize the flashdrive try a different one If you do see it highlight it 5 Now highlight the Filename box which will also contain media usb0 A keyboard will appear now type in the name of the file that you want for your database for this compressor For instance vss03 month day year or something similar to identify the file to the compressor then press Enter key on keyboard 6 Now press the SAVE button A watch icon will appear Shortly thereafter a popup box should appear telling you that the save was successful and asking if you want to unmount the flashdrive device Press YES If the watch icon doesn t go away after a minute or so then the 20 20 isn t able to close the backup file it has written to the thumb drive Power down the 20 20 and try the proce dure with a different thumbdrive REPLACE ORIGINAL FLASHCARD WITH NEW FLASHCARD N
129. 40 0 Psig Suction Start Delay 5 sec 6 sec Press 21 6 Psig emp 28 5 F Stop Pressure ze 0 Psig 280 0 Psig Stop Delay 5 sec 5 sec Discharge Min Slide Position ios Press 204 3 Psig emp 64 6 F Oil ess Diff 127 7 Psig er Diff 10 4 Psig nj Temp 111 9 F Sep Temp 107 6 F No Scheduled Maintenance User 03 15 2013 11 09 54 No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 8 Figure 6 4 Compressor Control Screen Discharge Pressure Control 6 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Section 6 Compressor Control Variable Frequency Drive VFD Settings Control The VFD page is where the operator can tune the motor VFD for desired operation see Figure 6 5 Compressor Control Screen VFD Settings Control A Vilter compres sor uses the variable speed of a VFD controlled motor to vary the amount of work or capacity of the compressor The basicone step VFD control will use the capacity slide to control the first half of the total available capacity and the motor speed to control the second half of the total available capacity see Figure 6 6 VFD One Step Control Method For example if the compressor needs to load to 100 of its capacity The control algorithm will first move the capacity slide to its maximum position and then the motor speed will ramp up to its maximum speed In the unloading direction the motor speed will ramp down to its minimum speed and
130. 55 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Step 2 Configure Analog Auxiliary Inputs From the Configuration screen page 4 select the num ber of Analog Auxiliary Inputs In this case since the Vibration Transmitter outputs two signals a 4 20 mA Fault Detector signal and a 4 20 mA Overall Vibration signal two auxiliary inputs are needed Input 1 and Input 2 Analog Auxiliaries Analog Inputs 7 Enable Input 2 O Enable Input 3 C Enable Input 4 O Enable Input 5 O Enable Input 6 O Enable Input 7 O Enable Input 8 Set Name overall vibration Set Name Fault Detector Set Name Analog Aux in 3 Set Name Analog Aux in 4 Set Name Analog Aux in 5 Set Name Analog Aux in 6 Set Name Analog Aux in 7 Set Name Analog Aux in 8 In the Set Name field add a description for each auxil iary input In this case Input 1 is overall vibration and Input 2 is Fault Detector Adding in the names here will now allow other associated name fields to be popu lated as shown in Step 3 Enable Input 9 Set Name Analog Aux in 9 Enable Input 10 Set Name Analog Aux in 10 Enable Input 11 Set Name Analog Aux in 11 Enable Input 12 Set Name Analog Aux in 12 Enable Input 13 Set Name Analog Aux in 13 Enable Input 14 Set Name Analog Aux in 14 Enable Input 15 Set Name Analog Aux in 15 Enable Input 16 Set Name Analog A
131. 8 8 Psig Inj Temp 102 3 F ep Temp 106 0 F User admin 01 01 2013 14 47 34 Run Hours e Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 7 1 Alarms and Trips Screen Page 1 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Section 7 Alarms and Trips modes An alarm or trip will be activated if the suc Reference Figure 7 2 tion pressure falls below the setpoint values Low Suction Temperature Alarm amp Trip High Discharge Pressure Alarm amp Trip Thisisthe low suction temperature safety The alarm Thisis the high discharge pressure safety The alarm or trip will be activated if the suction temperature ortrip will be activated if the discharge pressure rises drops below the setpoint value above the setpoint value High Discharge Temperature Alarm amp Trip High Process Temperature Alarm only This is the high discharge temperature safety The This alarm is active when the process temperature alarm or trip will be activated if the discharge tem is at or above the setpoint value There is no trip perature rises above the setpoint value setpoint Low Oil Separator Start Temperature Alarm amp Trip Low Process Temperature Alarm amp Trip This is the starting low oil separator temperature e Thisis the low control temperature safety This safety safety The compressor is prevented from starting is active when process temperature control has been or run
132. 85 signal over long distances It has the added benefit of active noise suppression since it regenerates the active signal in rela tion to time and amplitude Therefore any noise on the signal lines into the device will not be passed through the device onto the network The following test shown in Figure B 12 was setup and performed to measure the benefits of the isolator on an RS485 serial network run ning Modbus RTU protocol NOTE The Phoenix Contact PSM ME repeater was powered from the 24vDC supply from the Vission 20 20 panel in this test r PHOENIX CONTACT REPEATER PSM ME RS485 RS485 P VISSION 20 20 USB RS485 i SUPPLY POWER 24 VDC OR AC 6 PORTA porta CND B A B LINE IS POSITIVE COMPARED TO A TERMINATION RESISTORS FOR WHEN LINE IS IDLE A amp B ARE ON NOTE LABELING CONVENTION OF A amp B A TERMINALS PER MAXIM B WHICH IS IN CONFLICT OF oo EIA 485 SEPCIFICATION SELECT BAUD RATE SWITCHES TO MATCH NETWORK SPEED L PROBE 1 PROBE 2 Figure B 12 Phoenix Contact PSM ME Isolator Test Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 B 31 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Test 1 The first test measured the noise on the active net work WITHOUT the Phoenix Contact PSM ME isolator installed in the network see Figure B 12 The Phoenix Contact PSM ME repeater isolator was remov
133. 88 are in the V PLUS panel see Figure B 23 T Liquid Injection 1 Solenoid is energized and de energized via the Liquid Injection Setpoint 1 setpoint in the Control Limits Menu Liquid Injection Section The Oil Separator Temp Override Setpoint is also active and will not allow the Liquid Injection solenoid to energize until the Oil Separator Temp is above the Oil Separator Temp Override Setpoint Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 B 43 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures VISSION 20 20 SOFTWARE SETUP installed into the Vission 20 20 panel have been selected Step 1 Configuration Screen Selection of or checked You should have the additional board 10 Installed Boards installed analog output board and selected Log on and navigate to the Configuration screen page Continue to Step 2 number 6 Insure that all boards that are physically YO Configuration Digtal Output 1 Analog Input 1 Digital Output 2 Analog Input 2 Digtal Input 1 J Analog input 3 0 NZM Figure B 25 Selection of Installed Analog Output Board Configuration Screen Page 6 B 44 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Step 2 Setup and selection of Oil Cooling from page 2 of the Configuration screen The oil cooling VPLUS algorithm must be enabled
134. 91SC 2 2 9 1 Section 9 Compressor Scheduling Time This setpoint allows selection of Hours Minutes and AM PM values for an event When time set for an event is achieved control mode will get changed as selected for that event Therange of values allowed to set for Hours setpoint is0 12for 12 hour format and 0 23 for 24 hour for mat The range of values allowed to set for Minutes setpoint is 0 59 AM PM selection is active for se lection only when Time Format selected in configura tion screen is 12 hour When scheduling feature is enabled and No of control lers for Suction Pressure Control amp Process Temperature Control are changed in configuration screen which makes control modes selected in compressor schedul ing screen as invalid then feature will get disabled auto matically and indication will be sent to operator to cor rect the setting 9 2 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 10 Compressor Sequencing Overview Min Trigger Defines the Master s capacity value in percentage Compressor sequencing screen is where more than one which is used as a trigger to step wise decrement Vission 20 20 panels can be sequenced in network using slave s compressor capacity Slave compressor ca Modbus TCP These settings define how the master com pacity is decremented only if Master is running with pressor should control sequenced Vission 20 20 panels ca
135. Auto op eration of Condenser Control control button for ac tive step will be ON VFD Settings This page is active only when Condenser VFD is selected in the Configuration Screen see Section 19 For VFD controls refer to Figure 11 2 When a VFD Fan is used for condenser control operation the speed of the VFD is controlled using PID algorithm P Proportional gain Used to adjust the fan speed action in direct propor tion to the difference between the control setpoint and the process variable SP PV error The pro portional term is a unit less quantity and is used for coarse adjustment This setpoint should be set to the lowest value that gives adequate control system re sponse Increasing the proportional setting increases the control system s sensitivity to small process fluc tuations and the tendency to hunt Integral reset Used to adjust the capacity control action integrat ing the error over time to account for a small er ror that has persisted for a long time This quantity is used for fine adjustment This setpoint is used to smooth out process variations This setpoint should be set high enough to prevent hunting but not too high or it will cause control system overshoot D Derivative rate Used to adjust the capacity control action account ing for how fast the error is changing positively or negatively Maximum Speed This setpoint defines the maximum speed in percent age f
136. Compressor Identification Communications Name Slave f Temp Unts f Press Units Pig Panel O Direct yo Order Num f Run Hours 2 Port Restart on Power Failure O Always Time Baud Rate 2500 Never Format 24 hour Data Bits 28 O Timed O 12 hour Stop Bits 2 O Remote Lock Off O Boot in Remote Direct V0 Current Parity Even Hour oo AM v Minute fox Second s C Ethernet IP Address Gateway Protocol T Bene Active Remote Control Ethernet v On Communication Fallure Revert to Local Control v O Serial Modbus RTU Node Acdress 1 192 168 1 95 Subnet Mask 2ss 255 255 0 19 168 1 1 Modbus TCP Node Address s SETTING UP THE SLAVE COMPRESSORS FOR SEQUENCING 1 Log onto each of the slave compressors one by one and navigate to the Configuration screen see Figure 10 12 2 Enable the Ethernet port and select the Modbus TCP protocol Setup a unique Ethernet IP address for each slave Setup the Subnet Mask for the IP address Setup the Gateway address MUST DO Enable the sequencing in slave mode Select a Network Name for sequencing Select a Unique Name for each slave compressor B 9 SP 59 UT ed Set the Communications Active Remote Control to ETHERNET for each slave compressor 10 Apply these settings Configuration screen before exiting the Touchscreen Anti Recycle Hot Starts
137. Control i 0 3 4 x 2 32 0 Psig CAME Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction 0 0 Psig 0 0 F 25 6 Psig Press 5 0 0 Psig 9 93 0 02 5 0 01 5 0 00 5 Don E aes PRA emp 49 8 F e Process Temp e Hold Process Temp 7 Discharge Motor Current Y Press 105 7 Psig emp 83 1 F aoe menu Zoom Out gt Oil Press Diff 135 1 Psig Iter Diff 9 0 Psig 1 Sep Te 105 5 2F No Scheduled Maintenance User pemp e Suction Press Bruce Discharge Press Zoom In Back Inj Temp 102 1 F 01 01 2013 11 22 32 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 15 1 Trend Chart Screen Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 15 1 Section 15 Trend Chart zoom level operator can view 3 minutes of trend data and Zoom In button will be inactive At minimum zoom level operator can view full 120 hours of trend data and Zoom Out button will be inactive Back Forward These buttons allow the operator to move the plot and view trend data at different time intervals Forward button will be inactive when the operator is viewing the first data point plotted on the screen i e when time interval is displaying 0 00 Back but ton will be inactive when the operator is viewing the last data point on the screen i e when time interval is displaying 120 00 At minimum zoom level Back amp Forward buttons w
138. Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel 6 Click on Confirm Security Exception Security Warning Do you want to Continue The connection to this website is untrusted A Website https 192 168 1 98 5901 Note The certificate is not valid and cannot be used to verify the identity of this website More Information 7 Check accept the risk and want to run this app and click on Run button Security Warning Do you want to run this application Your version of Java is out of date and an unsigned application from the location below is requesting permission to run Location https 192 168 1 98 5901 Running unsigned applications like this will be blocked in a future release because it is potentially unsafe and a security risk More Information Select the box below then click run to start the application 4 1 accept the risk and want to run this app 8 Clickon Yes button This VNC Viewer applet does not have its own keystore to track SSL certificates and so cannot authenticate the certificate ofthe VNC Server 192 168 1 98 5900 CNzx11vnc SELF SIGNED CERT 1098 on its own However it has noticed that your Web Browser or Java VM Plugin has previously accepted the same certificate You may have set this up permanently or just for this session or the server certificate was signed by a CA cert that your Web Browser or Java VM Plugin has Should this VNC Viewer applet now co
139. D Vission 20 20 Communication Table N66 15 40915 Emergency Stop INT Read 23 Timer minutes N66 16 40916 Low Suction INT Read 59 Pressure Safety Bypass seconds N66 17 40917 High Superheat NT Read Temp Safety Changeover minutes 23 ee Compressor Scheduling Military Time N67 0 41000 Sunday Event 1 ENUM Control Mode N67 1 41001 Sunday Event 1 Hour N67 2 41002 Sunday Event 1 Minute N67 3 41003 Sunday Event 2 UM Control Mode ul Ko Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix ul oO ul NJ oO 99 NJ Ww N W N67 4 41004 Sunday Event 2 Hour N67 5 41005 Sunday Event 2 Minute N67 6 41006 Sunday Event 3 ENUM Control Mode N Ww T T T T T T EN IN IN N67 7 41007 Sunday Event 3 IN Hour N67 8 41008 Sunday Event 3 IN Minute N67 9 41009 Sunday Event 4 ENUM Control Mode N IN EN N IN EN N N NJ Ww N UJ to Ul N67 10 41010 Sunday Event 4 T Hour N67 11 41011 Sunday Event 4 T Minute Ui oO ul oO N Ww Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See
140. Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Cool Compression Remote Oil Cooler BESAR 25 1 Section 25 Cool Compression Control the screen Auto Load As previously described Cool Compression Auto load operation will force the compressor to compressor does not have an oil pump Instead load to a minimum value once the compressor has it has a suction oil injection solenoid to pro started By loading the compressor to a minimum vide oil and liquid ammonia for lubrication and value and maintaining this capacity a pressure ratio cooling is created across the compressor to ensure adequate lubrication of the compressor and also that the com pressor does not experience high discharge super heat conditions Since compressor lubrication is of great importance all load limiting is disabled when auto load is engaged Cool Compression liquid injection 1 and liq uid injection 2 outputs will operate as high low pressure ratio solenoid outputs Control Functions Auto Load at Start Defines the value at which Compressor ca In the Compressor Control Menu special cool compres pacity slide should be loaded and maintained sion control functions are now available see Figure 25 2 at start if Auto Load is enabled These new functions are Auto Load Timer Auto Load This timer defines the maximum time that Suction Oil Injection Settings the Auto Load operation will be engaged After the timer expires
141. FF emp 49 5 F Emergency Output OFF Discharge Press 127 9 Psig emp B3 1 F Press Diff 131 4 Psig EM mn 3 a Inj Temp 102 3 F ep Temp 106 0 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin p p 01 01 2013 10 25 08 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 12 2 Service Options Screen Digital Outputs Page 2 Log off 12 2 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 12 Service Options Liquid Injection 1 Reference Figure 12 3 and Figure 12 4 e Activates the output assigned to the liquid injection Condenser Remote Oil Cooler Step 1 solenoid The output is connected on terminal 25 Activates the output assigned to the 1st step of the andis the 5th LED on card 2 Condenser Remote Oil Cooler The output is con Liquid Injection 2 nected to terminal 41 and is the 1st LED on card 4 Notcurrently used Condenser Remote Oil Cooler Step 2 Remote Enabled Activates the output assigned to the 2nd step of the Condenser Remote Oil Cooler The output is con Activates the output assigned to notify a central con nected to terminal 42 and is the 2nd LED down on trol system of the Vission 20 20 run status The out put is connected to terminal 27 and is the 7th LED on card 4 card 2 Condenser Remote Oil Cooler Step 3 Shunt Trip Activates the output assigned to the 3rd step of the Condenser Re
142. I Position Signal Type cap 60 96 O4 20 Input Value 553 mv Step Selection O Step 1 Capacity 10096 Capacity 100 Capacity 100 Capacity 0 Step 3 Step 2 Step 1 O Step 2 m em Software limit set points Min Limit Step 3 Max Limit Step 2 Max Limit Step 1 Max Limit Step 3 Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 26 1 Psig emp BASE 150 0 3440 0 a 145 0 4850 0 Discharge Press 124 2 Psig emp 0 F Discharge Suction Oil Press Diff 45 7 Psig Inj Temp 1453 TE No Scheduled Maintenance 11 07 2014 16 14 00 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps User 56 Temp 110 1 F Figure 24 4 Slide Calibration Step VI 24 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 24 Twin Screw Control Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 6 3 Psig A Capacity Slide Capacity Slide Valve Potentiometer Position Signal Type Cap m T 0 7 0 5vdc O 4 20ma Software limit set points Min Limit Max Limit isa mv 250 0 4850 0 Input Value Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 26 3 Psig emp BUE Would you like to turn ON main motor momentarily to flush oil from the compressor at this time Discharge Press 123 9 Psig emp 2 Discharge Suction Press Diff 46 4 Psig Inj Temp 114 9 F No Schedul
143. INT 3 Minute N67 45 N67 46 N67 47 N67 48 N67 49 N67 50 N67 51 N67 52 N67 53 N67 54 N67 55 N67 56 N67 57 N67 58 N67 59 N67 60 N67 61 N67 62 N67 63 N67 64 N67 65 N67 66 41045 41046 41047 41048 41059 41060 Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix NJ W N W N Ww Ko wW UI Wednesday Event ENUM 4 Control Mode Wednesday Event INT 4 Hour Wednesday Event INT 4 Minute N Ww ul Ul oO Thursday Event ENUM 1 Control Mode Thursday Event INT 1 Hour Thursday Event INT 1 Minute Thursday Event ENUM 2 Control Mode Thursday Event INT 2 Hour Thursday Event INT 2 Minute Thursday Event ENUM 3 Control Mode Thursday Event INT 3 Hour Thursday Event INT 3 Minute Thursday Event ENUM 4 Control Mode Thursday Event INT 4 Hour Thursday Event INT 4 Minute Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix NJ NJ Ww WO Ww Ul NJ NJ UJ oO UJ ul Ul UI N Ww UI N N uw UJ WO UJ ico Friday Event 1 ENUM Control Mod
144. ITH AN INDICATING LIGHT OR PLS MPU CUSTOMER SUPPLIED 27 E m PLCINPUT lt REMOTE READY 2 75 0 STARTER SHUNT TRIP Figure B 31 Digital Output Card Wiring to VPLUS CRV Relay Terminal 104 B 50 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures VISSION 20 20 SOFTWARE SETUP installed into the 20 20 panel have been selected or checked You should have the additional board 10 installed analog output board and selected Step 1 Configuration Screen Selection of Installed Boards Continue to step 2 Logon and navigate to the Configuration screen page number 6 Insure that all boards that are physically VO Configuration Digtal Output 1 Analog Input 1 Digtal Output 2 Analog Input 2 Digtal Input 1 Analog input 3 Sanne E Figure B 32 Selection of Installed Boards Configuration Screen Page 6 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 B 51 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Step 2 Setup and selection of Oil Cooling from the VPLUS motor is being controlled based on the dis page 2 of the Configuration screen charge temperature only The original VPLUS tempera The oil cooling VPLUS algorithm must be enabled from UE controller had thermocouples that sensed both the
145. Increase Start Delay less Minimum Comp Prelube Time 5 x Low Oil Pressure Safety Bypass Prelube Oil Pressure Monitor Time E Prelube Oil Pressure Monitor Trials Li Prelube Oil Pressure Safety Changeover High Filter Diff Press Safety Changeover Oil level 1 Safety Trip Delay Oil level 2 Safety Trip Delay Low Oil Sep Temp Safety Changeover Low Oil Injection Safety Bypass No Scheduled Maintenance No Alarm Trips Present Log off Delays Delays require the condition to occur for the speci fied amount of time Timers A general timer requiring the time to expire before the listed event can occur Timer Setpoints Capacity Increase Start Delay At compressor startup the capacity slide position is held at minimum position for this time period This is to allow compressor and system conditions to stabi lize After the timer expires the slide is free to move in accordance to the system demands Minimum Compressor Pre lube Time Thisis the length of time the oil pump will run after establishing Pre lube Oil Pressure to prime the oil cir cuit before starting the compressor 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide 5 sec 5 sec Volume Slide 60 sec 0 0 20 sec 10 sec Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig 60 sec SU ser Suction Press emp 29 4 Psig 49 5 F 60 sec 5 min IP Tel aT Tg Press emp Menu z EZ Oil Press Di
146. Inputs Screens see Figure 18 3 18 4 and 18 5 The ana log inputs can be configured to simply monitor an input for informational purposes or used as a control input for the auxiliary digital and analog outputs The analog in puts can also be configured to alarm trip and inhibit on specified values e Alarm Trip This drop down box allows the operator to select whether the analog input should gener ate an alarm trip or both when the input value exceeds the limits entered into the alarm and trip entry boxes Inhibit Selecting this checkbox will prevent a start if the input value exceeds the alarm limit values Low Alarm This defines the lower limit of the input value that when exceeded will generate an alarm Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 18 Auxiliary Input Output Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Digital Outputs Digital Aux out 1 Analog Input O Digital input Active input None J Run Always N O ONC Analog Trigger Value Joo Diff 0 O Enable Timer ON Time 1 0 min OFF Time 1 0 min Digital Aux out 2 Analog Input O Digital Input Active input None Run Aways 9N O ONC Analog Trigger Value o Diff 5 0 O Enable Timer ON Time 1 0 min OFF Time 1 0 min No Scheduled Maintenance User No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 2 7 Psig A Capacity Slide Digital Aux out 3 Anal
147. LED2 is on when a response is sent from the board to the SBC A 2 Blank Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Contents Vission 20 20 Compressor Control Setup encierra nnn iot n Eo na st aa daas nain ana B 3 Vission 20 20 Compressor Control Setpoints Setup eese B 7 Vission 20 20 Compressor Sequencing Setup eese eese eese ee essei ne nennen tenente tns tnn te tht B 11 Database Backup 00 0 3 Flashcard Replacement Procedure 1 rte et enne rennen tno ip io tne B 25 Danfoss Liquid Injection Valve Set p oneri nnne nnn tr rin ria enata a nean B 27 0 osuin ees Ean roS KEE NE EnA iE EEK Se KEENE NNE B 29 Phoenix Contact PSM ME RS485 RS485 P Isolator ssessesseseseessessreeressreseeeresrerenressrseesenseesesseseeseesenrenee B 31 Vessel Level Control Setup for 07 B 33 VPLUS AC Motor Setup Procedure for Vission 20 20 Panel sees B 41 VPLUS DC Motor Setup Procedure for Vission 20 20 Panel sees B 47 Vibration Monitoring Setup Procedure ree rte t th annt due ia ag an B 55 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 B 2 Blank Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendi
148. Medum Least secure setting All Java applications will be allowed to run after presenting a security prompt Excepbon Site List Applications launched from the sites isted below will be allowed to run after the appropriate security prompts Ed te rue 3 Open Browser and type Panel s IP Address and Port Number Example If Panel IP Address is 192 168 1 98 and Browser Port Number is 5901 then https 192 168 1 98 5901 address in web browser e Onaccessing above address there is will prompt of security warning Click on I Understand the Risks This Connection is Untrusted You have asked Firefox to connect securely to 192 168 1 98 5901 but we can t confirm that your connection is secure Normally when you try to connect securely sites will present trusted identification to prove that you are going to the right place However this site s identity can t be verified What Should I Do If you usually connect to this site without problems this error could mean that someone is trying to impersonate the site and you shouldn t continue Technical Details Understand the Risks Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 type Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel 4 Click on Add Exception This Connection is Untrusted You have asked Firefox to connect securely to 192 168 1 98 5901 but we can t confirm that your
149. ONTROL eeue hre Ea i i RUS Dee ETELECER ee REI Suction Press Control fj Inspect Compressor T 1 1 J 17 17 etpoint 7720 0 Psig Em Ban c r EIE EEIELE IG Key Inspect Suction R Replace Shel LE Press 4 9 Psig Notes 1 The oil should be changed at these intervals unless oil analysis results exceed the allowable 48 6 oF limits The frequency of changes will depend on the system cleanliness emp 2 Gil analysis should be done at these intervals as a minimum the frequency of analysis will depend on system cleanliness 3 The oil filters on a minimum must be changed atthese intervals or annually if not run Dischar e continuously However the oil filters must be changed if the oil filter differential exceeds g 12 psi or oil analysis requires it Press 146 4 Psig emp BLEBSE Press Diff 155 1 Psig ilter Diff 8 9 Psig Inj Temp 101 4 F Sep Temp 111 9 F User admin ETH 01 01 2013 7 Motor No Alarm Trips Present arm irips Presen Run Hours 199 perage 1 3 Amps Figure 21 3 Maintenance Screen Chart Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 21 3 21 4 Blank Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 22 User Access Overview The user access screen is where all operators go to log in In the Vis
150. Pressure 26 psig Calc VR 3 2 Capacity 100 4514 28mV Volume 35 71 Scenario 5 Adjust Suction Pressure 18 psig Calc VR 3 6 Capacity 100 4380 00mV Volume 50 Scenario 6 Adjust Suction Pressure 13 psig Calc VR 4 2 Capacity 100 4178 57mV Volume 71 42 Scenario 7 Adjust Suction Pressure 7 psig Calc VR 5 0 Capacity 100 3910 00mV Volume 100 00 Scenario 8 Suction Pressure 9 psig Calc VR 4 7 Volume 100 00 Capacity 100 3910 00mV Scenario 9 Suction Pressure 10 psig Calc VR 4 6 Volume 85 71 Capacity 100 4060 00mV Scenario 10 Suction Pressure 29 psig Calc VR 2 9 Volume 25 00 Capacity 100 4602 00mV Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Scenario 11 Suction Pressure 54 Psig Calc VR 2 0 Volume 0 Capacity 100 4850mV STEP VI EXAMPLE Setup Compressor VRS Refrigerent R717 Suction Pressure Control Setpoint 2 psig VI Control Method Step VI Time Interval 20 sec Step 1 2 2 Step 2 3 5 Step 3 0 Capacity Min Limit 150mV Capacity Step 3 Max Limit 3440mV Capacity Step 2 Max Limit 4145mV Capacity Step 1 Max Limit 4850mV In this example the average of Step 1 and Step 2 will be 2 85 and the average of Step 2 and Step 3 will be 4 25 So the VI values from 2 2 to 2 85 will be considered as Step 1 VI from 2 86 to 4 25 as Step 2 and more than 4 25 will be considered as Step 3 The st
151. Protocol T EPRD gt NN Figure C 3 Selecting USB Port for Serial Communication The Vission 20 20 panel allows designating the USB port to be used for serial Modbus RTU communication from the Configuration screen A USB device must be plugged into one of the USB ports in order for the Serial USB option to appear from the drop down box Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel NETWORK TOPOLOGY USING VPN3485MS DEVICE AS A NETWORK RS422 RS485 Networking Topology CONVERTOR Many articles have been written about the different to M Figure C5 is a typical connection wiring diagram pologies of RS422 RS485 networks Vilter recommends fOr using the device as an R 422 to RS485 convertor thata daisy chaintopologybeusedforanyRS422 Rs4gs iSolator network that incorporates a Vilter 20 20 panel as a net work slave node Refer to Figure C4 USING A NETWORK ISOLATOR REPEATER The RS422 RS485 repeater isolator can be used to pro vide a device on the serial network with isolation The isolator repeater suppresses surges that may be present on the network wires and optically isolates and converts unbalanced lines to balanced lines It can also act as an RS422 to RS485 convertor while providing the same network isolation Vilter stocks a network repeater iso lator for the 20 20 panels VPN 3485MS Figure C 4 2 Wire Multi
152. R COMPRESSOR NOTE The master compressor will ALWAYS be highest priority compressor and act as the trim compressor So this must be taken into account when deciding which compressor is to act as the master compressor Log onto the master compressor and navigate to the Configuration screen see Figure 10 14 1 mam A U N Pa Enable the Ethernet port and select the Modbus TCP protocol Setup a unique Ethernet IP address for the master Setup the Subnet Mask for the IP address Setup the Gateway address MUST DO Enable the Compressor Sequencing check box and select Master Select a Network Name for the master compressor Compressor Identification Communications Name Master Panel ID f O Direct 1 0 Press Units Psig b O Serial Modbus RTU Order Num 1 Node Address 1 Run Hours 0 Port P12 RS485 O Always pen Baud Rate 9600 v coo 9 24 hour Data Bits 8 O Timed O 12 hour Stop Bits 0 y2 O Remote Lock Off O Boot in Remote Direct 1 0 Current Hour PM v Minute n Second 26 Ethernet IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Protocol Node Address T Boone Active Remote Control Ethernet v On Communication Failure Revert to Local Control v Temp Units F v Network Name must be same for Master amp Slave Compressors Select a Unique Name for the master compressor Set the Communications Active Remote Control to ETHERNET 9 Apply
153. Security Level e Select a security level for the account being added or modified Only levels that are equal to or less than the operator s own security level will be shown Add Update e Pressing this button will initiate the creation or modi fication of the specified account Delete Pressingthis button will delete the specified account Screen Security Levels The following table lists all screen and their base security levels see Table 22 1 The majority of the screens have more than one security level The base security level gives the user access to the setpoints that can change to performance of the compressor The secondary se curity level is typically level 3 and is reserved for those setpoints that require great care and knowledge of the system in order to change safely Table 22 1 Security Access Levels Security Access Levels Page User Level Note input Output States Trend Chat edo Harms amp Tips Compressor Scheduling Level 3 required for constraints Compressor Sequencing L Pegi Maintenance Level 3 required for constraints Data Backup Level 3 required to upload data instrument Calibration Level 3 required for pages 3 6 Service Option ed Configuration Compressor Control Level 3 required for constraints Maintenance O Side Calibration evel 3 required for constraint Vission 20 20 Operation and Ser
154. Step 5 to Step 1 when Remote Oil Cooler Temperature falls below lower deadband Step Delay Allows operator to set time delays between Remote Oil Cooler steps Remote Oil Cooler Temperature must be outside upper or lower deadband continu ously for delay time in order to increase or decrease Remote Oil Cooler steps While in a VFD step an ad ditional step can only be added once VFD has reached its maximum speed setpoint and the delay timers are satisfied Similarly in a VFD step a step can only be removed once VFD has reached its minimum speed setpoint and the delay timers are satisfied Step Delay acts as ON timer while loading and acts as OFF timer while unloading for the same step Low Speed Fan Allows steps to have option for time delay in case of fan spin down Any of Out 1 to Out 4 can be se lected as Low Speed Fan through combo box E g Let s say Out 22 is selected as Low Speed Fan in Step 2 When step 2 becomes active during Remote Oil Cooler operation which is after Step 2 timeout de lay Out 2 is left off for time as set by the operator in High to Low Speed Delay After low speed fan ener gizes then timer for Step 3 starts timing Control Toggle any of the steps On Off during Manual opera tion of Remote Oil Cooler This button is active only when Run Mode selected is Manual During Auto op eration of Remote Oil Cooler Control control button for active step will be ON VFD Settings
155. T out OUT OUT OUT 4m pour our our Oo IN OUT OUT Ooo wo gt CHANNEL3 siNA jp jp 8 jp 9 9 pT von OUT OUT OUT our 010Vor our our our mm m our our em pou w our our mw ou Pout Pour Pn CHANNEL 4 SIGNAL jP 10 jp 12 je 30 our our our our ovo our Pour w ovr 4m m ow ovr ovr l wo orh mw our ovr o ew ow our 3 12 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 3 Hardware Architecture Table 3 4 Analog Input Jumper Tables Continued CHANNEL 5 SIGNAL jp 13 jp 14 15 JP 31 5 OUT OUT OUT f oovan OUT 420mA IN OUT OUT po UT p T O elele c N i CHANNEL 6 sicnaL jp 16 18 17 JP 32 OUT ele c O EIGG 4 UT PS our ou om w eu our NN ur BE 1 N i CHANNEL 7 SIGNAL je 19 jp 20 yp 21 po svt OUT OUT OUT pT 6 0 OUT OUT IN Aoma OUT OUT o f oo fon n oo UT U UT OUT OU 8 UT OUT OU me UJ 25 3 2 8 c 4 O c 4 8 c O O
156. Timer Setpoints page 1 level 2 Setpoints page 2 level 2 Constraints level 3 Alarms trips Setpoints level 2 Constraints level 3 Delay level 3 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 B 29 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Compressor Control Control setpoint level 0 Set Change Modify within supervisor set constraints All control setpoints level 1 All remaining control setpoints are modifiable in level 1 Proportional band level 1 Deadband level 1 Interval pulse time level 1 Auto cycle setpoints level 1 Enable Disable and modify all setpoints Pumpdownsetpoints level 1 Enable Disable and modify all setpoints Pulldown setpoints level 1 Enable Disable and modify all setpoints Constraints level 3 Configuration Page 1 level 2 Run hours needs to be level 3 Page 2 level 2 Page 3 level 3 Page4 level 3 Page 5 level 3 Page 6 level 3 Set language level 2 Help level 0 Maintenance level 1 Data Backup To save data level 1 To upload date level 3 Start compressor level 0 Stop compressor level 0 Volume slide move level 3 B 30 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Phoenix Contact PSM ME RS485 RS485 P Isolator The Phoenix Contact isolator repeater is used to electri cally isolate the RS485 signal from the network and to improve the signal strength of the RS4
157. VI Digital Output ON Capacity 100 4145mV Scenario 9 Adjust Suction Pressure 31 Psig Calc VR 2 8 Low VI Digital Output OFF High VI Digital Output ON Capacity 100 4145mV Scenario 10 Adjust Suction Pressure 34 Psig Calc VR 2 7 Low VI Digital Output ON High VI Digital Output OFF Capacity 100 4850mV Scenario 11 Adjust Suction Pressure 50 Psig Calc VR 2 2 Low VI Digital Output ON High VI Digital Output OFF Capacity 100 4850mV Hence we can see that when VI Control is in Step 1 then VI step will not get changed to Step 2 until the VI value goes beyond 2 95 2 85 0 1 Similarly when VI Control is in Step 2 then VI step will not get changed to Step 1 until the VI value drops to 2 75 2 85 0 1 Similarly when VI Controlis in Step 2 then VI step will not changed to Step 3 until the VI value goes beyond 4 35 4 25 0 1 Similarly when VI Control is in Step 3 then VI step will not changed to Step 2 until the VI value drops to 4 15 4 25 0 1 Notes on Step VI Digital Outputs e To position the volume slide we need to use the two outputs designated for volume slide control for the single screw compressors Digital Output board 1 outputs 5 and 6 As per Table 1 we need SV3 and SV4 ON at the Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 same time to position the slide at 2 2 vi position The table below shows the requi
158. Vission 20 20 micro controller Operation and service manual Version 2 2 Vission 20 2 EMERSON Climate Technologies ey EMERSON Important Message Read and understand operator s manuals befare using this machine Failure to follow operating instructions could result in serious injury READ CAREFULLY BEFORE OPERATING YOUR COMPRESSOR The following instructions have been prepared to assist in operation of Vilter Vission 20 20 micro controllers The entire manual should be reviewed before attempting to operate Vilter micro controllers are thoroughly inspected at the factory However damage can occur in shipment For this reason the equipment should be thoroughly inspected upon arrival Any damage noted should be reported immediately to the Transportation Company This way an authorized agent can examine the unit determine the extent of damage and take necessary steps to rectify the claim with no serious or costly delays Atthe same time the local Vilter representative or the home office should be notified of any claim made All inquires should include the Vilter sales order number compressor serial and model number These can be found on the compressor nameplate on the compressor All requests for information services or parts should be directed to Vilter Manufacturing LLC Customer Service Department 5555 South Packard Ave Cudahy WI 53110 USA Telephone 1 414 744 0111 Fax 1 414 744 3483 E mail inf
159. ad When this value is reached the capacity slide posi tion will decrease until the variable reading is below this value High Motor Amps e Motor current values for stop load and force unload High Discharge Pressure Discharge pressure value for stop load and force unload Low Suction Pressure e Suction pressure values for stop load and force unload High Discharge Superheat e Discharge temperature superheat values for stop load and force unload This is only used for Cool Compression 10 5 Psig A Capacity Slide Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction ss 30 5 Psig emp 53 6 F Discharge s 109 2 Psig emp 68 5 F Discharge Suction Press Ratio 2 7 09 29 2014 16 02 07 Motor hEAmperage 0 0 Amps Figure 6 10 Compressor Control Screen Misc 1 Control Mode SOI Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 6 11 Section 6 Compressor Control Suction Oil Injection Solenoid The Vission 20 20 offer the flexibility to control SOI Solenoid when Oil Pump is not present SOI Solenoid should be wired to Oil Pump Start Digital Output SOI Solenoid Press Restart Ratio The On and Off set points define when the SOI sole noid will Cycle On and Off depending on Discharge to Suction Pressure Ratio SOI Solenoid ON Timer e This set point defines the time interval for which SOI Solenoid is Forced ON when C
160. ad Enable This selection on the master compressor will provide the ability to equalize or balance the load between compressors allowing them to operate more ef ficiently Rather than have one compressor operate at 70 and another operate at 30 the balancing algorithm with determine a more efficient position for all compressors online Troubleshooting 1 If a slave compressor s status shows this 2 symbol then the operator should check if the slave compressor is in Remote Idle mode 2 Check status symbols of all compressors on se quencing table 3 Check errors info log on compressor sequencing event log screen Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Database Backup Procedure Upgrading the program in the 20 20 panel normally in volves replacing the flashcard Note that all compressor operation setpoints calibration values and maintenance information is held on the flashcard So when upgrading to a new program new flashcard the task is simplified by using the Database Backup and Database Restore function provided in the 20 20 to migrate the database of the original flashcard to the new flashcard There are three main steps to this process 1 Backup the database of original flashcard cur rently in the 20 20 panel unto a thumbdrive or flashdrive 2 Replace original flashcard with new flashcard
161. ad Write 1 Winter 41172 High to Low INT Read Write Speed Fan Delay seconds 41173 Condenser F INT Read Write Setpoint mus wetbub offset rwr Read ite 41177 Switch Temp F INT N68 9 N68 10 Machine Stop Time seconds N69 0 0 Run Never 1 Run With Comp 2 Run Always 3 Manual N69 1 N69 2 30 N69 3 100 0 150 0 N69 4 N69 5 N69 6 N69 7 N69 8 20 0 20 0 20 0 45 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 25 0 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 41178 Summer Winter INT Read Write Enabled N69 9 Auto Switch 41179 Wetbulb Override Enabled 41180 Step 1 Enabled Summer Winter 41181 Step 2 Enabled Summer Winter N69 10 N69 11 N69 12 41182 Step 3 Enabled Summer Winter 41183 Step 4 Enabled Summer Winter 41184 Step 5 Enabled Summer Winter Vission N69 13 N69 14 0 Disabled 1 Read Write Enabled 0 Disabled 1 Read Write Enabled 0 Disabled 1 Read Write Enabled 0 Disabled 1 Read Write Enabled 0 Disabled 1 Read Write Enabled E x bled l Enabled 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 INT INT INT INT INT NT Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table 69 15 41185 Step 1 Out 1 Enabled Summer Winter 41186 Step 2 Out 1 Enabled Summer Winter 41187 Step 3 Out 1 Enabled Summer Winter 41188 Step 4 Out 1 Enabled Summer Winter 41189 Step 5 Out 1 Enabled Summer
162. adio Transmitter Unique IP Address and Port Unique IP Addres and Port Company wireless router with a single IP address assigned from the companies ISP lt 9 Router would direct the port requested to one of the Vission 20 20 IP addresses the VNC client application will ask for password for 20 20 panel access Password VVNC OOF REMOTE COMPRESSOR CONTROL OF VISSION 20 20 PLC remote compressor control of the Vission 20 20 panel either via communications or hardwired is ac complished by placing the panel into Remote mode Remote Control Mode in the panel refers to two distinct ways of controlling the compressor 1 Control via communication port This can be ac complished through e Ethernet via Ethernet I P or Modbus TCP IP Serial R 485 Modbus RTU 2 Control via Direct I O Digital inputs Off campus devices running a VNC client Internet User enters the ISP assigned IP address of the router with the added port designation to access the specific Vission 20 20 panel Figure C12 Network Configuration for Access via Internet Example 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 C 13 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel Accessing VNC from Web Browser Any web browser can be used to connect to a Vission 20 20 boxes which are on network Please find the below steps for accessing Vission 20 20 Pa
163. af ter the compressor is started Low Oil Separator Temp Trip This message will appear when the Oil Separator Temp is below the Low Oil Separator Run Temp Reset setpoint after the Oil Separator Temp Safety Changeover timer times out Low Process Temp Trip This message will appear when the Process Control Temperature falls below the safety setting of the Lo Control Temperature Trip Setpoint Prelube Oil Pump Inhibit This message will appear when the Prelube Oil Pressure Manifold minus Discharge has remained below the Prelube Oil Pressure Reset setpoint The oil pump will try to generate prelube pressure for the time period of the Low Oil Pressure Safety Bypass timer setting Low Oil Pressure Trip This message will appear when the Running Oil Pressure Manifold minus Suction has remained be low the low Oil Pressure Reset setpoint when the Oil Pressure Bypass Start timer times out This message will also appear when the Running Oil Pressure falls below the Low Oil Pressure trip setpoint after the Low Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Oil Pressure Safety Bypass timer times out Low Oil Injection Temp Trip This message will appear when the Oil Injection tem peraturefallsbelowthe Low OilInjection Temperature trip setpoint This message will also appear when the Oil Injection temperature fails to rise above the Low Oil Injection Temperature reset setpoint a
164. an be setup for sequencing from the Equipment List Options under the Equipment List are populated de pending on devices shown in the Device List Screen of the Compressor Sequencing Menu 1 0 Psig A Capacity Slide 0 0 Volume Slide 0 0 Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press emp Status o 5 x A t T u un Uu un HEH 19 0 Psig 39 2 F ur Discharge Press emp 105 7 Psig 59 6 F Oil Press Diff 130 2 Psig Filter Diff 10 3 Psig Inj Temp 113 5 F Sep Temp 108 0 F Master Vilter Motor o F perage 0 0 Amps Figure B 7 Setup of Master Compressor for Slave Compressor s Loading and Unloading B 16 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures MASTER COMPRESSOR SEQUENCING MENU SETUP The master compressor loads and unloads itself based on the proportional control settings that are set in its own Compressor Control Setpoints menu The Auto cycle Setpoints can also be enabled for the master com pressor which would define the setpoints for when the master compressor will stop and start Auto cycle set tings on the slaves are not active during sequencing however you still may wish to select Auto cycle on the sl
165. ance that is overdue e This column indicates the Run hours at which the task in the first column should be performed When a task is selected the maintenance interval will change to reflect the next interval Checklist Time Remaining Hours This column indicates the Run hours left before the maintenance task should be performed The check list is where the operator will perform the maintenance sign off see Figure 21 1 Once the op erator has selected the item to sign off pressing the Update button at the bottom of the page will perform the sign off operation and list the maintenance per formed in the maintenance log Capacity Slide Maintenance Time Remaining Interval Hours Hours o 5 D oil change 5000 4801 Oil Analysis 5000 4801 f Volume Slide o 2 O Coalescing Elements 30000 29801 8 Suction Press Control D tiguid Line strainers 00 200 Setpoint 20 0 Psig j Deemeaemm at o Suction Citansducer Calibration 200 Press 4 9 Psig L Inspect Compressor 5000 4801 Discharge 119801 Press 146 4 Psig emp BLSE Press Diff 155 0 Psig EN ilter Diff 8 9 Psig User admin o Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 199 amperage 1 3 Amps O Inspect Bearings 120000 User Access ep Temp 112 1 F Inj Temp 101 2 F 01 01 2013 14 44 49 Figure 21 1 Maintenance Screen Checklist Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson C
166. and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 10 9 Section 10 Compressor Sequencing Add Device CFM e Drop down box to set CFM of Vission Device This screen is displayed on press of Add Device button in OK Device List Screen Vission slave device can be added as a Slave compressor by Master compressor from screen as shown in Figure 10 7 e This button allows addition of Vission Device as a Slave Compressor Device Name Entry boxto set Name of Vission Device IP Address Entry boxto set IP Address of Vission Device Device ID Entry boxto set Device ID of Vission Device Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Vission Device Setup Device Name IP Address Device ID Compressor Model 1 x 1 2 Psig Capacity Slide Volume Slide Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 18 8 Psig emp SE BE Discharge Press 105 7 Psig emp 59 6 F P 1 2 3 4 S M aan Be p Press Diff 130 4 Psig Inj Temp 113 3 F Sep Temp 107 6 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin 01 02 2014 11 54 37 Motor Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 10 7 Compressor Sequencing Screen Add Device Page 3 No Alarm Trips Present 10 10 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 10 Compressor Sequencing Delete Device This popup is displayed on press of Delete Device button
167. and the Filter Diff Pressure Safety Changeover timer has timed out An alarm or trip will be active if the filter differential 7 Filter Inlet Pressure minus Filter Outlet Pressure exceeds by the setpoint value High Motor Amps This safety setpoint is active after the Volume Decrease At Start Timer expires this timer is not setable by the operator A trip will occur if the mo tor amperage exceeds the safety setpoint value For a motor with a 1 15 Service Factor the trip setpoint should be set at 12525 of the motor full load amper age value The alarm setpoint should be set at 120 of the motor full load amperage value Low Run Pressure Ratio Alarm amp Trip Thisis the low run pressure ratio safety This safety is active when Cool Compression is enabled in the con figuration screen An alarm or trip will be active if the pressure ratio drops below the setpoint values after the Low Pressure Ratio Bypass timer has expired Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Section 7 Alarms and Trips Reference Figure 7 5 SOI Low Oil Pressure Alarm amp Trip This is the running oil pressure safety This safety is active when SOI Solenoid is enabled in the configura tion screen An alarm or trip will be active if the oil pressure drops below the normal set point values af ter the SOI Low Oil Pressure Bypass timer has expired This time limit is set on the Timer menu scr
168. andable I O cards and the card must be selected on page 6 of the configu ration screen Once the appropriate card is available then the operator will be permitted to enable and name the desired auxiliary I O The operator can then navigate to the Auxiliary I O screen where the operator can define how that I O will operate Digital Inputs The Digital Inputs section of the auxiliary I O allows an operator to configure the auxiliary digital inputs see Figure 18 1 The digital input can be configured to Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Digital Inputs Digital Aux in 1 L1 Trip Alarm Check Trip if On v None Digital Aux in 2 L1 Trip Alarm Check Trip if Off v None v Digital Aux in 3 Trip Alarm Check Alarm If On None v Digital Aux in 4 OJ Trip Alarm Check Alarm If Off None v rooe B IB oe E 7 Digital Aux in 5 O Inhibit Check Digital Aux in 6 O Inhibit Check Digital Aux in 7 O Inhibit Check Digital Aux in 8 O inhibit Check O Trip Alarm Check None v O Inhibit Check O Trip Alarm Check None O Inhibit Check Trip Alarm Check None v O Inhibit Check O Trip Alarm Check None v O Inhibit Check No Scheduled Maintenance User No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours produce an alarm a trip and an inhibit on either a high or low input A low input is Ovac and a high is 120vac on the enabled input Leaving all options in their def
169. anifold temperature and process temperature 10 Instrument Calibration Misc page a Record current transformer ratio 11 Maintenance Notes all Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 12 Compressor Runtime REPLACE FLASH CARD Refer to Figure B 9 1 Remove power from Vission 20 20 panel 2 Remove old flashcard and install new flashcard and power panel back up RE ENTER OPERATING SETPOINTS AND CONFIGURATION INFORMATION 1 Logonas admin user default password admin 2 Re enter all values in Configuration screen Of most importance is to re enter the correct compressor type model and refrigerant Re enter Compressor Runtime on page 1 of the configuration screen Make sure you re select any optional boards that are installed and apply those additions 3 Re enter all Control Limits 4 Re enter all Alarm and Trip setpoints Of most im portance under the Delay tab enter 5 seconds for all alarm and trip delays Re enter all Timer Setpoints Re enter all Instrument Calibration offsets for pres sure transducers Insure that the Suction Pressure transducer range is properly selected typically 0 200psia 4 20ma but double check proper set ting In Misc page re enter C T Ratio Re enter Maintenance Notes if desired You do not need to recalibrate the capacity and vol ume actuators Revisions e R1 5 25 10 added notes to insure that op
170. ard 2 is enabled Digital Input 1 Not editable by the operator Identifies that the Digital Input card 1 is enabled 1 0 Configuration Digital Output 1 z Analog Input 1 7 Digital Output 2 Analog Input 2 Digital Input 1 Analog Input 3 Analog Input 4 Digital Input Output 2 Analog Output J NS Figure 19 6 Configuration Screen I O Configuration Page 6 19 12 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 20 Data Backup Overview The database backup screen provides the operator a way to extract information out of the Vission 20 20 for back up purposes or diagnostics see Figure 20 1 Through this screen the operator can download all the Setpoint Databases Maintenance Logs Event Lists Freeze Data Trend Data and Compressor Run Hours to a portable USB flash drive That information can then be uploaded back to the Vission 20 20 in the case of data corruption or to update the Vission program Built in migrate function examines the previous setpoint databases compares it with newer program setpoint database and moves the old information into the new program In addition this screen also allows the operator to reset all values to the factory defaults All of the information saved to the USB flash drive is open information Meaning none of the information is encrypted and the operator is free to examine it The log files ar
171. ary Input 1 Auxiliary Input 15 Volume Slide Oil Filter Press O Auxiliary Input 2 Auxiliary Input 16 Oil Manifold Press Auxiliary Input 3 O Compressor VFD E CJ Economizer Press Auxiliary Input 4 L Condenser VFD O Capacity Slide O Auxiliary Input 5 O Slide Valve Position O Volume Slide Auxiliary Input 6 O Liquid Injection Suction Press Control Suction Temp Auxiliary Input 7 Auxiliary Output 1 Setpoint 20 0 Psig Discharge Temp Auxiliary Input 8 Auxiliary Output 2 Oil Separator Temp Auxiliary Input 9 C Auxiliary Output 3 Suction Oil Manifold Temp Auxiliary Input 10 Auxiliary Output 4 HE 25 6 Psig Process Temp Auxiliary Input 11 emp 5 O Chiller Temp Auxiliary Input 12 Discharge Trend Files Location Hard Disk Press 105 6 Psig emp 83 1 F Oil Press Diff 135 2 Psig ilter Diff 8 8 Psig Inj Temp 101 9 F Sep Temp 106 0 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin 01 01 2013 11 26 01 TERE Run Hours Figure 15 2 Trend Setup Screen No Alarm Trips Present Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 15 3 15 4 Blank Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 16 Event List Overview This screen is designed to display compressor events in chronological order The information available on the screen is valuable for understandin
172. at their Max Cap values OVERVIEW OF COMPRESSOR UNLOADING The compressor unloading scheme incorporates an in telligent algorithm to identify when it is possible to turn a compressor off When a slave compressor has been unloaded to its Min Cap value of capacity and the suc tion pressure is still less than a value of suction control setpoint for the time period of the unload timer then a calculation of the operating CFM of the slave compres sor is made This value is compared against the available CFM of the other running compressors If enough CFM 5 available then the machine stop timer is started When ittimes out and provided there is still enough CFM avail able from the remaining running compressors the slave compressor is stopped In the example below during unloading cycle when suc tion pressure falls below a value less than suction control setpoint value 20 psig for the time period of the unload timer then the program picks the lowest priority com pressor slave 3 from the list and starts unloading the compressor The program unloads slave 3 as per steps configured till it reaches its Min Cap setpoint Once An example of partial loading of slaves and shutting one off slave 3 CFM 483 running with Min Cap 10 so the required CFM needed to handle slave 3 load 483 10 100 48 3 CFM Now slave 2 is told to unload slave 2 CFM 408 running at max cap 90 step 10 so at Interval 1 slave 2 receive
173. ault set ting will mean no action will be taken on an enable input The input will simply be available for viewing at the panel or by communications Trip Alarm Check Selecting this checkbox enables the alarms and or trip functions of the Vission 20 20 for the desired digital input The accompanying drop down box gives the operator the flexibility to choose whether the alarm and or tip occurs if the input is high or low Inhibit Check Selecting this checkbox enables the inhibit function of the Vission 20 20 for the desired digital input An inhibit check prevents the compressor from starting if the condition is true where a trip will shut down the compressor after it as started The inhibit can be selected to inhibit on a high or low input and can be selected to work with or without the alarm and trip function 14 1 Psig A Capacity Slide Volume Slide Start Inhibit If On Y Suction Press Control 20 0 Psig Suction None 5 9 Psig 49 5 F 147 3 Psig 83 1 F None v 154 8 Psig 8 8 Psig 102 8 F 113 5 F admin 01 01 2013 13 56 17 Figure 18 1 Auxiliary I O Screen Digital Inputs Page 1 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 18 1 18 2 Section 18 Auxiliary Input Output Digital Outputs The digital outputs section of the Auxiliary I O screen allows an operator to c
174. ave compressor for the circumstance where the power is removed from the Master panel and the slave com pressors would then revert to Local control The master compressor controls the slave compressors based on the master compressor control setpoints as well as the setpoints entered in the master compressor sequencing menu Page 2 of the master compressor sequencing menu see Figure B 8 allows the operator to view and adjust settings which are used for compres sor sequencing The pressure temperature control set points and capacity load unload timers to accomplish sequencing control are defined here Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 2 7 Psig Suction Pressure Control Setpoints Start Offset 2 Psig Fast Unload Slow Unload Pressure Offset 4 0 Psig Timer fas sec Timer o sec 20 0 Psig No Alarm Trips Present Slow Load Setpoint Timer 30 sec Lg oe NN No Scheduled Maintenance User admin 01 01 2014 04 01 20 Run Hours 1 Start Offset 2 2 Suction Pressure Process Temperature Discharge Pressure Control Setpoint Fast Load Offset Fast Unload Offset Start Offset Defines the offset from pressure temperature control setpoint to start slave compressor If suc tion pressure process temperature surpasses start offset setpoint and master compressor capacity has reached max trigger setpoint then sequencing algo rithm allows star
175. binary and therefore the address of a digital output board will be address as 6 0110 7 0111 8 1000 or 9 1001 D Qe o o Gy dg REO o N 0 g gt o 3 o egy o oo 0 2 P o 0 19 j 22 Ms 939 o a o 1 3 o o 4 4 9 art Jole e 9 e se o 9 o je 8 0 0 1 R3 ell amp amp 3 m ao o o Ac e 7 Reo o PNC pao 0 o 2 o Oo 616 8 o o a gs o o o o 35 amp eeo 3 RBS a 200 5 0 0 2 00 P 5 9 6 ni n 08 9 325 046 0013 SERIAL MEN VILTER amp Q REV 1 V Figure 3 6 Analog Input Board Layout Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 3 11 Section 3 Hardware Architecture Analog Input Jumper Tables The following tables are used to configure each channel of the analog input board signal type and range desired by the operator see Table 3 4 Table 3 4 Analog Input Jumper Tables CHANNEL 1 sicnaL jp3 2 je3 jP 27 JP 35 STs Pr ooon our m Pour our 420ma m our our ovr tc our n ovr ovr ovr w ow ow o w our Use Analog Input 1 A when 0 5 AMP secondary current transformers are installed in the motor starter Use Analog Input 1 B when current transformers are installed in the motor starter CHANNEL 2 sicnaL 4 je5 jee 8 von OUT OUT OU
176. brication during low pressure ratio conditions the Suction Oil Injection SOI solenoid is turned ON and the capacity of the compressor is reduced The SOI solenoid will cycle ON and OFF based on the pressure ratio across the compressor SOI Solenoid ON Defines the Pressure ratio value at which SOI is turned ON default 2 00 Digital Output Board 41 2 SOI Solenoid OFF Defines the Pressure ratio value at which SOI is turned OFF default 2 04 Digital Output Board 71 2 e SOILoad Limit Defines the capacity slide position at which the compressor capacity slide will unload to if pressure ratio falls below SOI Solenoid ON set point This setpoint is not active until Auto Load disengages The SOI solenoid will also cycle on if the discharge temperature superheat reaches a value of 5 F this value is not settable Generally anytime the SOI solenoid cycles on the capacity is limited to the SOI Load Limit setpoint However this is not true if the SOI solenoid cycles on based on the discharge tem perature superheat 5 F rule If discharge temperature superheat continues to climb and reaches a value of 6 F the compressor will be inhibited from loading If discharge temperature superheat still continues to climb and reaches a value of 8 F or more then the compressor will be unloaded until the superheat drops below 8 F or the capacity has reached the SOI Load Limit setting Using a Positioning Valve for
177. cally Control Screen Discharge Pressure setpoints are monitored to identify which one of the following timers to be used Discharge Pressure 1 Stopped 154 1 Psig A Capacity Slide 0 0 Volume Slide Discharge Press Control Pressure Offset Setpoint 260 0 Psig o Psig Suction o Press 22 8 Psig Timer emp 39 5 F Discharge Pressure Control Setpoints Start Offset 2 0 Psig Fast Load Slow Load Slow Unload Fast Unload Pressure Offset o Psig Timer Setpoint Timer 260 0 Psig Discharge Press 105 9 Psig emp 59 6 F Oil ilter Diff 10 4 Psig Inj Temp 113 5 F ep Temp 108 3 F User admin 01 01 2014 04 05 43 Motor Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 10 4 Compressor Sequencing Screen Discharge Pressure Control Setpoints Page 2 No Scheduled Maintenance No Alarm Trips Present Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 10 7 Section 10 Compressor Sequencing Slow Load Timer Devices List e If discharge pressure drops below discharge pressure control setpoint then this timer value is usedto make This screen is designed to add display delete and test periodic sequencing decisions connection with slave compressors those are used by Fast Load Timer master compressor for sequencing For Devices list f discharge pressure drops below fast load pressure screen Ses Figu
178. can be selected for plotting on screen Each variable is assigned one of four colors the plotted trace and the vertical axis labels for a variable will be in its assigned color The operator can select from viewing the plot to selecting which variables and time intervals to show as often as necessary The vertical axis scaling Start Stop and offset for each variable plotted is based on its range e This button allows the operator to start stop trend of values over the entire data plotted on screen The data feature When trend feature is not running button available for display is 120 hours maximum e Pen selection allows operator to select different pens for plotting of data on the screen The operator can select None as an option for disabling plotting of data for particular pen Options in pen selection drop down box will depend on channels selected in Trend Setup screen will display Start and will be green in color While trend feature is running button will display Stop and will be red in color When Stop button is pressed trend data is saved to a file Zoom In Out These buttons allow the operator to adjust the num ber of data points plotted on the screen At maximum Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 5 6 Psig A Capacity Slide 29 4 Psig 0 0 127 9 Psig 1 3 Amps 22 0 Psig 29 8 F 95 9 Psig v Volume Slide 0 0 14 7 Psig 19 9 F 64 0 Psig 0 6 Amps 7 3 Psig 9 9 F Suction Press
179. cations available to access PC s remotely Internet Figure C 9 Network Configuration for Access via Internet Example 1 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel Example 2 the Vission 20 20 panels by specifying an IP address as signed to a company router There would be a separate In Figure C10 this example shows a PC connected to the iP address for each 20 20 panel inthe plant internet running a VNC client program which accesses Unique IP Address Company router with many IP Off campus device Unique addresses assigned from the running a VNC IP Address companies ISP client Unique Router would direct each internet User enters the ISP IP Address outside IP address to one of assigned IP address the Vission 20 20 IP addresses which is directed to the IP address of the specific Visison 20 20 panel Figure 6 10 Network Configuration for Access via Internet Example 2 Example 3 accesses the Vission 20 20 panels by specifying an IP ad dress along with a router port designation Each Vission In Figure C11 this example shows a PC connected 2020 panel hasan assigned router part to the internet running a VNC client program which Unique IP Address and Port Company router with a single Off campus device Unique IP address assigned from the running a VNC IP Address and Port co
180. ce Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 B 61 B 62 l Blank Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel Contents MINED OCU CEIOM cT G3 ote G3 Communication BU IT ret C3 Ethernet Cable Specifications wei eee eerie Ie rera eene ur ve Pea G3 RS 422 485 Cable Specitications s cvcs csceecagsesscsessecesseyecvdesesosaecevesecyeyaseses sng ironiaa oi rogir s anain oiera G3 Network TOPOLOGY eee ette sate Feuer Eee eer REOR ee cunts EAR VEN En xin ous ovvse nes E T eU SN eS E NER E R E C7 RS422 RS485 Networking Topology esee eee eene enne nennen nne enn esten een tn tnnt C7 Using A Network Isolator Repeater 2 eerte er rr Ier Ria oen FEAR En eR ER tsaia C7 Using Vpn3485ms Device As A Network Convertor cessent 0 7 C7 Using The Device As A Network Isolator Repeater eeeeseees sees esee eene eene enne enne nnne nnn C8 Ethernet Network Topology uenit ero Y teh eee e ea voa eaa ee oy rea eee ga ee eL euren REN C10 Additional Network Configurations For Access Via Internet eseeeseses eese eene teen ennt C11 Sample Setup Using A Wireless eene nee nn sententie nettes nee etn nennen C13 MING ETE E TE E UNIT C13 Accessing VNC from Web Browser s cssssccssescossecesce
181. ch the capacity slide moves from 0 100 and the rate at which the VFD increases speed from min imum to maximum is not the same So there are two different capacity profiles that the integrator needs to consider Modbus Register 40507 Active Setpoint This register is used in conjunction with Register 40502 0 Auto Capacity Control mode 1 Setpoint 1 Active 2 Setpoint 2 Active note you must enable two setpoints from configuration screen first Sometimes compressors are switched from Suction Pressure control mode to Process Temp control mode or vise versa This can be done via communications using the following register Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel NOTE Both Process Temp Control and Suction Pressure Control must both be enabled from the Configuration screen to do this Modbus Register 40503 Auto Capacity Control Type 0 Suction Pressure if enabled from Configuration screen 1 Process Temp if enabled from Configuration screen 2 Discharge Pressure if enabled from Configuration screen Compressor Start and Stop Commands Modbus Register 40508 Start Command 1 Start Compressor Command Four 4 minute Remote mode time out timer Once the compressor has been started using the Start Command a 4 minute timer will start If no further communication takes place to th
182. city 102 a Economizer Pressure 1525 Psig Aux1 Ambient Temp oo F Suction Press Control 2 etpoint 20 0 Psi Slide Valve Position in o2 Aux2 Wetbulb Temp oo F P 9 4 Volume Position 2 Analog Aux in 3 oo F Suction E Press 7 7 Psig E Suction Temperature 49 8 F Analog Aux in 4 oo EF emp 49 8 F an Discharge Temperature 83 1 F Analog Aux in 5 foo F Discharge 6 Oil Separator Temp P3 SE Analog Aux in 6 oo E Press 147 2 Psig emp TSE Freeze Data Menu Oil Press Diff 153 1 Psig ilter Diff 8 9 Psig Inj Temp 103 0 F ep Temp 113 7 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin 01 01 2013 13 41 52 Motor Figure 17 1 Input Output Screen Page 1 No Alarm Trips Present Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 17 1 Section 17 Input Output 17 2 12 3 Psig A Capacity Slide Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 1 jg Live I O 5 por perce z Analog Aux in 7 0 0 F High Level Shutdown E n E Analog Aux in 8 foo xp Oil Level Float Switch 1 1 Volume Slide E Analog Aux in 9 oo E Oil Level Float Switch 2 1 2 Analog Aux in 10 0 0 F Local Remote Select 0 Analog Aux in 11 oo F Remote Start Stop 0 z Analog Aux in 12 foo F Remote Capacity Increase 0 Suction Press Control N 3 Setpoint 20 0 Psi z Analog Aux in 13 foo EE Remote Capacity Decrease 0
183. city 10096 Capacity 0 96 Max VI Min VI om Software limit set points Min Limit Max Limit Max VI Max Limit Min VI 250 0 3440 0 4850 0 Volume Slide Valve Potentiometer 2 Vol 3 T 2 8 Software limit set points Min Limit Max Limit 150 0 4850 0 Input Value 1521 mv Help No Scheduled Maintenance User 11 07 2014 16 12 19 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 Limit set point to define an area within the mechani cal stops for normal slide travel These software limits purpose is to prevent the slide from actually hitting the mechanical stops which could result in a number of undesirable consequences By default the soft ware limits are set to 150mV from either end point The position percentage is calculated from the soft ware limits Therefore it is possible to read a value greater than 100 or less than 055 if inertial carries the slides after these limits are reached Max Limit when VI is maximum will be different from Max Limit when VI is Minimum Max limit Min VI value when VI will be greater than Max Limit Max VI value The default value for Max Limit Max VI is 3440 0 and de fault value for Max Limit Min VI is 4850 0 6 5 Psig A Capacity Slide Volume Slide Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 26 5 Psig emp 55 2 ce Discharge Press 123 8 Psig emp 2 Discharge Suction il
184. communication within the Compressor Command register region until someone walks up to the panel and presses Unit Start gt Remote Never The compressor will not restart after power is restored The Remote Lock will be ON after power is restored which means it will not accept any writes via communication within the Compressor Command register region until someone walks up to the panel and presses Unit Start gt Remote Timed The compressor WILL attempt a restart after power is restored and the Max Restart After Power Failure timer has timed out The Remote Lock will be ON after power is restored which means it will not accept any writes via communication within the Compressor Command register region until someone walks up to the panel and presses Unit Start gt Remote 4 Remote Lock Off TheVission 20 20 panel will boot up with the Remote Lock OFF which will allow the panel to accept all remote control commands via commu nication immediately after power is restored to the panel 5 Boot in Remote Direct I O TheVission 20 20 panel will boot up with the Remote Lock OFF and be placed into REMOTE mode which will allow the panel to accept Direct I O com mands immediately after power is restored to the panel COMMON REGISTER SETUP FOR CONTROLLING THE VISSION 20 20 COMPRESSOR CONTROL VIA COMMUNICATIONS Register Setup and Control Scenario TheVission 20 20 panel first needs to be placed in REMOTE
185. control is achieved using a level probe wired to an auxiliary analog input channel of the 20 20 thereby providing a 4 20ma signal proportional to the vessel liquid level Then based on the liquid level setpoint entered into the 20 20 the analog output card of the 20 20 will send a varying 4 20ma signal to a po sitioning valve to open or close it to achieve a desired level of liquid in the vessel ADDITIONAL VISSION 20 20 HARDWARE An additional analog input card is required to sense the 4 20ma signal from the level probe VO Configuration Digital Output 1 An analog output card is required to output a 4 20ma signal to the positioning valve thereby increasing and decreasing the amount of liquid being fed to the vessel If a level switch is installed in or on the vessel for an alarm or trip function then an additional digital input card will be required as well SETUP Step 1 Configuration Screen Selection of Installed Boards Log on and navigate to the Configuration screen page number 6 see Figure B 15 Insure that all boards that are physically installed into the Vission 20 20 panel have been selected or checked You should have additional boards 8 and 10 and possibly board 4 Board numbering starts from the left column top to bottom are boards 1 to 5 On the right column top to bottom are boards 6 to 10 Analog input 1 Digital Output 2 Digital Input 1 Analog input 2
186. counts compressor starts After every start a one hour timer is reset and starts timing If the timer times out the hot starts counter is reset When the counter reaches its preset value it will not allow another compressor start until the one hour timer times out and resets the counter The hot starts counter therefore will be reset when the time be tween compressor starts total one hour This coun ter allows repetitive compressor starts but once the counter has reached its set point it requires a one hour window between compressor starts in order for the counter to be reset True Anti Recycle Timer Once the compressor turns off this timer will keep the compressor off for the setting of the True Anti Recycle Timer This timer is used to prevent short cy cling of the compressor Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 8 Timers Accumulative Anti Recycle Timer High Motor Amps Safety Bypass This timer forces a specified time between compres e Starting motors can typically pull much more than sor starts When the compressor starts the timer its rates full load amps for a short time This timer ig resets and starts timing and accumulates running nores that sudden inrush of current for the specified time Once the compressor shuts down it will not time be allowed to restart for the remainder of time left on the Accumulative Anti Recycle Timer Unlike the m Tr
187. ction PER Suction CAP oam 28 0 Psig 14 Remote Lock Out GA 59 4 F 129 3 Psig 1115 F Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction I 28 0 Psig emp 59 4 F Oil Filter Discharge in 179 6 Psig Out 169 4 Psig Diff 10 2 Psig 107 1 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin 07 31 2014 16 06 06 No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours Figure 4 7 Step VI Screen Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 4 7 Section 4 Main Screen SOI Solenoid Screen SOI Solenoid Displays the current status of 501 Solenoid Digital Output This will be displayed instead of Oil Pump when the SOI Solenoid Feature is enabled from Configuration Screen NOTE The On state for digital outputs on main screen will be displayed with Green Background while Off state for digital outputs will be displayed with Orange Background Suction Pressure 1 10 4 Psig A Capacity Slide Anti Recycle 00 00 SO Solenoid mee 30 4 Psig 00 Remote Lock Out eZ 3 4 F Volume Slide 109 3 Psig 68 0 F Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction 30 4 Psig emp 53 4 F Discharge In 180 1 Psig 00 Press 109 3 Psig Out 169 7 Psig emp 68 0 F DM 104 Psig 112 F Discharge Suction Press Ratio 2 7 H ss Diff 139 2 Psig iter Diff 10 4 Psig nj Temp 113 7 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin Sa
188. ction Solenoid Enables SOI Solenoid Algorithm SOI Solenoid is used when Oil Pump is not present in the system Oil Flow Control Enables option for oil flow control Oil flow control will vary analog output for controlling Danfoss valve opening depending on capacity slide position Oil flow control output will be regulated only when com pressor is running start condition is over i e low oil pressure timer is elapsed pumpdown control opera tion is not running and oil injection temperature is above oil injection temperature override setpoint If any of the above condition is not satisfied then oil flow analog output will be 4mA which corresponds to 100 valve open 19 7 Section 19 Configuration Digital Inputs The Vission 20 20 has several digital inputs that the op erator can choose how the input will be used Once an input is enabled the Auxiliary I O screen will be available from the menu screen where the operator can further define the inputs operation see Figure 19 3 Enable Input Enablesthe selected digital input Set Name Allows the operator to assign a name to the input Digital Audilaries Digital Inputs C Enable input 1 Set Name Digital Aux 1 Enable input 5 Set Name Digtal Aux in C Enable input 2 Set Name Digital Aux in 2 Enable input 6 Set Name pigeat Aux in 6 Enable Input 3 Set Name orgital Aux in 3 Enable input 7 Set Name Digtai Aux in 7 C Enable Input
189. cuit boards Always run conduit into the bottom or sides of an enclosure e Ifthe conduit must be placed in the top of an enclosure use a water tight conduit fitting to keep water from entering the enclosure The Vission 20 20 is supplied with pre punched conduit holes Use them Don t Don t run wires through the Vission 20 20 enclosure that are not related to the compres sor control Don t add relays timers transformers etc in the Vission 20 20 enclosure without first check ing with Vilter Don trunconduitintothetop ofan enclosure Don t run refrigerant tubing inside the enclosure Don t drill metal enclosures without taking proper precautions to protect circuit boards from damage 2 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 3 Hardware Architecture Overview The Vission 20 20 control panel utilizes X 86 PC technol ogy with a Linux operating system For hardware archi tecture see Figure 3 1 The Vission 20 20 has the following attributes Low power Industrial rated X 86 CPU e 15 XGA high resolution LCD display Outdoor view able LCD optional 8 wire touch screen operator interface e Flexible and expandable I O e NEMA 4 enclosure NEMA 4X optional Industrial temperature range design Touch Screen DC Power Figure 3 1 Hardware Architecture Overview Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Man
190. d 4 73 9600 Torr on oF oF orr OFF Natses 220 OFF OFF OFF NotUsed 110 ON OFF OFF NotUsed 62 3840 OFF ON OFF NotUsed 29 FF F FF 6760 OFF OFF ON NotUsed 17 76800 ON OFF OFF OFF NotUsed 15 OFF OFF OFF NotUsed 11 153600 230400 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 43O 05 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel Table 6 2 RS422 485 Switch Settings eu Position 7 Position 8 TX Enable RX Enable RS 485 4 Wire Mode full duplex RS 422 Mode full duplex la i 15 m Figure C 7 VPN3485MS DIN Rail Mounted Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel ETHERNET NETWORK TOPOLOGY The configuration of the plant Ethernet network might be dictated by the plant IT department One com mon configuration is the star type topology where a master device will connect to a switch and all devices participating on the network Vission 20 20 panels will also be connected to the switch All Vission 20 20 pan els would have unique static IP addresses and the master would communicate to each Master Device Figure C 8 Ethernet Network Topology C 10 Vission 20 20 Ope
191. d Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel scale away from the current position then en ergize the capacity slide for a time that is propor tional to the amount it is away from the new target position To say itanother way the further you are away from the new target position the longer the slide is energized in the proper direction This con trol region is called the proportional band region 3 Ifnew target is gt 10 full scale away from current position greater than the proportional band re gion then energize continuously There are mechanical properties that limit the speed at which the capacity of the compressor can be changed The capacity slide actuators can only turn so fast The proportional change to the compressor capacity occurs at a fixed rate Caphold and Operation with VFD Using a VFD with a compressor requires considering the VFD capacity as part of the entire capacity of the compressor Typically a VFD is operated from 50 to 100 speed therefore the VFD is considered Y the total capacity and the slide valve movement is considered the other of total capacity When a VFD is employed the normal control method is to first move the capacity slide from 0 100 when additional refrigeration is required When the capac ity slide is at 100 and additional capacity is still required then the VFD is ramped up in speed It follows then that the 4 20ma Caphold signal is bro ken down into two parts 4 12mA
192. d for the next load unload cycle NOTE Switching a slave compressor control to OFF while it is running in auto sequencing mode puts the respective slave compressor into local auto mode This feature is used to add remove slave compressors to sequence table when running in auto sequence mode The slave compressor can Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures be put back into remote mode for sequencing by pressing Auto Start gt Remote again on the slave compressor PRIORITY This defines priorities of compressors on the net work This priority will decide the sequence order in which compressors will be turned on and off during sequence cycle The lower the priority number the greater the priority of the compressor Operator should choose the priorities of the compressors Example 1 is highest priority Compressor with priority 2 has higher priority than compressor with priority 4 STEP This parameter defines the size of the capacity step for a slave compressor that will occur when a change in capacity is needed The step is defined as a percentage of the compressor capacity In the case when last step makes total capacity greater than maximum capacity Max Cap setpoint the total capacity will get reduced to maximum capacity set ting Same is applicable when last step makes total capacity lower
193. day Event 4 ENU Control Mode Saturday Event 4 INT Hour Saturday Event 4 INT Minute N67 84 41084 Comp Schedule INT 0 Disable 1 Read Write See Enable Disable Enable Appendix Compressor Sequencing Control Setpoint F INT Pressure Temp Load Rate 1 offset F INT Read Write Pressure Temp Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix N67 81 41081 N67 82 Read Write See 41082 N67 83 41083 N68 0 41100 Read N68 1 41101 N68 2 41102 Load Rate 2 offset F INT Read Write Pressure Temp 41103 Unload Rate 1 F INT offset Pressure Temp Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 N68 3 Read Write Friday Event 3 INT Read Write See 23 100 0 Hour Appendix Friday Event 3 INT Read Write See 59 100 0 Minute Appendix Friday Event 4 ENUM Read Write See 10000 Control Mode Appendix Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table U U 0 Unload Rate 2 offset Pressure Temp Load Rate 1 Timer Pressure Temp seconds Load Rate 2 Timer Pressure Temp seconds Unload Rate 1 Timer Pressure Temp seconds Unload Rate 2 Timer Pressure Temp seconds Machine Start N68 4 B NI B mE N68 6 10000 U 41109 Read Write Time seconds Condenser Control 41170 Run Mode ENUM 0 Summer 41171 Profile Re
194. dio 2 f 09 29 2014 16 05 48 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours N MAmperag 0 0 Amps Figure 4 8 SOI Solenoid Screen 4 8 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 5 Menu Screen Overview The menu screen is the launching point to every other section of the Vission 20 20 panel software Every screen navigated to from this screen will return to the menu screen upon exiting see Figure 5 1 Navigation Buttons Compressor Control Navigates to the compressor control screen where the operator can set the various compressor control parameters Alarms and Trips Navigatestothe alarms and trips screen where the op erator can set the various alarm and trip parameters Timers Navigates to the timer screen where the operator can set the various time related parameters Suction Pressure 1 No Alarm Trips Present Compressor Control Service Options Alarms and Trips Instrument Calibration Timers Slide Calibration Compressor Scheduling Trend Chart Compressor Sequencing Event List Condenser Control Input Output States Vilter VFD Auxiliary I O No Scheduled Maintenance Compressor Scheduling Navigates to the compressor scheduling screen where the operator can set the scheduler to change the control method at settable dates and times Compressor Sequencing Navigates to the compressor
195. ditioning that might be ap plied to the other volume position displays In addition this section displays the value of the actuator signals in millivolts in the input Value display box Button When the operator presses and holds this button the output associated with volume slide decreases is energized If the actuator does not turn in the cor rect direction when this button is pressed then the operator will have to alter how the actuator is wired to the panel Button When the operator presses and holds this button the output associated with volume slide increase is energized If the actuator does not turn in the cor rect direction when this button is pressed then the operator will have to alter how the actuator is wired to the panel Software limit setpoint The Vission 20 20 uses the Min Limit and Max Limit setpointto define an area within the mechani cal stops for normal slide travel These software limits purpose is to prevent the slide from actually hitting the mechanical stops which could result in a number of undesirable consequences By default the soft ware limits are set to 150mV from either end point The position percentage is calculated from the soft ware limits Therefore It is possible to read a value greater than 100 or less than 0 if inertial carries the slides after these limits are reached Slide Valve Operation The slide valve actuator is a gear motor with a positi
196. dividual Transformer ccseccessceseeecseeseeeeeeeeceeseeeseeseseeceeteneesentaees 2 1 Figure 2 2 EMI and Vission 20 20 4 iere tremere rette reo tese prepa eno Prec neie irenda ata ekanida aa os aene stares 2 1 Figure 2 3 Gro nd WII rene o t toe once sete eg eet eg YI E enis re Ext epe pe deg eoru d 2 2 Figure 2 4 Mixed Voltage Witilig 2 ice ierit terreno nor rena Eres een r Ea e PRE VERENA SENSE REY ape ee R ES aea ous 2 2 Figure 2 5 Correct Transformer Wiring Method eene eene eene nnne nnne 2 3 Figure 2 6 Incorrect Transformer Wiring Method 0 2 3 Figure 3 1 Hardware Architecture Overview cscccsseccsscecsecesesceeseecsseecseeeceececscesaeecseeseeeeeeteeeeeeeneess 3 1 Figure 3 2 Digital lO Board Eayo t irridet ont tiroteo unb co eub ebog ent ae ee ge a eua E a kanais 3 7 Figure 3 3 Digital Output Board Layout ee eeeccescccsseecseeeceecesesecececseeecseeeceecesuscesaeeceeceseeseeseeseesensens 3 8 Figure 3 4 Digital Input Board layo t erret erret erneute nnb erneut aan reseau abes geh read 3 9 Figure 3 5 Digital Input Output Board Layout esses eene eene nnne enne entente trennen nenne 3 10 Figure 3 6 Analog Input Board layOoUt eio oret naro rt aen ree Phe ene ia Rare sugcessenssgstssnases 3 11 Figure 3 7 Analog Output Board Layout eesccesscceseecseeessecesesceececsseecseeeceeeeeeseesseceeeceneeceeteeeeseeeee
197. dix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Step 3 Setup and selection of VPLUS Motorized Depending upon the size of the oil separator the P term Valve Control PID parameters may have to be adjusted to give proper response of the The oil cooling VPLUS control parameters must now 4 20ma signal to the Dart Speed controller board for the VPLUS motor be setup Navigate to the last page of the Compressor Control settings page Setup the Motorized Control Valve setting as show in Figure B 34 e Setpoint 135 deg F e Motorized Valve Control P2 25 0 121 0 D 4 0 Minimum Valve Open Percent De selected Avg with Oil Manifold Temperature De selected This selection should be determined by the op erator through testing Oil Separator Temp Override 100 deg F Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 3 0 Psig A Capacity Slide 14 Oil Control On off Oil Purnp Press Restart Ratio 5 3 0 Oil Separator Heater Temp 100 F Volume Slide Oil injection Temp Overnde iot cs Liquid Injection Liquid inj Setpoint 1 soo Piste ve Gott Suction Press Control TEUER 7 p aso ho D Ho Setpoint 20 0 Psig Minimum Valve Open os Suction Oil Sep Temp Override 106 F Press 23 0 Psig Avg With Oil Manifold Temperature emp 24 2 F Setpoint Min uit max Lim Discharge Press 143 4 Psig emp 51 6 F Oil P Diff 154 6 Psig ilter Diff 1 0 Psig Inj
198. drop Network Using Terminating Resistors Master ICD102A Repeater Isolator Isolated Side Laptop 4 Wire RS 422 or RS 485 to not common with power running 2 Wire RS 485 Modscan Client D A app TD B OPTO22 ACTA GND REF RS422 Config RS 485 Device Earthed Chassis GND AC Power lines Connections for or AC Outlet Conversion using plug 4 Wire to 2 Wire 1wr2005 715 Figure C 5 Wiring Diagram VPN3485MS Device as RS422 to RS485 Convertor Isolator Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 C 7 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel USING THE DEVICE AS A NETWORK ISOLATOR REPEATER Reference Figure C6 1 2 A DC power supply is required to power the device 10vDCto 30vDC Dip switches on each side of the device must be configured for the baud rate of the network DATA A 7 DATA BI TO RS 485 NETWORK DATA A i 3 LIT i7 iH OUT 7 IT L IT i 0A Ih 7 12 E i IO BY Ba GMDN SIG GND F 410 to 3 PROT OGMD O ICD102A DATA Bc BIG GND Figure 6 6 Wiring Diagram VPN3485MS Device as Network Isolator Repeater Table C 1 Baud Rate Selection ten Patten Postion Panton Pogon Porton te 4 5 s R28 ms 1200 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 8200 9 02 2400 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF NotUse
199. e Friday Event 1 INT Hour Friday Event 1 INT Minute Friday Event 2 ENUM Control Mode Friday Event 2 INT Hour Friday Event 2 INT Minute Friday Event 3 ENUM Control Mode Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Ul oO N Ww N N N ul ul Ww WO UJ UJ oO oO Ul ul oO Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table N67 67 41067 N67 68 41068 N67 69 41069 N67 70 41070 Friday Event 4 Hour Friday Event 4 INT Minute N67 72 41072 Saturday Event 1 ENUM Control Mode N67 73 41073 Saturday Event 1 Hour Saturday Event 1 Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix N67 71 41071 Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See N67 74 4 Minute Saturday Event 2 ENUM Control Mode Saturday Event 2 Hour Saturday Event 2 Minute Saturday Event 3 ENUM Control Mode Saturday Event 3 Hour Saturday Event 3 M N67 75 41075 N67 76 41076 N67 77 7 Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix Read Write See Appendix N67 78 41078 N67 79 9 N67 80 41080 Minute Satur
200. e Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 2 7 Psig A Capacity Slide Suction Pressure Control Setpoints Volume Slide k Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 22 7 Psig emp 39 0 F Start Offset 2 0 Psig Fast Unload Slow Unload Slow Load Fast Load Pressure Offset 4 0 Psig Timer fas sec Pressure Offset fao Psig Timer fis sec Timer 30 sec Setpoint Timer 20 0 Psig sec Discharge Press 105 5 Psig emp 59 8 F Press Diff 126 4 Psig oe n s Inj Temp 113 5 F Sep Temp 107 3 F No Scheduled Maintenance User p B 01 01 2014 04 01 20 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 10 2 Compressor Sequencing Screen Suction Pressure Control Setpoints Page 2 10 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 10 Compressor Sequencing periodic sequencing decisions Process Temperature Control Fast Load Timer Setpoints fsuction pressure surpasses fast load pressure offset setpoint then this timer value is used to make peri Compressor sequencing screen defines settings those odic sequencing decisions are used by master compressor for sequencing For Slow Unload Timer Process Temperature Control Setpoints see Figure 10 3 e If suction pressure drops below suction pressure con trol
201. e 20 20 within 4 minutes the 20 20 will be placed in Local Auto mode a yellow banner will be displayed on the 20 20 signifying that a Remote Comm Time out occurred and the Event List will get populated with a time stamped Remote Comm Time out event Modbus Register 40509 Stop Command 1 Stop Compressor Command Vission 20 20 panel will remain in Remote Idle mode after a Stop Compressor command has been issued Remote Control via Direct I O Hard wired Remote Control of the compressor can also be accom plished using hard wired inputs These include Remote Start Stop digital input Remote Increase Capacity digi tal input Remote Decrease Capacity digital input and Remote Caphold Setpoint analog input For communi cation register information refer to Table D 1 Configuration Screen Setup Reference the Communication section of Figure G14 For Direct I O control Configure Active Remote Control drop down box to Direct I O This selection activates the Remote Start Stop digital input This is the ONLY selection that activates the Remote Start Stop digital input Below Active Remote Control selection box check the Direct I O box A popup Direct I O Control Type box now appears e From the popup Direct I O Control Type box select desired control method Auto Capacity e Digital Manual Capacity comp capacity con trolled via digital increase and decrease inputs
202. e Start and Stop setpoints are also slowly lowered The Auto Cycle Stop setpoint will turn the compressor off should the suction pressure fall too fast For additional safety the Low Suction Pressure Alarm and Trip setpoints should also be set so that the suction pressure will not reach a point that can cause building damage due to water freeze SETUP The Pulldown section in the Compressor Control Menu provides Selection to enable disable the Pulldown process Selection to initiate the Pulldown process at the next compressor start Step pressure defines the steps in psig in which the suction pressure setpoint is decremented Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Delay per Step setting which defines how long the compressor will be controlled at the current suction pressure setpoint Stop pressure setpoint defines the point at which the Pulldown function will stop operation Normal com pressor control will then resume with the control setpoint being set to the Pulldown Stop Pressure setting Auto cycle Differential setpoint defines a differential above and below the suction pressure control set point These points define the auto cycle start and stop pressure setpoints The auto cycle Start pres sure is the suction pressure setpoint auto cycle differential setpoint The Auto cycle Stop pressure is the suction pressure setpoint auto cycle differen t
203. e all saved as simple ASCII text and the databases can be examined with SQLite Suction Pressure 1 Refresh The Refresh button is used to initiate a scan of the USB ports and list any devices found in the Available Devices window Save Load Save Load section is where the operator can either save the Vission 20 20 setpoints and log information to a USB flash drive or load from a USB flash drive back to the Vission 20 20 Save Selecting save allows the operator to save the Vission 20 20 data to a USB flash drive using the information provided further down the screen The bottom but ton will be labeled Save when this is selected 14 1 Psig A Capacity Slide gt 58 6 Load 3 9 Save 4 H Available Devices Select Folder File b97 zip lt 9 b98 zip 8 Unmount Back i i s Filename mediajusbo Settings 9 Al O Select 0 0 96 Volume Slide Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Timers 4 x Alarms Trips v Compressor Scheduling Compressor Control Compressor Sequencing 4 4 Calibration Configuration Data Items O Run Hours C Maintenance Logs C Event List O Trend Data Maintenance User Access No Scheduled Maintenance No Alarm Trips Present Figure 20 1 Data Backu Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate
204. e user name and password for security evaluation If the User name and password matches an existing user then the operators name will be applied to the lower status bar and the operator will be given access to screens of equal security level 6 0 Psig A Capacity Slide Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 14 0 Psig emp 60 3 F Discharge Press 102 4 Psig emp Oil Press Diff 135 6 Psig Filter Diff 10 0 Psig 113 5 F sep Temp 108 3 F 14 48 56 Motor Ei Amperage 0 0 Amps User 04 30 2014 Run Hours Figure 22 1 User Access Screen Login 22 1 Section 22 User Access Login Operator Password This entry box is for the operator s password The The login tab is where an operator will enter the users password can be entered by touching the password name and password in order to gain access to Vission entry box and entering the password via the pop up 20 20 screens keyboard Operators Manage Accounts All operators that have been added to the Vission 20 20 user tables will be displayed in this window If a name of an operator is selected from this window the name is added to the Operator Name entry box This tab allows the addition removal and modification of authorized users see Figure 22 2 0 REN Operators erator Name i This window contains the list of authorized users al This entry box is for the operator s username The ready added to t
205. e within the Operators section Highlight the name then enter the password associated with that name of the user then press Enter key to close the keyboard Then press Apply but ton Press the Manage Accounts tab to begin the process of entering another Operator name and assigning pass word and user level of this additional user Last rememberto press the Add Update button to add this userto the list then press the Apply button before exiting the Logon screen to make this change permanent Use the information below to determine the user level assignments Actions Note Level 0 elementary control No password associated with this level Allowed to view all screens that are enabled Level 1 operator level low level user Level 2 operator level advanced user Level 3 full access supervisor Level 0 user level no login required has the ability to start and stop the compressor and change the operating set point within the minimum and maximum settings defined by the supervisor He can not change any alarm and trip setpoints or timer setpoints Page User Level Note Event list level 0 View Input output states level 0 View create freeze screen Trend chart level 0 View operate Slide calibration level 3 Instrument calibration level 2 Service options level 2 Condenser control level 1 Setpoints can be modified set at Level 1 Compressor sequencing level 1 Setpoints can be modified set at Level 1 Compressor scheduling level 2
206. ection 26 Remote Oil Cooler Manual Mode for controlling Remote Oil Cooler operation manually Operator controls the operation by manual stepping using an on off toggle button at each step Remote Oil Cooler Temperature This is the read only parameter and it displays the present value of Remote Oil Cooler Temperature Remote Oil Cooler Temperature is mapped on Analog Auxiliary Input 5 Remote Oil Cooler Temperature Setpoint This is the Remote Oil Cooler Temperature setpoint that needs to be maintained Upper Deadband This is the Remote Oil Cooler Temperature setpoint upper deadband value Lower Deadband This is the Remote Oil Cooler Temperature setpoint lower deadband value High to Low Speed Fan Delay Thisis time delay forfan spin down in case of 2 speed motor dual speed fan Step Control The Step Control allows the operator to setup the man ner in which Fans Pumps amp VFD will be turned on off Fans amp Pumps are connected on digital outputs Out 1 to Out 4 VFD Fan is connected on Analog Output Each step can have maximum of five outputs connected to it Each step can be opted in or out depending on enabling of checkbox When Run Mode is Auto and Remote Oil Cooler Temperature rises above upper deadband Remote Oil Cooler step gets incremented from Step 1 to Step 5 and hence switching on off Pumps Fans amp VFD connected on outputs This holds true for decrementing of steps from
207. ection valve is allowed to close Setup Configuration Screen e TosetuptheVission20 20panelforCool Compression first ensure that an analog output card is installed in the panel and itis selected from page 6 of the config uration screen see Section 19 Navigate to configu ration page 2 and select Cool Compression check box from the Special Compressor Settings Section see Figure 25 1 Once selected Cool Compression option will appear in Oil Pump and Oil Cooling sec tions and Cool Compression gets selected auto matically It will also enable Superheat Monitoring on Touchscreen C Condenser Control Ambient Sensor Compressor vss Te l z Wetbulb Sensor Refngerant F71 VFD Fan oll Compressor Control WEE Pump UNT No Purnp Stal Oc C Suction Pressure Control 1 Cycling O 4 20ma Transmitter Full Time Alarms and Trips idle Time mp Special Compressor Settings Coo Compression E Pumps fi 1 Cool Compression C Process Temp Control Oil Cooling Discharge Pressure Control fi Rapid Cycling VFD Thermosyphon Suction Of injection Solenoid H20 OI Cooler Optional Function Selection oi How c Liquid Injection C Compressor vFD Solenoids Motorized Valve J Economizer Pressure Superheat Suction Superheat Monitor Descharge Superheat Monitor VFD fan B BEBE Figure 25 1 Configuration Screen Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual
208. ed Maintenance User 109 9 F 11 07 2014 16 10 51 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 24 5 Slide Calibration Twin Screw Bump Pop up Window Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 24 5 24 6 Section 24 Twin Screw Control Twin Screw Oil Pressure The twin screw compressor has two separate oil pres sure settings They are named Prelube Oil Pressure and Run Oil Pressure in the Alarm and Trips Menu Both of these oil pressures are calculated in the same way defined as Filter Outlet Pressure minus Discharge Pressure As shown in Figure 24 6 the alarm and trip setpoints for both of these oil pressures are set to the same values and any adjustments to these oil pressures is usually done so that the setpoints are the same OIL PRESSURE MONITORING BEFORE COMPRESSOR STARTS Pressing the Auto or Manual button will start the oil pump The decrease solenoid will be energized as well if the capacity slide is greater than 5 A prelub oil pres sure timer called Minimum Compressor Prelub Time begins timing see Figure 24 7 This timer is adjustable Suction Pressure 1 Prelube Oil Pressure 20 0 Psig Run Oil Pressure 20 0 Psig High Filter Diff Start Pressure eso psig High Filter Diff Run Pressure fizorsig High Motor Amps 220 0 Amps Low Run Pressure Ratio 6777 18 0 Psig 18 0 Psig 50
209. ed from Tek Ay is Stop CHI 2 00V CH3 2 00 M 25 0ms 8 Jul 11 10 16 the circuit and the USB RS485 convertor was wired di rectly to the Vission 20 20 RS485 serial port The follow ing screen capture from the scope shows the amount of noise on the network signals see Figure B 13 M Pos 0 000s MEASURE CH1 Mean 131V CH Off Mean CH3 Mean 3 90V CHI None CH None Cm Z 271V 663 247Hz Figure B 13 Network Noise Test 2 The second test measured the noise on the active net work with the Phoenix Contact PSM ME isolator installed in the network The following screen capture from the Tek Aly Fs Stop 3 CHI 2 00V CH3 2 00 M 25 0ms 8 Jul 11 10 16 scope showsthe amount of noise on the network signals The noise on the signal lines has been significantly re duced with the addition of the Phoenix Contact PSM ME isolator installed in the network M Pos 0 000s MEASURE CHI Mean 131V CH2 Off Mean CH3 Mean 3 30V CH None CHI None CHI 7 2 71 683 247Hz Figure B 14 Network Noise with Phoenix Contact PSM ME Isolator Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Vessel Level Control Setup for 20 20 Panel INTRODUCTION This document provides guidelines to successfully setup a vessel level control function in the Vilter 20 20 con trol panel Vessel level
210. eed of a VFD controlled motor to vary the amount of work or capac ity of the compressor The rapid Cycling VFD control will keep capacity slide loaded to maximum and vary the Defines the Warm up period for Compressor This Warm up Timer motor speed to achieve the required work or capacity timer gets activated after every compressor start and For example if the compressor needs to load to 100 remains active for the defined time During this peri of its capacity The control algorithm will keep capacity od Oil Pump is turned ON and motor speed is varied slide loaded to its maximum position and ramp up the from 1200 RPM to 3600 RPM motor speed up to its maximum speed In the unloading direction the motor speed will ramp down to its mini mum speed keeping capacity slide loaded to maximum In this manner capacity load is handled by varying mo This is Compressor VFD RPM setpoint used for turn tor speed only ing ON OFF Oil Solenoid Digital Output Oil Solenoid Digital Output is turned ON when Compressor is Running Warm up Timer is Lapsed and Compressor VFD RPM goes below this setpoint Oil Restriction Setpoint Suction Pressure 1 1 0 Psig A Capacity Slide 0 0 Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 19 0 Psig emp 28 7 F VFD Settings Rapid Cycling VFD Min Max VFO Speed Range 700 rpm 3600 rpm Warm up Timer so min Oil Restriction Setpoint i800 rpm v
211. een SOI Oil pressure is defined as manifold pressure minus suction pressure SOI Low Pressure Ratio Alarm amp Trip Thisis the low run pressure ratio safety This safety is active when SOI Solenoid is enabled in the configura tion screen An alarm or trip will be active if the pres sure ratio drops below the normal set point values after the SOI Low Pressure Ratio Bypass timer has ex pired This time limitis seton the Timer menu screen Suction Pressure 1 SOI Low Pressure Ratio N o IEEE Alarm Prelube Od Pressure ome Run Oil Pressure sorsa High Aiter Df Start Pressure asosio High Riter O f Run Pressure osse EE MT meg i SOl Low Oi Pressure eo Psig PS p 2 0 Psig 35 0 Psig 50 0 Psig 15 0 Psig 6 0 Psig EJ REI Era mcg No Scheduled Maintenance Vae No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours Compressor Inhibits The Vission 20 20 uses several start inhibits to prevent the compressor from starting to protect the compres sor and the refrigeration system While starting the compressor the inhibits are checked first before the oil pump is started or the motor is started The failed starts due to an inhibit does not count toward any of the anti recycle timers including hot starts The Inhibits uses the alarm setpoint to trigger an aborted start and message All inhibits will be logged in the event list 10 4 Psig A Capacity Slide 0 0
212. emote Oil Cooler Remote Oil Cooler VFD fan can be enabled when Auxiliary Output board is installed and enabled Rest of the Remote Oil Cooler setpoints can be defined by navigating to Remote Oil Cooler Screen Remote Oil Cooler and Condenser Control feature are mutually exclusive Touchscreen The Calibrate button changes the screen into touch screen calibration mode Calibrating the touchscreen is only required if the operator finds that the pointer ar row no longer follows his finger The calibration mode requires the operator to touch the four corners of the touchscreen and then the accept button Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Motor Current Device The Vission 20 20 can read the motor current in a couple of different ways The following selections defines the method see Figure 19 2 Current Transformer This defines the input used for motor current when a current transformer is used 4 20ma Transformer This defines the input used for motor current Special Compressor Settings The following options are special features of the Vission 20 20 that can be only configured by Vilter Super user Cool Compression Enables Cool Compression Algorithm to cool oil A blanket of liquid ammonia is used on top of oil in the Oil Separator Rapid Cycling VFD Enables Rapid Cycling VFD Algorithm for controlling Compressor VFD Analog Output Suction Oil Inje
213. entity eet cae n p e neve ee ee EY YR TY e eR EY RE ie NE eii 14 3 Figure 14 3 Menu Screen and Slide Calibration Button Vission 20 20 eese 14 4 Fiqure 14 4 Photo ChODpDpet onte rer n ni eerie aae Pu ea oae ia vx oe adn me uen 14 5 Figure 15 T Trend Chart Screen 15 1 Fiqure 15 2 Trend Setup SCreen 15 3 Figure 16 1 EventList 56 16 1 Figure 17 1 Input Output Screen Page 1 entrent nna cena i ck deu inning n 17 1 Figure 17 2 Input Output Screen Page 2 rettet rre ena aere Ra EXER TR RR EE ER C Eau E EFE RR RE TuS 17 2 Figure 17 3 Input Output Screen Page 3 25544 4 17 2 Figure 17 4 Input Output Screen Page 4 esceseseesssseeesesecsssessoceseneeseneesenesesesasensessessressoeesenseneeees 17 3 Figure 17 5 Input Output Screen Page 4 Remote Oil Cooler Enabled esee 17 3 Figure 17 6 Input Output Screen Freeze Data 09 17 4 Figure 18 1 Auxiliary I O Screen Digital Inputs Page 1 ceeeecessceeneceseeceseecseeeceeceseeeceseecsaeecseeeeneeees 18 1 Figure 18 2 Auxiliary I O Screen Digital Outputs Page 2 esseesseeeseeeee nennen enne enne nnne 18 3 Figure 18 3 Auxiliary I O Screen Analog Inputs 18 3 Figure 18 4 Auxiliary I O Screen Analog Inputs gt gt gt gt gt gt 2424 7 18 5 Figure 18 5 Aux
214. ently active control mode If anti recycle time exists this command will fail Compressor Scheduling Enable Disable if a valid schedule has not been defined on screen or through comm this command will fail Compressor Scheduling Control Mode ENUM 0 Unscheduled When enabling the schedule allow for a timeout of at least 3 seconds for the schedule to be verified as valid 1 Suction Pressure SP1 2 Suction Pressure SP2 3 Process Temp SP1 4 Process Temp SP2 5 Discharge Pressure SP1 6 Discharge Pressure SP2 Note If control mode being set isn t active in configuration command will result in error Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 D 27 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table Compressor Scheduling Hour INT This values are allowed to get changed only when schedule is disabled Compressor Scheduling Minute INT This values are allowed to get changed only when schedule is disabled Statuses Trip Status Word s currently only 39 trips so only Trip Status Words 1 2 and 3 are used with each position indicating an trip Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 High Level Input Inhibit Bit 0 High Discharge Temp Trip Bit 0 High Filter Differential Inhibit Bit 1 Low Process Temp Inhibit Bit 1 Low Suction Pressure Trip Bit 1 High Superheat Temp Inhibit Bit 2 High Discharge Pressure Inhibit Bit 2 H
215. ep for step VI will not change till the VI value does not go beyond the average of two steps There is hysteresis of 0 1 Start Compressor in Auto Run Mode Discharge Pressure 160 Psig Scenario 1 Adjust Suction Pressure 54 Psig Calc VR 2 0 Capacity 100 4850mV Low VI Digital Output ON High VI Digital Output OFF Scenario 2 Adjust Suction Pressure 29 Psig Calc VR 2 9 Capacity 100 4850mV Low VI Digital Output ON High VI Digital Output OFF Scenario 3 Adjust Suction Pressure 28 Psig Calc VR 3 0 Capacity 100 4145mV Low VI Digital Output OFF High VI Digital Output ON Scenario 4 Adjust Suction Pressure 12 Psig Calc VR 4 3 Capacity 100 4145mV Low VI Digital Output OFF High VI Digital Output ON Scenario 5 Adjust Suction Pressure 11 Psig Calc VR 4 4 Capacity 100 3440mV Low VI Digital Output OFF High VI Digital Output OFF Scenario 6 Adjust Suction Pressure 7 Psig Calc VR 5 0 Capacity 100 3440mV Low VI Digital Output OFF High VI Digital Output OFF Scenario 7 Adjust Suction Pressure 13 Psig Calc VR 4 2 Capacity 100 3440mV Low VI Digital Output OFF High VI Digital Output OFF Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Scenario 8 Adjust Suction Pressure 14 Psig Calc VR 4 1 Low VI Digital Output OFF High
216. er value is used to make periodic sequencing decisions 10 6 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 10 Compressor Sequencing Discharge Pressure Control Setpoints Fast Load Pressure Offset Defines the offset from discharge pressure control Compressor sequencing screen defines settings those setpoint to monitor compressor load If discharge are used by master compressor for sequencing For pressure drops below this setpoint value then se Discharge Pressure Control Setpoints see Figure 10 4 7 7 decisions are made according to Fast Load imer PRESSURE SETPOINTS Start Offset Defines the offset from discharge pressure control setpoint to start slave compressor If discharge pres sure drops below start offset setpoint and master compressor capacity has reached max trigger set point then sequencing algorithm allows starting of slave compressors and load to cater increasing load requirements Fast Unload Pressure Offset Defines the offset from discharge pressure control setpoint to monitor compressor load If discharge pressure surpasses this setpoint value then sequenc ing decisions are made according to Fast Unload Timer Capacity Load Unload Timers Setpoint e The target setpoint is read only value here This set One of the following Capacity Load Unload timers point can be changed by logging on to Compressor are used to make sequencing decisions periodi
217. erson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures PULLDOWN OPERATION EXAMPLE Assumptions Compressoris off e Pulldown is selected Initiate Pulldown at Next Start is selected Current suction pressure 80 PSIG Auto cycle setpoints are enabled Pulldown setpoints are setup per the Setpoint Selection Example Variables e Step Pressure 5 0 PSIG Delay Per Step 20 hours e Stop Pressure 20 PSIG e Auto cycle Differential 4 PSIG Operator presses Unit Start Auto button and the compressor starts Two items occur The Pulldown feature is now operational When Pulldown feature is active e Pumpdown is disabled Pulldown and Pumpdown operation modes are mutually exclusive e Low Suction Pressure Stop Load and Unload setpoints are active Make sure that these setpoints do not conflict with the Pulldown Stop setpoint The Pulldown setpoints are immediately calculated Initial Pulldown setpoint Current Suction Pressure 80 psig minus Step Pressure 5 psig 75 psig Auto Cycle Start Pressure Pulldown setpoint 75 psig plus Auto Cycle Differential 4 psig 79 psig Auto cycle Stop Pressure Pulldown setpoint 75 psig minus Auto Cycle Differential 4 psig 71 psig The compressor will maintain the suction pressure at 75 psig for the first 20 hours and then the next calculation of Pulldown setpoints will be calculated Subsequent Pulldown setpoint Suction Pressu
218. es 3 14 Fiqure d T Mali S CEOs tero ehe oana EEEE REEE EEE A EE E A EE E E YR A S RSS 4 1 Figure PAM TOP SEACUS BI p cL 4 2 Figure d 5 Parameter Bai ciresarii ninesini ri ineine ieie EEEE SEEE STEEGEN E EEEE EEEE 4 3 Figure 4 4 Unit Start Pop Up Window 4 4 Figure 4 5 Bottom Status Bar node ret EE beg EE ERE ie ERE ERRESE ERE KEERRERR RARE EOE Fee REN REPE ERES YR ER RES 4 5 Figuite 4 6 Splash SCree in se E 4 6 Figure 4 0 4 7 Figure4 8 SOl Solenoid Screen is eret tier o Freenet Pe SER EP eS Erike e EE eger Eee eS EDS 4 8 Figure Ta Menu SCEeeIL x o eaae REL EE EE ERE EAE RENE ERE ERERR REX EERR RM EXER AEE A Fo E E e 5 1 Figure 5 2 Menu Screen with Remote Oil Cooler Enabled eese 5 2 Figure 6 1 Compressor Control Screen Suction Pressure Control csecceseeceeeceeeeeeseeceseecseeeeeeeeseeees 6 1 Figure 6 2 Compressor Control Screen Process Temperature Control eese 6 2 6 3 Figure 6 4 Compressor Control Screen Discharge Pressure Control eese 6 4 Figure 6 5 Compressor Control Screen VFD Settings Control eese ener 6 5 Figure 6 6 VFD One Step Control Method 0 6 6 Figure 6 7 VFD Two Step Control Method eene tenet nnne nnestnn sete nentes ennnen 6 6 Figure 6 8 Compressor Control Screen Rapid Cycling VFD Control
219. es back to their minimum positions Capacity Slide Valve Potentiometer This section provides critical information and control pa rameters related to the capacity slide actuator The cap display shows the actual value in percent of the ca pacity slide without any conditioning that might be ap plied to the other capacity position displays In addition Suction Pressure 1 Min Limit 150 0 Capacity Slide Valve Potentiometer in 1 Software limit set points Max Limit 4850 0 this section displays the value of the actuator signals in millivolts in the input Value display box Button When the operator presses and holds this button the output associated with capacity slide decrease is energized If the actuator does not turn in the cor rect direction when this button is pressed then the operator will have to alter how the actuator is wired to the panel Button When the operator presses and holds this button the output associated with capacity slide increase is energized If the actuator does not turn in the cor rect direction when this button is pressed then the operator will have to alter how the actuator is wired to the panel Software limit setpoint The Vission 20 20 uses the Min Limit and Max Limit setpoint to define an area within the 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide Cap 0 9 Volume Slide 17 Input Value 1915s mv Min Limit 150 0
220. ess position 1010 The addresses are binary and therefore the address of a digital output board will only be addressed as 10 e 6 Sha Lern GAS Sto 94 ex rM eMe Sie R33 CEES C12 1uF C9 tuF 39 E i vo N Ed o 0 j E j 2 RX SERIAL TX dj REV 1 M g 2 a of i o D Q 2 o o 9T 2 R44 47 eid S 050 905 9 C18 O4FO 1 G3 ere SG eS cooo 5 6 8 4 6 6 San G3 Warme SEE co o I 0 1 6 6 Sra RS G3 oa po Si expe mae EE c2 dur D 325 046 0014 VILTER Figure 3 7 Analog Output Board Layout Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies e 35391SC 2 2 Section 4 Main Screen Overview The Main Screen is the first screen encountered when Bottom Status Bar and Parameters Bar These three sec powering up the Vission 20 20 Panel see Figure 4 1 tions of the main screen will remain visible while navigat This screen is designed as the starting point for all suc ing through other screens and provide a constant view ceeding screens and provides as much information as of critical information The splash screen is the only dy possible at a glance The Main Screen is divided into four namic section All navigation to any other screens will be sections Three of the sections are static Top Status Bar performed through the Main Screen S
221. est Limits By pressing either the Test Min or Test Max buttons The Analog output card of the Vission 20 20 generates the output will go to either 4ma or 20 ma The opera a 4 20mA signal to any attached devices However it is tor can then measure the output for accuracy not uncommon that small difference in the board com Min mA ponents might result in small difference in the output So this screen offers the operator the ability to fine tune the upper and lower output values see Figure 13 6 f the 4ma output has an unacceptable amount of error The operator can use the amp buttons to adjust the output Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 13 5 Section 13 Instruments Calibration Max mA Apply Changes f the 20ma output has an unacceptable amount of Min mA and Max mA values are stored to data error The operator can use the amp buttons to base on press of this button Offset mA value which adjust the output is used to correct 4mA or 20mA output is hence not Offset mA saved until this button is pressed Byentering the value of the error from the calibrated value and the actual value into the offset entry box that error will be added subtracted from the mA val ue The offset is applied to the mA value which should correct the error Resolution of error should not be less than 0 01 Suction Pressure 1
222. et in the pro portional control section of this screen Enable Load Anticipation Algorithm Allows the operator to choose if the load anticipation algorithm runs Rate Dead Band Defines the rate at which the capacity slide move ment will be interrupted This value is an absolute val ue of the process variable For example the default value is 0 25 If the control mode is suction pressure then this value is 0 25 Psig or if process temperature is the control mode then the value would be 0 25 F Oil Control These setpoints determine how the Vission 20 20 will manage the oil of the compressor see Figure 6 12 Oil Pump Press Restart Ratio The on and off setpoints define when the oil pump will cycle on and off if the oil pump is selected to cycle from the configuration screen Oil Separator Heater Temp When the oil temperature falls below this setpoint the oil heater will turn on Note there is a 5 F differen tial associated with this setpoint For example when set at 100 F the heater will turn on at 95 F and off at 105 F Liquid Injection The setpoints in this section are to control the behavior of the liquid refrigerant injected into the compressor for oil cooling purposes The liquid injection solenoid con trol is based off of discharge temperature whether the compressor uses just an injection solenoid or a motor ized valve in conjunction with the solenoid Liquid Injection Solenoid Control ONLY
223. f the panel is in Remote Lock mode e Pulling rates should not be less then 5 sec Writesto the Vission should only occur when a value needs to be changed Lower Range amp Higher Range values mentioned are default values of Vission 20 20 Users can modify Lower Range amp Higher Range values from Vission 20 20 Panel and accordingly maintain their own table Table D 1 Vission 20 20 Communication Table au Modbus Data Address Type Digital Inputs Compressor Interlock High Level Shutdown 40003 Oil Level Switch 1 ial Oil Level Switch 0 OFF 1 Read 2 N50 4 40005 Local Remote 0 OFF 1 Read 50 5 40006 07 OFF 1 Read 50 6 40007 0 OFF 1 Read NT Lower Higher Higher Range Range Range A o e e N50 0 0 OFF 1 ON Read 0 OFF 1 Read 0 OFF 1 Read 5 LE AB e e e NJ 0 1 50 2 0 3 5 AB o e ce A 50 7 8 07 OFF 1 Read ON ON ON ON a ON ON a ON ON ON ON ON z 50 8 40009 Auxiliary 1 N50 9 40010 Auxiliary 2 50 10 40011 Auxiliary 3 i 0 OFF 1 Read N50 11 2 Auxiliary 4 0 OFF 1 Read 0 OFF 1 Read z z d d Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 D 3 2 zZ Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table a m zd Decrease 0 OFF 1 ON ON Read when no Trip
224. fer till next 1MB of data When a total of 15MB of trend data is accu mulated and the logging buffer has filled with another 5 minutes of data to write the file with the oldest trend data is deleted Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 15 2 Section 15 Trend Chart Setup The operator can modify trending options through the Trend Setup screen see Figure 15 2 Trend Setup screen can be accessed by pressing the Setup button when the trending feature is not run ning Trend Setup screen allows the operator to select a maximum of 10 analog I O channels for trending The operator can also set a path for trend data files from the drop down box in the setup screen The USB will appear as an option in drop down box only when a USB drive is mounted on the panel If there is no space available on the USB or when the USB is unmounted from the panel and USB is selected for sav ing trend files trend data files will be written to hard disk If the operator changes Press Temp units from the con figuration screen when running the trending feature then the background trending will stop Suction Pressure 1 5 6 Psig A Capacity Slide 0 0 96 Trend Setup O Condenser Press Auxiliary Input 13 Suction Press O Remote Capacity Auxiliary Input 14 Discharge Press D Auxili
225. ff 131 4 Psig ilter Diff 18 8 Psig admin Inj Temp 102 1 F ep Temp 106 0 F 01 01 2013 15 46 33 Run Hours 0 6 min 130 3 Psig 83 4 F User Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 8 1 Timers Screen Page 1 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 8 2 Section 8 Timers Low Oil Pressure Safety Bypass This is the length of time in which the normal Low Run Oil Pressure setpoints will be adjusted by the values of the Pre lube Oil Pressure setpoints After the timer has expired the normal Low Oil Pressure setpoints become active Prelube Oil Pressure Monitor Time The Prelube Oil Pressure Monitor time defines timer to monitor raise in prelube oil pressure against pre lube oil pressure alarm settings If prelube oil pres sure is unable to raise by oil pressure alarm settings in Prelube oil pressure monitor time then it restarts oil pump Prelube Oil Pressure Monitor Trials The Prelube oil pressure monitor trials defines maximum number of retries to monitor prelube oil pressure Prelube Oil Pressure Safety Changeover After compressor starts drop in prelube oil pressure is monitored for prelube oil pressure safety change over time If prelube oil pressure drops with in pre lube oil pressure safety changeover time then com pressor trips on prelube oil pressure trip High Filter Differential Pressure Safety Changeover T
226. fter the Low Oil Injection Temp Bypass timer times out High Oil Injection Temp Trip This message will appear when the Oil Injection temperature rises above the High Oil Injection Temperature trip setpoint High Filter Differential Trip This message will appear if the Filter Differential Pressure rises above the High Fltr Diff Press Start setpoint before the Filter Differential Pressure Safety Changeover timer times out High Filter Differential Trip This message will appear if the Filter Differential pressure rises above the High Fltr Diff Press Run setpoint after the Filter Differential Pressure Safety Changeover timer times out High Motor Current Trip This message will appear if the motor amperage rises above the Hi Motor Amps trip setpoint Compressor Interlock Trip This message will appear if the Motor Auxiliary con tact fails to close before the Compressor Starter Auxiliary Contact Bypass timer times out Refer to wiring diagram High Level Shutdown Trip This message will appear when power is removed from the input module that is designated as Auxiliary 1 Safety Refer to wiring diagram False Start This message appears when the compressor stops and the motor auxiliary contact fails to open The message will also appear if the compressor shuts down and the amperage is 2025 of the maximum amp setting indicating that the starter is still energized Low Oil Level Trip This message a
227. g the operation of the compressor and troubleshooting see Figure 16 1 This screen Is divided into four columns and can list up to 128 separate events The operator can download the information on the event list through the Data Backup Screen Event list Columns Date Displays the date of the event in MM DD YYYY format Suction Pressure 1 Time Displays the time of the event in HH MM SS format Event Type Displays the type of message for a particular listing Common type are Start Stop Trip Inhibit Alarm and System These help the operator to understand the meaning of the message in the next column Message Displays the informational string that describes the event 3 3 Psig A Capacity Slide oae ume emewe menm T 01 01 2013 11 45 40 Start Auto 01 01 2013 11 45 11 Stop 01 01 2013 11 44 47 Alarm Stopped Wetbulb Temp Alarm 01 01 2013 11 44 47 Start Auto 01 01 2013 11 44 26 Stop Stopped 01 01 2013 11 44 26 Trip Ambient Temp Trip 01 01 2013 11 44 22 Start Auto 01 01 2013 11 43 15 System 01 01 2013 11 42 41 Stop 01 01 2013 11 42 16 Start 01 01 2013 11 41 42 01 01 2013 11 41 18 Info 01 01 2013 11 40 48 Inhibit 01 01 2013 11 40 48 Stop 01 01 2013 11 39 26 Stop 01 01 2013 11 39 26 Trip 01 01 2013 11 38 40 Alarm Power Up Stopped Manual System Power Up Stopped Stopped Low Suction Pressure Trip High Discharge Pressure Alarm Low Oil Separator Start Temp Inhibit Volume S
228. ge Figure 4 3 Parameter Bar Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 4 Main Screen Parameter Bar Continued pressure and suction temperature The discharge box shows the current dis Unit Start Button charge pressure and discharge temperature When pressed a start dialog box will appear that The oil box shows the pressure differential will give the operator a number of run options Auto which is calculated as oil filter out pressure mi Manual Remote or Auto Sequencing see Figure 4 4 nus suction pressure Filter differential is calcu lated as oil filter in pressure minus oil filter out pressure Inj Temp is the temperature of the oil at the oil injection port and Sep Temp is the temperature of the oil in the separator Control Parameter Boxes The parameter boxes provide updated data on sev eral key control parameters The top box indicates the desired control setpoint that is set in the Compressor Control Screen In the case that the Run mode is in re mote capacity control this box will show the desired capacity position The motor box shows the motor current The suction box shows the current suction Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide Anti Recycle 00 00 oil Pump Off Oil Heater of Remote Lock Out On 29 4 Psig 0 9 49 5 F Volume Slide suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig
229. gure serial port settings baud rate data bits stop bits parity and panel ID number which is node number for Modbus RTU For Ethernet Monitoring e Check the Ethernet box inside the Communications section Configure IP address and Subnet Mask Select Protocol Ethernet I P or Modbus TCP IP Once the port is setup properly communication can be established You will be able to read from and write to registers In Direct I O mode you cannot write to reg isters in the Control Block region of Modbus registers 40500 through 40513 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 C 30 l Blank Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table Contents Vission 20 20 Communication 3 0 D 3 BIST eR D 3 Digital ec N D 4 A OGM PUES sess T D 4 ANALOG OME PUES ogni E D 5 Calculated Valiles 2 D 6 eire PONEN O M D 6 COMMMMAN E D 8 Compressor Control Setpoihts 242 D 9 proc X A D 10 PUMP OWI D 11 dito me D 11 E e a E PES I TA E AE I E I ES D 11 2 13
230. hangeover Discharge SOI Low Oil Pressure Safety Bypass Press 109 2 Psig 68 5 F SO Low Pressure Ratio Safety Bypass emp Discharge Suction 114 0 F No Scheduled Maintenance User i 111 0 F 09 29 2014 16 04 56 Motor Ng or Run Hours emAmperage 0 0 Amps Figure 8 3 Timers Screen Page 2 SOI 8 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 9 Compressor Scheduling Overview symbol to indicate the operator to correct events and then enable feature This menu allows the operator to schedule control set Control Mode point switching during the day and week This feature can be enabled and disabled from the Compressor Schedule screen Up to four setpoint switch events can be scheduled per day see Figure 9 1 These drop down boxes allow selection of operat ing modes which gets switched once schedule event time is achieved The list of allowable modes depends on the number of controllers selected in the configuration screen Scheduling Setpoint For example if the number of Suction Pressure Control Setpoints selected is 2 and the number of Process Temperature Control Setpoints selected Schedule is 1 then Control Mode drop down box will have The options for selection are Enable amp Disable Unscheduled Suction Pressure SP1 Suction The operator is allowed to configure setpoints relat Pressure SP2 and
231. he Auto cycle functionality is ignored Pumpdown mode will cause the compressor to cycle off via the Pumpdown Stop Pressure setpoint Normally the Pumpdown Stop Pressure setpoint will be set lower than the Auto cycle Stop setpoint Therefore as the suction pressure is pulled down the compressor is prevented from shutting down prematurely via the Auto cycle Stop setpoint by automatically ignoring the Auto cycle feature The compressor will be placed into Stop mode af terthe suction pressure is equalto or goes below the Pumpdown Stop Pressure Pumpdown This checkbox enables the Pumpdown feature If this box is unchecked Pumpdown setpoints are ig nored and the user is not allowed to edit Pumpdown setpoints Stop Pressure This setpoint defines the suction pressure value at which the compressor will cycle off Normally this setpoint is set below the Suction Pressure Auto cycle Stop Pressure setpoint Stop Delay This setpoint delays the compressor from stopping when the suction pressure is equal to or less than the Stop Pressure Min Slide Position The minimum capacity slide is the setpoint that the compressor is allowed to run at By forcing the compressor capacity to operate at a value above minimum we insure that the suction pressure will be pulled down to the Stop Pressure setpoint Pumpdown Operation Run Stop This button starts stops the Pumpdown opera tion This button is active only when c
232. he Vission 20 20 Selecting a name operator can either select the username from the op from this list will add that name to the Operator erators window or enter the username manually by Name entry box touching the entry box and entering the name via the pop up keyboard Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 5 9 Psig A Capacity Slide Operator Password Volume Slide Suction Press Control Suction ss 14 1 Psig emp 60 3 F Password Manage Accounts Login Discharge Press 102 6 Psig 04 30 2014 14 50 42 Run Hours No Scheduled Maintenance User admin Figure 22 2 User Access Screen Manage Accounts 22 2 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 22 User Access Operator Name This entry box is for the operator s username who is to be added removed or modified The operator can either select the username from the operators win dow or enter the username manually by touching the entry box and entering the name via the pop up keyboard Operator Password This entry box is for the operator s password The password can be entered by touching the password entry box and entering the password via the pop up keyboard Verify Password This entry box is to verify the operator s password Verifying the password can be entered by touching the Verify Password entry box and entering the password via the pop up keyboard
233. he maximum and minimum value for the scale e Used to correct any error in the capacity position By entering a value into the Adjustment entry box that value will be added to the total offset displayed in the total offset entry box Suction Pressure 1 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide Analog Inputs AJD bit Value Calibrated Value 5 0 0 F Volume Slide Total Offset 0 0 Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Aux 3 Analog Aux in 3 Channel Calibration Offset Adjustment Device Calibration Units Aux 4 Analog Aux in 4 Temperature f Aux 5 Remote Oil C Aux 6 Analog Aux in 6 Aux 7 Analog Aux in 7 Range 3 E I O jumpers selection n Aux 8 Analog Aux in 8 Suction 4ma 20ma 4 Min Press 29 4 Psig joma emp 49 5 F Max 20 0 ma Discharge Press 127 7 Psig emp 83 4 F Press Diff 131 4 Psig ilter Diff 8 6 Psig EN Inj Temp 102 1 F ep Temp 105 5 F No Scheduled Maintenance User Te laella p P 01 01 2013 10 56 53 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 13 4 Instruments Calibration Screen Analog Inputs Page 4 Log off 13 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 13 Instruments Calibration Offset Range Oncethe two point calibration is completed it is not Here the operator defines t
234. he most commonly used instruments are tempera ture and pressure sensors The first two pages of the Instrument Calibration screen are dedicated to these instruments see Figures 13 1 and 13 2 Each tab on these two pages is divided into two sections Device Calibration and Channel Calibration The device calibration section is where the operation parameters of the instrument are defined The channel calibration de fines the type of signal sent by the instrument Default Devices Byselecting this option the operator will have access via a drop down box of several common devices The devices are predefined and if one is selected then all the setpoints will be set for the operator 9 3 Psig A Capacity Slide Calibrated Value 29 3 Psi Volume Slide Adjustment Total Offset 0 0 Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig I O jumpers selection n Suction Min Press joma emp Max 20 0 ma 29 3 Psig 49 8 F Discharge Press emp 127 9 Psig 83 4 F Press Diff 131 4 Psig ilter Diff 9 0 Psig Inj Temp 102 3 F ep Temp 106 0 F admin 01 01 2013 10 45 32 Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 13 1 Instruments Calibration Screen Analog Inputs Page 1 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 13 1 Section 13 Instruments Calibration Custom Device Motor Current This option allows the operator t
235. he operator the ability to change the type of control mode such as suction pres sure control or process temperature control The opera tor can also switch from setpoint 1 and setpoint 2 for each control method What is available in this dropdown box is dependent on the number and type of control se lected in the configuration screen see Figure 6 10 Stop Load and Force Unload The stop load and force unload feature s primary pur pose is to attempt to prevent the compressor from tripping off due to particular instrument reading For example ifthe suction pressure drops too low the com pressor will trip off for safety reasons However the stop load amp force unload algorithm recognizes a potential trip and either stops the compressor from loading up or even unloads the compressor to prevent the trip Suction Pressure 1 H Misc 1 Control Mode Setpowt 1 Stoptoad Force Unload so Amps 10 0 amps fiso 0 Psig 2oo 0 Psig 2o Psig fo 0 Psig High Motor Amps High Discharge Pressure nome maxume Low Suction Pressure Suction Oil Injection SO Solenoid Press Restart Ratio SO Solenoid ON Timer SO Load Limit Suction Pressure SP1 Setpoint 2 Stop Load Force Unload 5 0 Amos 10 0 Amos iso 0 Psig 200 0 Psig 2 0 Psig fo 0 Psig No Scheduled Maintenance vm Run Hours Stop load When this value is reached the capacity slide will not advance in any condition Force Unlo
236. he signal type and range uncommon for there to be a small error By entering transmitted by the instrument The operator can the value of the error from the calibrated value and choose from several predefined ranges in the drop the actual value into the adjustment entry box that down box or enter a value error will be added subtracted from the total offset The offset is applied to the calibrated value which should correct the error Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 9 5 Psig A Capacity Slide Analog Inputs yo AJD bit Value Calibrated Value 0 0 0 F Volume Slide Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 29 5 Psig Min 4 0 ma emp 49 8 F Max 20 0 ma Discharge Press 128 0 Psig emp 82 9 F Aux 11 Analog Aux in 11 Channel Calibration Offset Adjustment Device Calibration Units Aux 12 Analog Aux in 12 A Temperature v Aux 13 Analog Aux in 13 Total Offset 0 0 Aux 14 Analog Aux in 14 Aux 15 Analog Aux in 15 Range I O jumpers selection Aux 16 Analog Aux in 16 4ma 20ma v Press Diff 131 2 Psig Page i s Inj Temp 102 1 F ep Temp 105 7 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin p p 01 01 2013 10 58 43 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours o 2 Figure 13 5 Instruments Calibration Screen Analog Inputs Page 5 Analog Outputs T
237. his timer bypasses the High Filter Differential Run Pressure safety settings when the compressor starts It defines how long the High Filter Differential Start Pressure setpoints will be active after the compres sor starts After the timer has expired then the High Filter Differential Run Pressure safety setpoints will be active Oil Separator Level 1 Safety Trip Delay This timer bypasses the low oil level switch for mo mentary drops in the oil level This timer activates when the low oil level switch opens and deactivates when the switch closes If the switch is still open af ter the timer has timed out the compressor will be shut down and a trip message will be displayed This timer is available if the unit is equipped with a low oil separator float switch the oil level switch is standard on all liquid injection units and optional on all others Oil Separator Level 42 Safety Trip Delay This timer bypasses the low oil level switch for mo mentary drops in the oil level This timer activates when the low oil level switch opens and deactivates when the switch closes If the switch is still open af ter the timer has timed out the compressor will be shut down and a trip message will be displayed This timer is available if the unit is equipped with a low oil separator float switch the oil level switch is standard on all liquid injection units and optional on all others Low Oil Separator Temperature Safety Changeover
238. his will occur momen tarily when the actuator is powered up and on power down e Kook ck ok ok ok E ok ck ck ROCK CK SR ck ck cR KOK OK If the problem persists measure the voltage using a digital multimeter between terminals 3 and 4 of the small terminal block If the voltage is less than 24V the problem is in the supply to the board If the voltage is gt 24V replace the actuator The EEPROM data is bad This is usually caused by loss of 24 power before the calibration procedure was com pleted The actuator will not move while this error code is being displayed To clear the error calibrate the actua tor If this error has occurred and the cause was not loss of 24V power during calibration the EEPROM memory is bad and the actuator will need to be replaced Micro controller program failure Please notify your Vilter authorized distributor Note 2 The TS1 wire pads are where the motor thermal switch leads solder into the circuit board They are clearly marked on the board silkscreen legend and are oriented at a 45 angle CK CK CK CK CK CK CR CK CK CK 14 10 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 15 Trend Chart Overview Chart Operation This screen allows the operator to view and adjust set Pen Selection tings for the trend chart see Figure 15 1 Trending fea ture can be started amp stopped from this screen Up to four variables
239. his window find the back up file for this compressor and highlight it Now press the Load button a Apopupwindow will appear saying Loading new databases will require a program restart Continue Press YES b Another popup window may appear stat ing something like One or more settings selected for loading were missing from the archive And it will then list what is missing Continue loading anyway Press Yes Another popup box may appear asking if you want to use the IP address it found Press OK A popup box will appear saying Settings were suc cessfully loaded Program will restart Press OK button When the OK button is pressed the panel will reboot Now using the hand documented settings that you recorded compare the setpoints on that list against those in the 20 20 They should all be OK Here arethe KNOWN issues that we have found with this procedure B 24 The Alarm and Trip setpoints MAY need to be re entered Early version programs actually saved two Alarm and Trip setpoints tables onto the old flash card and when saving the tables to the thumbdrive during the Database backup procedure the old pro gram backed up the wrong table to the thumbdrive When a database restore load procedure is done with the new program the new program recognizes that the Alarm and Trip tables are not correct and refuses to restore them In this case you d need to re enter your Alar
240. hooting Guide ertt tte nnn a een eniin n A 1 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Vission 20 20 Application Procedures ert rti tn ern tbe aga a B 1 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel eese ene C1 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table Vission 20 20 COMMUNICATION 0 D 1 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 TOC 5 List of Tables and Figures Table Figure Page Number Ires macisme E 3 3 Table 3 2 Analog IMPULS isa ea rte getto be pnta pito ere ere E Ye ese Vao D OREL ERAS Le ub Feud er SEEE 3 5 Table 3 3 Analog 61 12 2245562 3 7 Table 3 4 3 12 Iro PcuursunbD eeEE 10 3 Table 14 1 Command Shaft Rotation Required By Actuator 14 6 Table 14 2 Slide Valve Troubleshooting Guide 14 7 Table 14 3 LED Blink Codes and Troubleshooting Guide eese enne 14 9 Table 22 1 Sectirity Access Levels 11er terr tiere tore ca nk EP Re ke Eae nhe ege oo Repo rede Yee odes e rei ens 22 4 Figure 1 1 Operational Flow Charts eessssessecsecesecereeseeeseeesseseseecescecseesaeeaecaeseseeeeeesaeesnecseseeeeseeenes 1 1 Figure 2 1 Vission 20 20 with In
241. hoto chopper Press down on Photo chopper to release tension from mo tor mount Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 14 5 Section 14 Slide Calibration Command Shaft Rotation The following table describes the rotation direction required by the actuator Every optical actuator has the ability to be wired to rotate in either direction Energizing the blue actuator wire results in a CCW rotation and energizing the brown wire results in a CW rotation see Table 14 1 Command Shaft Rotation Required By Actuator Table 14 1 Command Shaft Rotation Required By Actuator Command Shaft Rotation Number of Turns Rotation Angle Slide Travel Compressor Model Capacity Capacity Volume Turns Angle Travel Angle Travel VSR 111 cw cc 0 52 2 045 VSR 151 0 52 2 045 VSR 221 0 52 2 045 VSR 301 C 0 52 2 045 VSS 451 0 52 2 045 VSS 601 0 52 2 045 VSS 751 0 63 227 2 473 VSS 901 0 63 227 2 473 VSS 1051 439 0 74 266 2 889 VSS 1201 0 74 266 2 889 VSS 1301 0 74 266 2 889 vss 1501 3 200 vss 1551 CC 533 0 87 313 3 433 55180 gt 3 200 vss1851 cc 3 433 VSS 2101 0 87 31 VSS 240 490 vss2601_ CC cow VSS2801 CC 1 36 490 VSS 3001 CC VSM 71 VSM 91 VSM 101 VSM 151 VSM 181 VSM 201 VSM 301 VSM 361 VSM 401 VSM 501 C VSM 601 CCW VSM 701 CCW CHO Es nlo 2 2 2 2 2 2 C
242. ial setpoints SELECTIONS FOR PULLDOWN SECTION OF COMPRESSOR CONTROL MENU Reference Figure B 1 Pulldown Enables access to Pulldown control setpoints Uncheck the box to disable the Pulldown setpoints Initiate Pulldown at Next Start Enablesthe Pulldown feature when the compressor starts Initiate Pulldown at Every Start Enablesthe Pulldown feature on every compressor start Step Pressure This setpoint defines the step increments which the suction pressure will be controlled at Delay Per Step Definesthe time increment at which the compressor will be controlled for each step Stop Pressure Pressure at which the Pulldown feature is deacti vated After Pulldown has completed the suction pressure setpoint will remain at this setting and the compressor will continue to control at this pres sure Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Setpoint 1 Setpoint 2 Stop Pressure 0 0 Psig oo Psig Stop Delay 10 sec i sec fo 2 Sign Capacity Slide Setpoint LI v E B o Qa 0 5 Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 22 7 Psig emp 39 7 E Min Slide Position g S ULL Pumpdown Operation Min Limit Max Limit i O Pulldown Initiate Pulldown at Next Start Initiate Pulldown at Every Start Step Pressure 5 0 Psig Delay Per Step 5 0 hour Stop Pre
243. ibration screen Discharge Temperature Default signal is RTD Discharge temperature calibra tion is set in the calibration screen Oil Separator Temperature Default signal is RTD Oil separator temperature cali bration is set in the calibration screen Oil Manifold Temperature Default signal is RTD Oil manifold temperature cali bration is set in the calibration screen Process Temperature Default signal is 4 20mA Process temperature cali bration and range are set in the calibration screen Chiller Inlet Temperature Default signal is 4 20mA Measures separator level Chiller Inlet Temperature calibration and range are set in the calibration screen Condenser Pressure e Default signal is 4 20mA Condenser pressure trans ducer range and calibration is set in the calibration screen Remote Caphold e Default signal is 4 20mA Active in Direct I O mode Adjusts the capacity of the compressor from 0 100 proportional to the 4 20mA signal Auxiliary 1 16 Flexible analog inputs that can be configured to con trol alarm or trip Analog Outputs Refer to Table 3 3 Compressor VFD e 4 20mA output to control compressor motor speed with a Variable Frequency Drive VFD Condenser Remote Oil Cooler VFD e 4 20mA output to control one condenser remote oil cooler fan which is interleaved between the remain ing condenser remote oil cooler steps for smoother control
244. ids 1 Motorized Valve Remote O4 Cooler Touchscreen Calbrote Washdown Motor Current Device Current Transformer 4 20ma Transmitter Alarms and Trips O idle Tene mp Special Compressor Settings Cool Compression Rapid Cychng VFD Suction Oil Injection Solenoid _ Od Flow Control so ma Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 19 5 19 6 Section 19 Configuration Process Temp Control This defines the process temperature input as the process variable and all controls will be based on the process temperature The operator has the option to select up to two controllers where each can have its own set of setpoints Discharge Pressure Control This defines the discharge pressure input as the process variable and all controls will be based on discharge pressure The operator has the option to select up to two controllers where each can have its own set of setpoints Optional Function Selection The following options are additional features of the Vission 20 20 that can be selected Some of these op tions will not be available for selection unless the proper I O cards are installed and enabled see Figure 19 2 Compressor VFD Enables the compressor motor VFD option Slide Volume Position Unused Economizer Pressure Enables the economizer pressure input Suction Superheat Monitor
245. ig Setpoint No 2 120 0 F none Suction Low Process Temperature Press 103 6 Psig Setpoint No 1 so 0 F 556 F emp 42 4 F g 0 F g 0 F Setpoint No 2 0 0 5 0 Discharge emp E i 1 i Sep Temp 108 9 F No Scheduled Maintenance 04 02 2008 05 24 15 No Al P Run Hours 3 moros rm Trips Present 2 Figure 5 5 Alarm and Trip Safety Setpoints for Setpoint 1 and Setpoint 2 B 10 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures CONTINUOUS VI EXAMPLE Refer to Table B 4 for register information for setting the active setpoint Setup Compressor VRS Refrigerent 7 Suction Pressure Control Setpoint 2 psig VI Control Method Continuous VI Time Interval 20 sec Min VI 2 2 0 Max VI 5 0 100 Deadband 4 Capacity Min Limit 150mV Capacity Max Limit Max VI 3910mV Capacity Max Limit Min VI 4850mV Start Compressor in Auto Run Mode Discharge Pressure 160 Psig Scenario 1 Adjust Suction Pressure 54 Psig Calc VR 2 0 Capacity 100 4850mV Volume 0 Scenario 2 Adjust Suction Pressure 40 psig Calc VR 2 5 Capacity 100 4850mV Volume 0 Scenario 3 Adjust Suction Pressure 35 psig Calc VR 2 7 Capacity 100 4682 14mV Volume 17 85 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Scenario 4 Adjust Suction
246. igger Value 0 Differential 2 0 d Suction Press Control L Run Always Active Input None D C Tigger Trigger Input Analog Input Digital Input None v Enable If Above o v Trigger Value oo Differential 20 Control Method PID Control O Scalable Control O Scalable Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig P Gain 0 Min Input Min Output P Gain 0 0 Min Input Min Output Reset 0 Reset 0 meade set 0 set o a feo ae a0 Press 35 1 Psig Diinsteljo o Maxinput Max Output Diinstelyo o Max Input Max Output emp 34 4 F Setpoint 0 0 foo hoo Setpoint oo 20 0 20 0 IE L Inverse O Inverse g Press 101 0 Psig emp 94 3 F Page 1 2 3 a ai oll Press Diff 124 1 Psig Filter Diff 9 9 Psig Inj Temp 111 5 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin 06 10 2013 11 54 11 Motor Sep Temp 108 3 F Run Hours WN Amperage 0 0 Amps O Negative Error O Negative Error No Alarm Trips Present Figure 18 6 Auxiliary I O Screen Analog Outputs Page 6 Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 15 7 Psig A Capacity Slide Analog Outputs cont Analog Aux out 3 Standard Input Auxiliary Input Analog Aux out 4 Standard Input Auxiliary Input L Run Always Active Input None O Trigger Trigger Input Analog Input Digital Input None M Enable fF Above o Trigger Value 10 0 Differential 2 0 Contro
247. igh Discharge Pressure Bit 2 High Superheat Start Trip Temp Trip Bit 3 High Discharge Temp Inhibit Bit 3 Starter Shutdown Trip Bit 3 High Superheat Rise Temp Trip Bit 4 Low Oil Separator Start Temp Inhibit Bit 4 Low Process Temp Trip Bit 4 High Superheat Run Temp Trip Bit 5 Low Suction Pressure Inhibit Bit 5 Low Oil Separator Temp Bit 5 Low Run Pressure Ratio Trip Trip Bit 6 Low Suction Temp Inhibit Bit 6 High Oil Injection Temp Bit 6 High Oil Separator Temp Trip Trip Bit 11 Compressor Interlock Trip Bit 11 Emergency Shutdown Bit 11 Unused Activated Bit 12 Low Oil Pressure Trip Bit 12 Oil Level 1 Inhibit Bit 12 Unused Bit 13 Low Oil Injection Temp Trip Bit 13 Oil Level 1 Trip Bit 13 Unused Bit 14 High Filter Differential Trip Bit 14 Oil Level 2 Trip Bit 14 Unused Bit 15 Low Suction Temp Trip Bit 15 Low Oil Level Trip After Bit 15 Unused Stop D 28 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 3539156 2 2 11 14 Emerson and Vilter are trademarks of Emerson Electric Co or one of its affiliated companies 2014 Emerson Climate Technologies Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA EMERSON CONSIDER IT SOLVED
248. igital input board convert 120Vdc signals from ex ternal devices to signals for the Vission 20 20 program All the signals are digital in that the only two states avail able or either on or off See board layout Figure 3 4 Signal LEDs Marked in the diagram below in light Blue These LEDs indicate when a 120Vac input is detected Voltage LEDs Marked in the diagram below in Orange These LEDs indicate the correct voltage of both the 5Vdc and 24Vdc power sources Communication LEDs Marked in the diagram below in Green These LEDs show the active communications between the digital output board and the Vission 20 20 CPU board Address Dipswitches Marked in the diagram below in Red These dip switches are used to assign each board its address position The addresses are binary and therefore the address of a digital inputboard can only be addressed as 3 0011 06 uso 68 1W 0 o 310 PC814 oK2 0 0 EI 4 o h IF PC814 9 5 0 so ge 2 Adi o POSTS 9 E 1 o 0 6 4 ERE 8 lo AwF C2 O 0 ALi 1 At o m el xi i PC814 o 9 e 2 o o 6 e 3 a Je oe 4 Ba BE 0 o e 5 41 J9 Q oke 6 0 13k e afoje R7 JFE eo o 19K po O O R8 684 e o 35K Re OKT uae ML R19 68 1W of S Bl Gm 2 56 apy m OL lo 9 REV 1 100uF LED12 SERIAL oKs arm fo Jo MEE 325 046 0011 O O a 9 5 gi 7x 24V GND s 0 Q 6 320 e e J2
249. iliary I O Screen Analog Inputs 18 5 Figure 18 6 Auxiliary I O Screen Analog Outputs Page 6 eseeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeee nennen 18 6 Figure 18 7 Auxiliary I O Screen Analog Outputs Page 7 sceesceessceeseecsecseeceeeecesecesseeceeseeeeeeneees 18 6 Figure 19 1 Configuration Screen Initial Setup Page 1 eesseescceeseceseeceseeceeeeseeeceteeceseecseeeceeeeeeeees 19 1 Figure 19 2 Configuration Screen Compressor Control Page 2 eese 19 5 Figure 19 3 Configuration Screen Digital Auxiliaries Page 3 cessere 19 7 Figure 19 4 Configuration Screen Analog Auxiliaries Page 4 esee 19 8 Figure 19 5 Configuration Screen Analog and Digital Outputs Page 5 eeeeeeseeee 19 9 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 2 TOC 7 List of Tables and Figures Table Figure Page Number Figure 19 6 Configuration Screen I O Configuration Page 6 cessere nnne 19 10 Figure 20 1 Data Backup Screen Save LOad cesses esee eeeseeee eene eene entente enne 20 1 Figure 20 2 Data Backup Screen Migrate and Factory ReSet cscsssscceseccsseeceeeeceeceseeceseeeeeseeeeeeeeees 20 3 Figure 20 3 Data Backup Screen Setpoints Report esee eese eene eren ee
250. ill be inactive Trace This button allows the operator to move a white cur sor line across all four trend lines and receive a read out of all four variables at that point in time When the Trace button is pressed cursor position is displayed along with value of all four variables on the screen Hold e This button allows the operator to stop the data from advancing on the display without stopping the trend feature When the Hold button in pressed Hold Time is displayed on the screen Trace Back gt Forward gt These buttons allow the operator to move a white cursor line across trend lines and view trend data value at that point These buttons will only be active when Trace button is pressed When these buttons are pressed cursor is moved and trace position is up dated on the screen Setup This button allows operator to open the Trend Setup screen This button is inactive when the trend feature is running Trend Data Storage The trend analysis screen shows recorded data for prob lem analysis or tuning improvements A logging buffer holds 5 minutes of data sampled at 10 second intervals When the logging buffer fills with 5 minutes of data it is automatically transferred to a temp csv file A temp trend file will hold up to 1MB of accumulated data When the temp file has accumulated 1MB of data data from temp file is written to new trend file and temp file is overwritten with new data in logging buf
251. in Device List Screen Slave compressors can be removed from sequencing network by Master Compressor from screen as shown in Figure 10 8 Yes This button allows deletion of Slave Compressor from Sequencing Network No This button cancels deletion of Slave Compressor from Sequencing Network 1 2 Psig A Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Devices List Capacity Slide 0 0 Device Name Device Type IP Address Device ID CFM Slavel Vission 20 20 192 168 1 95 5 483 d Slave2 Vission 20 20 192 168 1 97 483 Volume Slide Slave3 Vission 20 20 192 168 1 98 8 483 0 0 Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 18 8 Psig emp 39 9 E Do you wish to delete device from list Yes No Discharge Test Connection Press 105 7 Psig View Detected Devices Add Device 1 ep Temp 107 8 F No Scheduled Maintenance User Vilter mi gt 01 02 2014 14 14 07 No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours o P perage 0 0 Amps Figure 10 8 Compressor Sequencing Screen Delete Device Page 3 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 10 11 Section 10 Compressor Sequencing Test Connection Master Compressor offers facility to test physical con nection with slave compressors This can be majorly used for troubleshooting of slave devices in network On press of Test Connection button connection result is displayed
252. ing Parameters screen see Figure 10 10 there is only one Master in Compressor Sequencing Network for proper working of Compressor Sequencing Algorithm Sync On press of this button Vission Devices informa tion is sent over network to Vission 20 20 Slave Compressors 1 3 Psig A Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Load Balancing Load Balance Load Balancing Timer 30 min Efficient Capacity feo Sync Sequencing Parameters Sync Data Sync Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Capacity Slide Suction Press 18 7 Psig emp 38 8 F Discharge Press 105 9 Psig emp 59 6 F 2 1 Press Diff 130 2 Psig Filter Diff 10 4 Psig Inj Temp 113 1 F Vilter ep Temp 107 8 F Page 1 1 No Scheduled Maintenance User 01 02 2014 14 17 39 No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 10 10 Compressor Sequencing Screen Sync Sequencing Parameters Page 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 10 13 10 14 Section 10 Compressor Sequencing Compressor Sequencing Events Log This screen is designed to display sequencing events in chronological order The information available on the screen is valuable for understanding the operation of the sequencing feature and troubleshooting see Figure 10 11 This screen Is divided into four columns and can list up to 256 separate events The opera
253. ing from 5901 to 6000 Notes 1 Port Number and Browser Port Number cannot have the same value 2 When Web Browser access is enabled then SSVNC desktop client will be required to connect to the VNC server from desktop machine 3 When web browser access is not enabled any normal vnc client can be used to connect to Vission 20 20 4 Web browser Internet Explorer Firefox Google Chrome etc should be Java Enabled for accessing Vission 20 20 Panels Anti Recycle Anti Recycle defines the method of motor protection due to repeated motor starts The operator has 3 choices of protection Hot starts allow only a certain number of starts per hour before setting an hour to the anti recy cle timer The number of starts is set in the timer page Accumulative immediately adds time to the anti recycle timer once the compressor is started and the time can be set in the timers screen True anti recycle adds to the anti recycle timer once the compressoris shutdown The motor of the compressor can not be restarted as long as there is anti recycle time left and the operator can view this time on the top left corner of the main screen Restart On Power Failure This feature of the Vission 20 20 offers the ability to de fine how the Vission 20 20 will handle a power failure This can also be useful to allow system controller to re gain control of the Vission panel without the need for 19 3 19 4 Section 19 Configuration o
254. ion 18 Auxiliary Input Output 2 3 Psig A Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Analog Inputs cont Capacity Slide Analog Aux in 7 Analog Aux in 10 Alarm Trip Neither L1 inhibit Alarm Neither Y O inhibit Low Alarm oo High Alarm ooe Low Alarm oot High Alarm oor Low Trip pot High Trip pot Low Trip oor High Trip oot Delay 5sec Delay Ssec Analog Aux in 8 Analog Aux in 11 Alarm Tip Neither M C inhibit Alarm Tip Neither O Inhibit Low Alarm ooe High Alarm oo Low Alarm pot High Alarm ooe Low Trip poor High Trip ot Low Trip pot High Trip 0 0 F Delay 5see Delay sse Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 22 3 Psig emp 39 2 F Analog Aux in 9 Alarm Trip Neither O inhibit Low Alarm pot High Alarm pot Low Trip por High Trip pot Delay Bs Analog Aux in 12 Alarm Neither LI inhibit Low Alarm oot High Alarm pot Low Trip oot High Trip pot Delay sse DIEE lE Press 119 0 Psig emp 112 6 F Oil ilter Diff 10 0 Psig Sep Temp 107 6 F PressRatio 3 6 Superheat 40 9 F User admin 02 01 2014 15 16 38 Motor Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps Suction Pressure 1 2 3 Psig A Capacity Slide Analog Inputs cont Analog Aux in 13 Alar
255. is selected A condenser Remote Oil Cooler fan or pump will be turned on or off by this output Auxiliary Inputs 1 8 Optional inputs that can be configured as an alarm or trip Typically connected to external switched devices Auxiliary Outputs 1 4 Optional inputs that can be configured as an alarm or trip Typically connected to external switched devices Analog Inputs Refer to Table 3 2 Motor Current e Defaultisa0 5 Amp current transformer CT Current transformer ratio is set in the calibration screen Suction Pressure e Default signalis 4 20mA Suction pressure transducer Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 3 Hardware Architecture Board I O s Table 3 1 Digital I O 2 of 2 Description Type Auxiliary Input 5 INPUT Auxiliary Input 6 INPUT Auxiliary Input 7 INPUT 36 Auxiliary Output 4 OUTPUT 40 Auxiliary Input 8 INPUT Table 3 2 Analog Inputs 1 of 2 Board I O Description Type e 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 O 1 2 3 4 5 7 1 1 1 14 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 24 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 5 6 7 Vission 20 20 Operation and Ser Volume Position 0 5V 4 20 mA Potentiometer Oil Separator Temperature 4 20 mA RTD ICTD Cil Manifold Temperature 4 20 mA RTD ICTD Slide Valve Position 0 5V 4 20 mA Potentiometer
256. ist Page 3 10 8 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 10 Compressor Sequencing CFM Add Displays the CFM of Slave Compressor e Checkbox to select Detected Device OK VIEW DETECTED DEVICES This button allows addition of Detected Vission This popup is displayed on press of View Detected 20 20 Devices as Slave Compressors Devices button in Device List Screen Vission 20 20 slave devices or automatically detected devices are shown by Master compressor as in Figure 10 6 Device Name Displays the Name of Detected Device IP Address Displays the IP Address of Detected Device Device ID Displays the Device ID of Detected Device CFM Displays the CFM of Detected Device Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 1 0 Psig A Capacity Slide Devices List Device Name Detected Vission 20 20 Devices j Device Name IP Address Device ID CFM d Ad Slave3 192 168 1 98 8 483 lume Slide Slavel 192 168 1 95 5 483 C Slave2 192 168 1 97 7 483 LI ion Press Control oint 20 0 Psig ion 5 19 0 Psig p BE BEEG s 105 6 Psig D 59 8 F s Diff 130 4 Psig mp eS A ep Temp 107 8 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin p B 01 02 2014 11 41 16 v No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 10 6 Compressor Sequencing Screen View Detected Devices Page 3 Vission 20 20 Operation
257. ity Decrease 5 Interval Pulse Time Proportional Dead Band Auto cycle O Enable Start Pressure Start Delay Stop Pressure Stop Delay Min Slide Position Maintenance User Access No Alarm Trips Present Setpoint 2 30 0 Psig a 0 sec 4 0 sec m Psig 10 0 96 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 4 0 Psig 10 0 4 0 Psig 10 0 96 No Scheduled Maintenance Suction Pressure Control and Process Temperature Control The Vission 20 20 uses a pulse proportional control method to control the compressor capacity slide valve in order to maintain the control setpoint The control setpoint can either be process temperature control set point or suction pressure control setpoint depending on what the operator has selected as the control mode For screens see Figure 6 1 Figure 6 2 and Figure 6 4 The proportion control uses the Interval Time Setpoint to define the time the algorithm waits to read the cur rent setpoint and calculates the error from the process control setpoint Based on the error from setpoint the algorithm calculates a pulse time in which the capacity slide is moved in the direction of the error The further away the process variable is from the control setpoint the larger the corrective pulse will be The duration of the pulse is limited by the Pulse Time Setpoint By de fault the maximum pulse time is the same as the inter val time This means that the pulse time can be 100 of 9 4 Psig A Capac
258. ity Slide 0 5 96 Volume Slide Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 29 4 Psig emp 49 5 F Discharge Press 130 3 Psig emp B2 7 F Oil Sep Temp 106 0 F PressRatio 3 3 uperheat 6 2 F admin 01 01 2013 15 04 31 Run Hours 0 Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 6 1 Compressor Control Screen Suction Pressure Control Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Section 6 Compressor Control the interval time given a near continuous movement of the capacity slide Adjusting these setpoints can be use ful in slowing down the reaction time of the compressor if large thermal time contents are present in the refrig eration cycle As mentioned in the above paragraph the distance of the process variable from the control set point determines the size of the pulse used to move the capacity slide This is called the proportional band and is set by the Proportional Setpoint When the process vari able is outside the proportional band the slide will move in the direction of the error continuously Increasing the size ofthe proportional band can help slow the compres sors reaction by varying loads if desired see Figure 6 3 The Dead Band Setpoint defines area around the con trol setpoint where the algorithm stops adjusting the capacity slide This area is a percentage of the propor tional band By default the proportional band is set t
259. l Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 C 21 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel ie R6 a p 5 omm iia Figure C 13 Typical Block Diagram of a Multi Compressor Control Scheme 3 of 4 C 22 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel ad 0 Yes Yes Yes Figure C 13 Typical Block Diagram of a Multi Compressor Control Scheme 4 of 4 The actual control scheme that you use will depend upon the response of the process that you are trying to control Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 C 23 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel CONFIGURATION SCREEN SETUP FOR REMOTE CONTROL THROUGH COMMUNICATIONS Reference the Communication section of Figure G14 For Ethernet control 1 Configure Active Remote Control as Ethernet 2 Atthe bottom of the column check the Ethernet box 3 Configure Ethernet I P address Select Modbus TCP or Ethernet I P protocol For Serial Port Modbus RTU control 1 Configure Active Remote Control as Serial 2 Checkthe Serial boxinside the Communications section 3 Configure serial port settings baud rate data bits stop bits parity and panel ID number which is node number for Modbus RTU Comm
260. l Pulse Time 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 10 0 4 0 Psig 10 0 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 10 0 4 0 Psig 10 0 Auto cycle Enable Start Pressure 20 0 Psig 38 0 Psig Suction Start Delay 5 sec 5 sec BA vented 17 4 Psig emp 36 0 F Stop Pressure 10 0 Psig 26 0 Psig Stop Delay 5 sec 5 sec Discharge 10 Press 170 3 Psig Proportional Dead Band 4 0 Psig Capacity Decrease interval Pulse Time 4 0 sec Tp Tp Proportional Dead Band 4 0 Psig ig Diff 175 1 Psig 123 6 F No Scheduled Maintenance User Vilter 01 07 2002 04 19 05 No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours Figure B 6 Master Compressor Loading Unloading and Auto cycle Setpoints Setup Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 B 15 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures CONFIGURATION OVERVIEW MASTER COMPRESSOR CONTROL SETPOINTS SETUP Navigate to the Compressor Control menu of the Master Compressor page 1 see Figure B 6 The Pressure Control Setpoint setting defines the control setpoint forthe entire sequencing system The capacity increase and capacity decrease proportional control settings de fine the loading and unloading settings for the master compressor ONLY The slave compressor s load and unloading is setup in the master compressor sequencing menu The Auto cycle settings can also be setup for the Master Compressor to establish settings of when the Master compressor wi
261. l Control User admin 01 01 2013 14 54 34 Run Hours 1 Figure 23 2 Help Screen USB Figure 23 3 Version Pop Up Screen 23 2 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 24 Twin Screw Control Overview The Vission 20 20 is capable of operating a twin screw compressor from a number of different manufacturers The Vission 20 20 currently operates as a twin screw controller in the full time oil pump and the no oil pump configuration Setup Configuration Screen Configuration Screen e To setup the Vission 20 20 panel for twin screw navi gate to the Configuration Screen page 2 and select VRS from the dropdown box label Compressor see Figure 24 1 Once selected another dropdown box labeled Operation Type will appear directly be low the Compressor drop down box You should also notice that the oil pump control becomes grayed out because the oil pump operation is now Compressor VRS v Operation Type Standard v Refrigerant R717 v Other K Factor n Oil Pump Compressor Control P Controllers ane Cycling Suction Pressure Control n 2 Full Time O Condenser Control VFD Fan determined by the type of compressor that is select from the Type drop down box Standard Selects the oil pump operation as Full Time Stal Selects the oil pump control as No pump Menu Changes When se
262. l Method O Run Always Active Input None Volume Slide Suction Press Control O Tigger Trigger Input Analog Input Digital Input None v Enable If Above oly Trigger Value oo Differential Control Method Q PID Control Scalable Control CO PID Control Scalable Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig P Gain 0 0 Min Input Min Output P Gain 0 0 Min Input Min Output Reset o Reset o Sueton sel 0 se 0 iid 9 0 Ee Press 35 7 Psig D Rate 0 0 D Rate 0 0 Max Input Max Output emp SEE 200 20 0 Discharge Press 101 0 Psig emp 95 9 F HBBHBBBHE Press Diff 124 4 Psig 1 Sep Temp 108 9 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin p p Inj Temp 112 4 F 06 10 2013 12 15 16 Motor Figure 18 7 Auxiliary I O Screen Analog Outputs Page 7 Max Input Max Output Setpoint 0 0 foo foo Inverse Setpoint 0 0 Inverse Negative Error Negative Error Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 19 Configuration Overview The configuration screen is where most of the Vission 20 20 features are enabled and configured The initial setup of the Vission 20 20 will generally start here see Figure 19 1 Depending on what is selected different portions of the Vission 20 20 will be available to the operator Compress
263. l communications C 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel Figure 6 2 Vission 20 20 Single Board Computer with USB to RS422 RS485 Convertor VPN3485C on USB port P18 The above photo shows a typical connection for using one of the USB ports in this case P18 for Modbus RTU serial communications The USB port has a USB to RS422 RS485 convertor attached to it VPN 3485C One side of the convertor attaches to the USB port The green plug of the convertor would then be connected to the RS422 or RS485 network network wiring is not shown Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel Communications Touchscreen Temp Units F Active Remote Control Senal Press Unts Psig C Direct 1 0 Order Num f O Serial Modbus RTU fun m Panel 7 P12 RS485 Port Senal USB Time BaudRate 9600 O 24 hour Restart on Power Failure O Always DataBts 98 12 hour C New Stop Bits 91 O2 O nmed Current O Remote Lock Off Boot in Remote Direct yO Ethernet Panel IP Address 192 168 1 98 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 292 168 1 1 Modbus TCP O Compressor Sequencing Master Slave Compressor Name None
264. l pump Oil pump will always be running while the compressor is running Pumps e Not currently used Oil Flow Control Enables option for oil flow control Oil flow control will vary analog output for controlling Danfoss valve opening 26 depending on capacity slide position Oil flow control output will be regulated only when com pressor is running start condition is over i e low oil pressure timer is elapsed pumpdown control opera tion is not running and oil injection temperature is above oil injection temperature override setpoint If any of the above condition is not satisfied then oil flow analog output will be 4mA which corresponds to 100 25 valve open Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 19 Configuration Oil Cooling The section defines how the Vission 20 20 will monitor and or control the temperature of the compressor oil see Figure 19 2 Thermosyphon This defines the compressor oil cooling method as thermosyphon H20 Oil Cooler This defines the compressor oil cooling method as water heat exchange Liquid Injection This defines the compressor oil cooling method as liquid refrigerant injection Solenoids Enablesthe solenoid for liquid injection control Motorized Valve Enables the motorized value for liquid injection con trolled by PID settings Remote Oil Cooler Defines the compressor oil cooling method as R
265. l to the measured value in amps by a calibrat ing measurement device After entering the measured Suction Pressure 1 9 3 Psig A Capacity Slide Analog Inputs AJD bit Value Calibrated Value 2257 49 8 F 5 Volume Slide Oil Separator Temp Device Calibration Channel Calibration 7 ed Default Devices Offset Oil Manifold Temp Adjustment Process Temp RTD v Total Offset 0 0 Suction Press Control Chiller In Temp i i O Custom Device Paes Setpoint 20 0 Psig Min O jumpers selection n 436 0 E Ovdc 5vdc ly Suction Max Min Press 29 3 Psig 500 0 E 0 0 vdc emp 49 8 F Max 5 0 vdc Discharge Press 127 7 Psig emp B3 TE 6 BRE Press Diff 131 6 Psig Sep Temp 105 7 F No Scheduled Maintenance User p p Inj Temp 102 3 F 01 01 2013 10 48 56 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours o SSS OOE Figure 13 2 Instruments Calibration Screen Analog Inputs Page 2 13 2 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 13 Instruments Calibration value the displayed motor current may still be off slight ly In this case reenter the desired value and the displayed value should get progressively closer 4 20mA Scale 4mA Not editable by the operator Defines the minimum value in amps represented by a 4ma inputs e 20mA Defines the ma
266. lecting the twin screw option there will be other changes that occur in other menu pages Volume position indicator will disappear from the main screen and right data panel Prelube oil pump alarms and trip values will be changed to default values for the twin screw Run oil pump alarm and trip values will be changed to default values for the twin screw Motor Current Device Current Transformer Ambient Sensor 4 20ma Transmitter Wetbulb Sensor Alarms and Trips O idle Time Pumps fa C Process Temp Control Oil Flow Control Oil Cooling Discharge Pressure Control Optional Function Selection C Compressor VFD O Thermosyphon O H20 Oil Cooler Liquid Injection Solenoids O Motorized Valve LD Economizer Pressure Remote Oil Cooler O Superheat Monitor VFD Fan Figure 24 1 Configuration Screen Twin Screw Option Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 24 1 24 2 Section 24 Twin Screw Control Operation Once the twin screw is configured its operation is very similar as the single screw and all options that are available for single screw configuration are also available for twin screw The only operational differ ence is the manual mode of operation Twin screw compressors can experience leaky slide seals that can cause the capacity slide to drift after it has been po si
267. lenoid is turned on When the pressure ra tio falls back to below 4 8 the solenoid is turned off Level Switches There are two level switches in the oil separator a high and a low During normal running opera tion the oil level is above both switches When the oil level starts to drop and opens the high level switch a 10 minute timer starts When the timer elapses a flashing add oil to middle of sight glass message ap pears on the main screen When the operator adds enough oil to close the high level switch the mes sage disappears NOTICE If oil is not added and the oil level continues to drop thereby opening the low oil level switch a 10 minute timer starts again When the timer elapses the com pressor shutdowns immediately and displays Low Oil Level failure If enough oil is added to close the low level switch then this will allow the operator to press the reset button and clear the Low Oil Level failure and Add Oil message Oil Level Messaging After Compressor Stops Thelow level switch is monitored after the compres sor stops If the switch opens after the compressor stops a two minute timer starts If the switch stays open and the timer expires a failure is generated called Lo Oil Level Fail after Stop and the compres sor is disabled from restarting until oil is added to close the low level switch Note that this failure is generated ONLY when the low level switch opens af ter the
268. lide Suction Press Control Modbus Comm Error on Slave Compressor Discharge Menu User Vilter 01 01 2013 11 47 05 Run Hours e Figure 16 1 Event List Screen Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 16 1 16 2 Blank Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 17 Input Output Overview This screen displays Live Data of all the analog points and digital points being monitored There are four pages of Input Outputs I O available for viewing see Figures 17 1 17 2 17 3 17 4 and 17 5 This screen also takes a snapshot of all the I O points if the compressor experiences a trip condition and saves this data as Freeze pages for example see Figure 17 6 Up to five Freeze pages can be saved The oldest Freeze page will be re moved when more than five Freeze events occur These Freeze events can be downloaded to a USB drive though the Data Backup screen see Section 20 Suction Pressure 1 12 3 Psig A Capacity Slide 0 0 Motor Current faa Amps Oil Manifold Temp 203 0 F a i 5 s 8 Suction Pressure 7 7 Psig Process Temperature 39 7 F Volume Slide Discharge Pressure 2 Psig Chiller In Temperature 947 EE ow N 1 Oil Filter Pressure 269 7 Psig Condenser Pressure 1325 Psig o o Oil Manifold Pressure 150 5 Psig Remote Capa
269. limate Technologies 3539156 2 21 1 21 2 Section 21 Maintenance Notes The notes tab allows the operator to make notes to any other personnel that might have access to the Vission 20 20 Log The maintenance log tab lists all the maintenance tasks performed in descending order see Figure 21 2 Date Lists the date the maintenance task was performed Time Lists the time the maintenance task was performed Maintenance Performed 01 01 2013 14 43 30 admin Run Hours Updated User Lists the operator name who performed the mainte nance task Maintenance Performed Lists the maintenance task that was performed Run Hours Lists the run hours at which the maintenance task was performed Chart This chart is the original maintenance chart that is pro vided with the compressor see Figure 21 3 Capacity Slide From 0 hours To 199 hours Volume Slide Suction Press Control Discharge User admin 01 01 2013 14 45 31 Run Hours 199 Figure 21 2 Maintenance Screen Log Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 21 Maintenance Capacity Slide 5 INSPECTION E OR MAINTENANCE ITEM 2 TR TR RT RT RT TA Volume Slide Drs tte tetetetetetetetstetetere 5 Porras ER ER TR ER R RTRTR RTRTR 2 orsus er TL a WB 8 EE 0 Liquid Line Strainers H Coupling Alignment E HO INE PPPPPPPPPPPPS C
270. ll automatically cycle on and off NOTE The proportional control settings affect the loading and unloading of the master compressor only The slave compressor loading and unloading rules are defined in the Compressor Sequencing screen of the master compressor Also during slave compressor Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Master Compressor Settings Device Name Master Min Trigger 70 Max Trigger Esa Prio A o E Equipment 5 Slavel 10 10 Slave2 10 10 Slave3 10 None OFF 10 None OFF 10 None OFF 10 None 10 96 10 96 None 0 1 1 o isis None 10 10 MAN E s maintenance M o Soo 6 A No Scheduled Maintenance User 01 02 2014 14 12 22 No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours sequencing the Auto cycle setpoints are not active for the slave compressors even if Auto cycle has been selected However it may still be desirable to check the Auto cycle setpoints for the slave compressors This can be desirable if the Master Compressor panel is powered down and the slave compressors then revert to Local control When the panels revert to Local control then the Auto cycle setpoints would become active SETUP OF MASTER COMPRESSOR FOR SEQUENCING SLAVE COMPRESSORS Logon to the Master Compressor and navigate to the Compressor Sequencing screen page 1 see Figure B 7 Slaves c
271. llation site has wire ways or conduit trays dividers must be installed between the different Never use conduit grounds voltages Mixing Voltages DC signals Separate different voltages from each other and sep e If your installation site has wire ways or conduit trays arate AC from DC see Figure 2 4 dividers must be installed between the different voltages PLANT SUPPLY TRANSFORMER 3 PHASE BUS GROUND L BUS ALUMINUM 9r COPPER TRANSFORMER 3s GROUND cd COPPER di GROUNDED CONTROL TRANSFORMER Se SECONDARY CIRCUIT BREAKER OR FUSE Figure 2 3 Ground Wiring TRANSFORMER 3 PHASE BUS GROUND BUS 460 VOLT SEPARATE 120 VOLT CIRCUIT CONDUIT CIRCUIT Figure 2 4 Mixed Voltage Wiring 2 2 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 2 Installation Recommendations Wiring Methods e Each Vission 20 20 panel should have its own indi vidual control transformer see Figure 2 5 and Figure 2 6 PLANT TRANSFORMER CO 5 a 5 g 3 PHASE G E XM BUS 4 2 2 Do lo nme BUS Figure 2 5 Correct Transformer Wiring Method PLANT TRANSFORMER 3 PHASE BUS GROUND BUS Figure 2 6 Incorrect Transformer Wiring Method Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 2 3 Section 2 Installation Recommendations Best Practices Do Keep AC wires away from cir
272. lue fo 0 Differential fzo Tigger input Analog Input Digital Input None y Enable ff Above ol X Tigger Value oo Differential zo Control Method Control Method Suction Press Control O PIO Control Scalable Control O PID Control Scalable Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig P Gain pso Min input Min Output P Gain 25 0 Suction Reset 1 0 Reset 0 oo aie Press 22 4 Psig D Rate 4 0 Max input Max Output D Rate 0 emp 23 0 F Setpoint oo hoo T Setpoint 50 0 5 Discharge Reverse _ Reverse OP Max On idle C OF Max On Idle ress 142 8 Psig HEBER aT EM EM gt No Scheduled Maintenance User Vilter 01 01 2002 06 43 51 Figure B 21 Proportional Level Control Auxiliary IJO Page 6 Inj Temp 126 3 F p Temp 121 5 F B 40 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures VPLUS AC Motor Setup Procedure for 20 20 Panel INTRODUCTION This document provides guidelines to setup AC Motor VPLUS oil cooling system control on the Vission 20 20 panel Further information can be found in the VPLUS IOM manual 35391XA SCOPE Vilter AC VPLUS oil cooling system utilizes a PID algo rithm in the Vission 20 20 panel to control the speed of the VPLUS motor The motor speed controls the amount of liquid refrigerant being injected into the compressor which i
273. ly ty default settings or a specific database If the operator LAMP each field the database being loaded and finds that a screen will not load when selected it is likely determines whether it can be used in the nEw program that the database associated with that screen has been The Migrate function is executed automatically when a corrupted Unfortunately data corruption is always a data is loaded from a USB flash drive The only time an possibility in any system So this function was designed operator should have to use the following migrate but 6 help the operator to regain control see Figure 20 2 ton is if a new Vission 20 20 program is loaded over an existing Flash card see Figure 20 2 Reset Migrate e This button initiates the process to revert the Vission 20 20 back to the factory default settings e This button initiates the migrate function Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 14 2 PsigA Capacity Slide E Migrate You should use this option when a new program image has been installed on the E system and you wish to retain all previous setpoints wo Volume Slide E E Factory Reset You should use this option when you wish to return one or more of the following screens to their factory default settings Suction Press Control Settings 9 Al O Select Setpoint 20 0 Psig Compressor Control L Compressor Sequencing Maintenance Suction x Alarms Trips
274. m Low Tip oo High Tip 145 3 Psig emp 49 3 F Page 1 2 mn E 5 6 7 Oil Press Diff 154 6 Psig Poo MEM o ve er DIT oom No Scheduled Maintenance User admin Temp 119 5 F Inj Temp 124 5 F 02 02 2013 00 24 57 No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 2 Figure B 19 Auxiliary I O Alarm and Trip Setup Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 B 37 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Step 6 Setup of Analog Output for Vessel Level Control PID Level Control Navigate to Auxiliary I O page 6 and setup analog output control for vessel level Suction Pressure 1 Analog Outputs Aux1 Chiller Level 4 20 Out O Standard input Auxiliary input C Run Always Active input Chiller Level 4 20 Ir C tigger C Tigger Trigger input Analog input Digital input Chiller Level 4 20 ir Enable if Below OF v Tigger Value s0 0 Differential 20 Control Method PIO Control O Scalable Control Pid Control P Gain 5 0 Min input Min Output P Gain so t Reset po po hzo foo D Rate 0 0 Max input Max Output D Rate 0 0 Setpoint 50 0 s00 C Reverse CL Reverse Max On idle O 0P Max On idle BEEBE Stopped Aux2 Condenser Level 4 20 Out Standard Input Auodliary input C Run Always Active input Condenser Level 4 Trigger inp
275. m Trip Neither i O Inhibit Low Alarm pot High Alarm oo Low Trip oot High Trip oot Low Trip oo High Trip poo Analog Aux in 14 Analog Aux in 16 Analog Aux in 15 Alarm Neither hd O inhibit Low Alarm 0 0 F High Alarm o o F Volume Slide Es Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 22 3 Psig emp 38 8 F Delay Delay Alarm Trip Neither x O Inhibit Alarm Tip Neither O inhibit Low Alarm por High Alarm oot Low Alarm oot High Alarm pot Low Trip pot High Trip oot Low Trip ooe High Trip pot Delay Ssec Delay sse Discharge Press 118 6 Psig emp 112 4 F Oil Filter Diff 10 0 Psig PressRatio 3 6 Superheat 40 9 F User admin 02 01 2014 15 16 42 Motor Run ours i Figure 18 5 Auxiliary I O Screen Analog Inputs Page 5 No Scheduled Maintenance No Alarm Trips Present Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Section 18 Auxiliary Input Output 18 6 15 1 Psig A Capacity Slide Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Analog Outputs Analog Aux out 1 Standard Input Auxiliary Input Analog Aux out 2 Standard Input Auxiliary Input L Run Always Active Input None O Trigger Trigger Input Analog Input Digital Input Volume Slide None v Enable If Above oly Tr
276. m and Trip setpoints manually If you have any setpoint including Alarms and Trips and Control settings that is in inches of vacuum that value will be restored as a positive PSIG set point That is a known bug of the Restore function So for instance say you have the Suction Pressure Trip setpoint set at 3 1 hg When the value is re stored it will be restored as 3 1 PSIG You ll need to re enter this setpoint as minus 1 5 psig which correlates to 3 1 inches of Hg Do this for any setpoint that was originally set as inches of Hg If you have communication connection issues after restoring the database you may have to re enter the IP address that is shown on page 1 of the con figuration screen If you experience communica tion problems after the Restore function then re enter you communication settings Navigate to the Maintenance screen and look at the Time Remaining column comparing that calcula tion against the Maintenance Interval Hours and the actual runtime of the compressor If the calcula tion isn t correct then do the following e Navigate to the Configuration screen page 1 and re enter the compressor run hours lo cated along the top right of the screen Once you do that then press the APPLY button wait about 10 or 15 seconds Then cycle power on the panel This will force the Maintenance Time Remaining column to be properly calculated Vission 2
277. mber of the purchase of the compressor This Number will be needed If the opera tor requires help from Vilter VNC Account Venfy New Password e 5900 C Enable web Browser Access Browser Port Number sso New Password Port Number Anti Recycle Hot St rts Restart on Power Failure O Always Never O Timed O Remote Lock Off C Boot in Remote Direct VO O Compressor Sequencing Master Slave Network Name 19 1 19 2 Section 19 Configuration Run Hours Offers the ability to change the compressor run hours This is typically used when replacing an older micro controller on and existing compressor with a new Vission 20 20 Time amp Date This section sets the time and date of the Vission 20 20 Accurate time and date are accentual for accurate log ging and troubleshooting Setting these parameters will set the hardware clock embedded in the Vission 20 20 CPU If the time is not retained after powering down the panel the operator should check and or replace the coin style battery on the panel SBC behind the touchscreen Format Selection to choose between 12 hour or 24 hours clock Hour e Entry boxto set the clock hours AM or PM drop down box will available if the 12 hour format is selected Minute Entry Boxto setthe clock minutes Second Entry Box to set the clock seconds Year Entry Box to set the current year Mon
278. monitor system parameters and make decisions on how many compressors are required to meet the load as efficiently as possible Compressor Sequencing Enables the compressor sequencing algorithms and allows access to the compressor sequencing screen Master Identifies the panel as the master while in sequencing control Slave e Identifies the panel as a slave while in sequencing control Compressor Name Unique identifier that is broadcasted to all other Vission 20 20 units in the sequencing network Language Allows the operator to select the language in which all screens will be displayed in Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 19 Configuration Model amp Refrigerant The values in this section provide the Vission 20 20 algo rithm critical information on how to efficiently and safely control the compressor see Figure 19 2 Compressor e Drop down box to select the compressor type This selection is critical for proper volume slide control Model e Drop down box to select the compressor size This selection is critical for proper volume slide control Refrigerant e Drop down box to select the type of refrigerant This selection is critical for proper volume slide control Other K Factor e Optional setting to adjust volume slide control Compressor Control Vilter compressors typically run in one of three con trol m
279. mote Oil Cooler The output is con nected to terminal 43 and is the 3rd LED down on card 4 Activates the output during a false start condition and the emergency stop timer has expired This out put could be wired to a breaker with a shunt trip that feeds power to a starter to force a shutdown The output is connected to terminal 28 and is the 8th LED on card 2 Suction Pressure 1 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide Digital Outputs Status Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Condenser Step 1 Condenser Step 2 OFF Condenser Step 3 FF Condenser Step 4 OFF Digital Aux out 1 OFF Suction Press 29 4 Psig emp 49 8 F Digital Aux out 2 OFF Digital Aux out 3 OFF Discharge Press 127 9 Psig emp TE Digital Aux out 4 OFF Oil Press Diff 131 4 Psig ilter Diff 8 9 Psig Inj Temp 102 1 F Sep Temp 106 0 F Maintenance MM o No Scheduled Maintenance 01 01 2013 10 28 04 User admin Motor Run Hours Figure 12 3 Service Options Screen Digital Outputs Page 3 No Alarm Trips Present Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 12 3 Section 12 Service Options Condenser Remote Oil Cooler Step 4 Activates the output assigned to the 4th step of the Condenser Remote Oil Cooler The output is con nected to terminal 44 and is the 4th LED down on card 4
280. mpanies ISP client Unique IP Address Router would direct the port User enters the ISP and Port requested to one of the assigned IP address Vission 20 20 IP addresses of the router with the added port designation to access the specific Vission 20 20 panel Figure C 11 Network Configuration for Access via Internet Example 3 C 12 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel Example 4 In Figure G12 this example shows a hybrid network An off campus PC and smartphone is connected to the in ternet running VNC client programs which accesses the Vission 20 20 panels by specifying an IP address along with a router port designation Each Vission 20 20 panel has an assigned router port The company router is a wireless router which is also forms a wired LAN network SAMPLE SETUP USING A WIRELESS ROUTER An example of an Ethernet radio transmitter is a Phoenix Contact RAD 80211 XDB VNC CLIENTS Smartphone runs VNC client application connecting to internet Home computer runs VNC client application connect ing to the internet The VNC client connects to the remote site router which has an outside accessible IP address The Vission 20 20 boxes have built in VNC servers The Ethernet ports on the Vission 20 20 panels would be setup for Modbus TCP protocol When the connection is made Ethernet R
281. mpressor motor is currently running Information Bars will flash their information over the top of the status bar The operator will see the status bar and then one or more information bars in a repetitive sequence Information Bar blue Shows various operational modes that are different than normal running condition An example of this would be a load limit condition The compressor is not able to completely load due to some parameter like high motor current and therefore the operator is notified via this type of information bar Information bar yellow This typically indicates an Alarm condition Alarm conditions do not stop the compressor but it is meant to alert the operator of conditions that if corrective action is not taken then a compressor trip can result Information bar red e Informs the operator that the compressor motor was stopped due the condition listed in the informa tion bar Compressor trips are designed to protect the equipment and any personnel operating the equipment Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 9 4 Psig A Figure 4 2 Top Status Bar Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Section 4 Main Screen Parameter Bar The main purpose of the Parameter Bar is to display the common operational parameters that the operator would be most concerned with It also gives the opera tor access to critical buttons such as the stop and start buttons
282. n the motor armature spun too fast for the encoder to measure A nonfunctional motor brake is usually to blame This error means that the slide valve actuator is no longer transmitting accurate position information The actuator should be recalibrated as soon as possible after the cause of the over speed is identified and corrected This error will not clear until the actuator is re calibrated Note 1 TP1 and TP2 are plated thru holes located close to the slotted optocouplers on the board They are clearly marked on the board silkscreen legend Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 14 9 Section 14 Slide Calibration Table 14 3 LED Blink Codes and Troubleshooting Guide 2 of 2 Flash Pattern Meaning ON OFF The motor is overheated The actuator motor will not run until it cools Once the motor cools the actuator will resume normal operation Motor overheating is sometimes a problem in hot humid environments when process conditions demand that the slide valve actuators reposition often Solutions are available consult your Vilter authorized distributor for details Another possible cause for this error is a stuck motor thermal switch The thermal switch can be tested by measuring the DC voltage with a digital multimeter be tween the two TS1 wire pads see Note 2 If the switch is closed normal operation you will measure 0 Volts The 24V supply voltage is low T
283. n setpoints are ignored and the operator is not allowed to edit Pulldown setpoints 2 7 Psig A Capacity Slide Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 22 7 Psig emp 39 7 F Discharge Press 119 0 Psig emp 2312 8E Menu EN Oil ilter Diff 10 0 Psig Sep Temp 108 0 F PressRatio 3 6 Superheat 40 9 F User Te laella 02 01 2014 15 15 50 Motor o Amperage 0 0 Amps Run Hours Figure 6 9 Compressor Control Screen Pumpdown Pulldown Control Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Section 6 Compressor Control Initiate Pulldown at Next Start This checkbox when enabled turns on the Pulldown process at the next start cycle Pulldown operation will work in the following manners Pulldown only works when Control mode is Suction Pressure 1 f not started in Suction Pressure 1 then Pulldown process will not run until stopped and restarted in Suction Pressure 1 e If started in Suction Pressure 1 and changed after start then Pulldown process will be sus pended and restart once Control mode is changed back to Suction Pressure 1 Initiate Pulldown at Every Start This checkbox when enabled turns on the Pulldown process at every start cycle Pulldown feature will not disable itself when stop setpoint pressure setpoint is achieved and this checkbox is enabled Step Pressure This set
284. n the ON position Use a voltmeter to insure 120VAC is being applied to the power supply located on the door Check that 120 volts is present at the F1 fuse on the power supply located on the front of the door If all of the above are OK the power supply may be bad To test the power supply check DC voltages at the power supply output If proper voltages are not found at these test points the power supply may be faulty Remove power COMPLETELY from the Vission 20 20 and restart the controller WARNING The inverter board creates a high rms voltage to drive the backlight it can exceed 1500VAC Use extreme caution and insure that voltage has been removed from the board before physical inspection Visually check cable connections located on the LCD inverter board This board is located inside the door on the LCD touch screen back plane next to the single board computer Physically inspect board to insure that all cable connectors are connected tightly to the board connectors If these are inserted correctly the problem could be a bad LCD inverter board or a component failure Check analog board jumpers to insure proper node addresses are set up on all boards Physically inspect power and communication jumper ca bles to insure they are inserted properly and completely Two LEDs on all boards show the status of the communications for the board LED1 is on when a command is received at the board from the single board computer SBC and
285. n the condenser is selected for automatic step control and the condenser pressure falls within this deadband Lower Deadband This is the condenser pressure setpoint lower dead band value Condenser capacity is not reduced when the condenser is selected for automatic step control and the condenser pressure falls within this deadband Ambient Temp This is the read only parameter and it displays the present value of ambient temperature This is dis played only when Ambient Sensor is enabled from Configuration Screen Wetbulb Temp This is the read only parameter and it displays the present value of wetbulb temperature This is dis played only when Wetbulb Sensor is enabled from Configuration Screen Wetbulb Offset This is the offset value from wetbulb temperature as the override point Switch Temp Thisisthe ambient temperature setpoint used for au tomatic switching of profile from summer to winter and vice versa Profile Selection Profile selection allows operator to have two different output profiles for summer and winter Operator can have different selection of fans pumps amp VFD in five steps of step control table Different profiles allow inclusion exclusion of water pumps in cold weather when summer winter auto switch is enabled This selection is inactive when Run mode is Auto and Summer Winter Auto Switch is enabled High to Low Speed Fan Delay This is a time delay for the fan spin
286. nalog Trigger value This defines the specified value in which the output will toggle This is an absolute value and not based on units For example 100 could mean temperature or pressure depending on the type of input selected Differential This is the differential around the trig ger value For example if a trigger value of 100 is entered with a differential of 1 then as the value increases to 101 the output will be triggered If the value decreases to 99 then the output will be toggled in the opposite direction Enable Timer Selecting this checkbox enables the function that controls the digital output when activated on the ba sis of ON Time and OFF Time Timers ONTime This defines the ON Time for digital output when output is activated e OFF Time This defines the OFF Time for digital output when output is activated For example if an analog input is selected with trigger value of 100 and differential of 1 and ON Time and OFF Time of 1 min each and N O setting then as analog input value increas esto 101 the output will be high 120vac for 1 min and then output will be low Ovac for 1 min Output will keep on toggling from high to low and then low to high until analog input value de creases to 99 Analog Inputs The Analog inputs section of the auxiliary I O screen al lows an operator to define the function of an instrument connected to the Vission 20 20 For Auxiliary Analog
287. ne nnne enne 20 4 Figure 21 1 Maintenance Screen Checklist c scccssccsseccsecesecsesssccesscescecseeecessecsseessceesseeseeesescesesens 21 1 Figure 21 2 Maintenance Screens 0 oes deity aeree epe ete ea uou ehe ea eb rt eve oo pru n aae gu ort aae 21 2 Figure 21 3 Maintenance Screen Charts scciiscsscicessseessccsseessencusecevsosvevactesseencocessbeosecessaveeasesegsnvennavecusseaies 21 3 Figure 22 1 User Access Sereen LOGIN ci c c sccsessesenessssoseceassssovunseadedesouve LER eura aai e FE Le eo iai 22 1 Figure 22 2 User Access Screen Manage Accounts sees eene nennen eene 22 2 Figure 22 3 User Access Screen VNC Accounts eeeessseeeeseeseeeeeeeee eee enne eene nnne nennt nnne tenente 22 3 Fig re 23 1 Help Screen Manual trt reo rhe n knes ee eR rra ina vae reputans 23 1 Fiqure23 2 Help Screem s USB srs siseseid etie e pui eere e Pu RF ea cet eH Pe ERES ERAS 23 2 Fig re 23 3 Version Pop Up Sa Cefnen iiuair ER EERERRNEEEKRXERRAMI YE EEEE VERE basen FE OE F EQ FE FEE eig 23 2 Figure 24 1 Configuration Screen Twin Screw Option 97 24 1 Figure 24 2 Slide Calibration Fixed VI seseeeeseeee cesse eese eese einen eene nnne nn nenne nnne nne te stesse 24 2 Figure 24 3 Slide Calibration Continuous 8 00000 nennen enter nnne 24 3 Figure 24 4 Slide Calibration Step VI essessseceseesercesereossscnssseneeteseneosessnsssenssso
288. neecseeesnscesseeenseecseeeeeseeenseens 9 1 Figure 10 1 Compressor Sequencing Screen Page 10 1 Figure 10 2 Compressor Sequencing Screen Suction Pressure Control Setpoints Page 2 10 4 Figure 10 3 Compressor Sequencing Screen Process Temperature Control Setpoints Page 2 10 5 Figure 10 4 Compressor Sequencing Screen Discharge Pressure Control Setpoints Page 2 10 7 Figure 10 5 Compressor Sequencing Screen Device List Page 3 eese 10 8 Figure 10 6 Compressor Sequencing Screen View Detected Devices Page 3 sss 10 9 Figure 10 7 Compressor Sequencing Screen Add Device Page 3 csse 10 10 Figure 10 8 Compressor Sequencing Screen Delete Device Page 3 eese 10 11 Figure 10 9 Compressor Sequencing Screen Add Device Page 3 csse 10 12 Figure 10 10 Compressor Sequencing Screen Sync Sequencing Parameters Page 4 10 13 Figure 10 11 Compressor Sequencing Screen Events Log Page 5 eese 10 14 Figure 10 12 Screen 1 Compressor Setup for Compressor Sequencing Slave sss 10 15 Figure 10 13 Screen 2 Placing Slave Compressors into Remote Mode eese 10 16 Figure 10 14 Compressor Setup for Compressor Sequencing Master eec 10 17
289. nel Desktop from Firefox web browser 1 Download Java on your desktop laptop as we will need Java Enabled Web Browser sc Free Java Download Jaa fer atither compater Download Java for your desktop computer nowt Operating System OK Versace 7 Update 55 Wty am redesctec dea hae 27 itti 7 V fos page hen vito pepe with Jaa xo Lean mere rit Why download Java 2 3 WIND Sows you Y wort aed ps i BOE Compuling emeronement Upgrades Y fe Latest Java vertoon EMErOves 54 14 of you System a3 5 versions Go 6 ACO fe Ute tecum gt Apa Dran rou Y pln Garnet ual at pecose around Pe wont Catosiste pour mofttsage terest a d Hee images n JO jest to ae few Selec Leceeees About dees hapot Orators ORACLE 2 After Installing Java change Security Level to Medium from Java Control Panel otherwise VNCViewer will get blocked while trying to access VNC server Application Blocked E s Application Blocked by Security Settings Name VneViewer Location https 192 163 1 Your security settings have blocked an application from running with an out of date or expired version of Java C 14 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel Lay Java Control Pane 7 Enable Java content in the browser Security Level gt
290. nel does not correspond to the slide increase or decrease swap the blue amp brown wires of the Yellow TURCK cable in the control panel to reverse the rotation of the motor Actuator Assembly Actuator Plastic Cover Red LED Blue Calibrate Button CAUTION DO NOT CONTINUE TO ENERGIZE THE ACTUATOR MOTOR AFTER THE SLIDE HAS REACHED THE MECHANICAL STOP Doing so may cause mechanical damage to the motor or shear the motor shaft key When the slide has reached the mechanical stop position press the button in the center of the photo chopper to release the brake and thereby release the tension on the actuator motor 6 Quickly press and release the BLUE CALIBRATION BUTTON on the ACTUATOR motor once see Figure 14 4 This instructs the ACTUATOR motor to enter the calibration mode The red LED on the actuator control board will begin flashing Use the but ton on the Vission 20 20 panel to drive the capacity slide to its minimum mechanical stop position This will be apparent by a slowing of the motor rota tion and a winding sound from the actuator motor When you hear the motor wind up release the button Then use the button to pulse the motor so that the capacity slide is just off of its minimum posi tion and there is no tension on the motor shaft 7 Quickly press and release the BLUE CALIBRATION BUTTON on the ACTUATOR motor once The red LED will now flash at a slower rate This no
291. nessosessssonsosensstones 24 4 Figure 24 5 Slide Calibration Twin Screw Bump Pop Up Window cernere 24 5 Figure 24 6 Prelube Oil Pressure and Run Oil Pressure SettingS csscceseecsseceeceseeeeesceceseecseeeeeneeseees 24 6 Figure 24 7 Timers Menu Twin Screw Control eese esee eene eene nennen enne ennt 24 7 Figure 25 1 Configuration Screeri iiie iie pee itp hee ore ee eap Ere SEHE suive TENE EE eee eie cE eR Eae rb ae Aeg ei aee e 25 1 Figure 25 2 Compressor Control Screen Cool Compression Control Page 4 sss 25 2 Figure 26 1 Remote Oil Cooler Screen Page 1 esee esses eene e eene nn nette eene enne nren nnne 26 1 Figure 26 2 Remote Oil Cooler VFD Screen 9 26 3 TOC 8 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 How to Use This Manual NOTE Manual revision should match software version This manual contains instructions for the Vission 20 20 Operation amp Service Manual It has been divided into 30 sections Section 1 Operational Flow Charts Section 2 Installation Recommendations Section 3 Hardware Architecture Section 4 Main Screen Section 5 Menu Screen Section 6 Compressor Control Section 7 Alarms amp Trips Section 8 Timers Section 9 Compressor Scheduling Section 10 Compressor Sequencing Section 11 Condenser Control Sec
292. ng changes and unit updates always refer to the www Vilter com to make sure you have the latest manual Any suggestions for manual improvements can be madeto Vilter Manufacturing at the contact informa tion on page i For additional video information pertaining to the Vission 20 20 refer to the Vilter video playlist at www YouTube com EmersonClimateTech TOC 9 Section 1 Operational Flow Charts Requirements to Start Compressor Volume and Oil Separator Temp Filter Diff Press lt Capacity slides are gt Oil Sep Start Trip Start Filter Diff Trip less than 5 Setpt Setpt Oil Pump On Prelub Oil Press is gt Prelub Oil Press Reset Setpt for Min Compressor Prelub Timer Start Compressor setting typically 5 seconds Critical Compressor Run Logic at Compressor Start Start Compressor Run Oil Press gt Prelub Oil Press Reset setpt Default 5 PSI Oil Press Bypass at Comp un Oil Press gt Run Oil Press Reset setpt Default 40 PSI Run Oil Press Failure Oil Separator Temp Safety Changeover Yes Start timer Yes expires 60 sec after start No Run Oil Press Failure Filter Diff Press Safety Changeover timer expires 60 sec after start Yes Is Filter Diff gt Hi Filter Diff Press Run Trip Setpt for 5 seconds Oil Sep Temp Lo Oil Sep Run Reset Yes Timer expires 5 min after start No Yes Lo Run Oil Sep Temp Failure
293. ng of steps from Step 5 to Step 1 when condenser pressure falls below lower deadband Step Delay Allows operator to set time delays between condens er steps Condenser Pressure must be outside upper or lower deadband continuously for delay time in or der to increase or decrease condenser steps While in a VFD step an additional step can only be added once VFD has reached its maximum speed setpoint and the delay timers are satisfied Similarly in a VFD step a step can only be removed once VFD has reached its minimum speed setpoint and the delay timers are satisfied Step Delay acts as ON timer while loading and acts as OFF timer while unloading for the same step Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 11 Condenser Control Low Speed Fan Allows steps to have option for time delay in case of fan spin down Any of Out 1 to Out 4 can be se lected as Low Speed Fan through combo box E g Let s say Out 2 is selected as Low Speed Fan in Step 2 When step 2 becomes active during condenser control operation which is after Step 2 time out de lay Out 2 is left off for time as set by the operator in High to Low Speed Delay After low speed fan ener gizes then timer for Step 3 starts timing Control Toggle any of the steps On Off during Manual opera tion of Condenser Control This button is active only when Run Mode selected is Manual During
294. nged by the operator Volume Decrease Motor The output is connected to terminal 21 and is the 1st LED on card 2 Activates the output assigned to the decrease input of the volume actuator The output is connected to Slide Valve Setpoint 2 Hot Gas Bypass terminal 16 and isthe 6th LED down on card 1 Activates the output typically assigned to the hot gas Oil Separator Heater bypass solenoid but can be changed by the operator The output is connected to terminal 22 and is the 2nd Activates the output assigned to the oil separator heater The output is connected to terminal 17 and is LED on card 2 the 7th LED down on card 1 Alarm Trip Activates the output during an alarm condition This Deactivates the output during a trip or inhibit con is a reverse acting output The output is connected to dition This is a reverse acting output The output is connected to terminal 18 and is the bottom LED on Economizer Port 2 card 1 Activates the output typically assigned to the econo mizer solenoid The output is connected to terminal 24 and is the 4th LED down on card 2 Suction Pressure 1 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide Digital Outputs Status Slide Valve Setpoint 1 Volume Slide Slide Valve Setpoint 2 17 Alarm Economizer Don 2 DET Suction Press Control PE etpoint 20 0 Psig Liquid Injection 1 OFF Suction Liquid Injection 2 OFF i Press 29 4 Psig o Remote Enabled O
295. ning if the oil in the separator is below the selected in the Control Mode dropdown selection alarm value After a time delay setting of the Oil found in the Compressor Control screen An alarm or Separator Temperature Safety Changeover timer trip will be activated on a drop in process tempera this safety is deactivated and the Low Oil Separator ture below the setpoint value Run Temperature alarm and safety setpoints become active Low Oil Separator Run Temperature Alarm amp Trip This is the running low oil separator temperature Suction Pressure 1 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide Alarm Trip Low Suction Pressure Setpoint No 1 3 1 Hg faa Hg Setpoint No 2 1 0 Hg 2 Hg High Discharge Pressure Setpoint No 1 210 0 Psig 220 0 Psig Setpoint No 2 220 0 Psig 230 0 Psig High Process Temperature Setpoint No 1 100 0 F None Setpoint No 2 120 0 F None Low Process Temperature Setpoint No 1 50 0 F 550 F Setpoint No 2 40 0 F 459 F Volume Slide Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 29 4 Psig emp 49 5 F Discharge Press 130 5 Psig emp 83 4 F Press Diff 131 4 Psig ilter Diff 8 9 Psig Inj Temp 102 5 F ep Temp 106 2 F No Scheduled Maintenance User Lev2 p p 01 01 2013 14 56 32 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 7 2 Alarms and Trips Screen Page 1 as Level 2 User
296. nnect to the above VNC server Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 C 17 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel 9 There will be Dialog Prompt for Password Authentication TightvNC colo ll VNC Authentication Password OK 10 Type VNC Password and you re logged in Suction Pressure 1 Volume Slide Discharge Motor 121 0 F eer Filter Me 4 Psig 170 2 1 Out 160 5 Psig Separator uled Maintenan User admin 05 06 2014 11 21 51 2 Motor Run Hours 0 Accessing VNC from Desktop Client When Web Browser Option is Enabled For accessing VNC from Desktop when web browser option is enabled then SSVNC Client is required Please see below for the steps 1 Download and open SSVNC Viewer Application SSL SSH VNC Viewer INFO without Certificate checking man in the middle attack is possible VNC Host Display 192 168 1 98 590q Proxy G ateway Remote SSH Command UseSSL UseSSH SSH SSL None Verify All Certs Fetch Cert Options Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel 2 Open SSVNC Viewer Enter IP address and VNC Port Number as displayed in the image Uncheck Verify All Certs checkbox and click on Connect button S
297. not energize Volume Decrease Output e This output is only active when the compressor is run ning When the Vission 20 20 determines that the compressor should decrease Volume Index VI by moving the volume slide to a lower percentage this output is energized Once the volume slide reaches 0 this output will not energize Oil Sump Heater Output This output is active and energized when the oil separator temperature is lower than the oil separator temperature setpoint It is de energized when the oil separator temperature is higher than the oil separa tor temperature setpoint Trip Output This output is energized when the system has no Trips If a trip is issued the output de energizes and stays de energized until the trip condition is cleared Slide Valve Setpoint 1 Output Economizer Port 1 Normally used for an economizer solenoid but could be used for other devices When the compressor slide valve percentage is equal to or greater than slide valve set point 1 the output is energized When the compressor slide valve percentage is less than slide valve set point 1 the output is de energized Slide Valve Setpoint 2 Output Hot Gas Bypass Normally used for a hot gas solenoid but could be used for other devices When the compressor slide valve percentage is equal to or greater than slide valve set point 2 the output is energized When the compressor slide valve percentage is less
298. nput corre sponds to Channel 22 on the wiring diagram After steps 1 2 and 3 have been completed then press the APPLY button and then press the CLOSE button to exit the Configuration screen Continue to step 4 Set Name analog Aux in 9 Enable Input 9 Enable Input 10 Set Name Analog Aux in 10 Enable Input 11 Set Name analog Aux in 11 Enable Input 12 Set Name Analog auxin i2 7 Enable input 13 Set Name analog ausm i3 Set Name analog Auxin 14 Enable input 15 Set Name analog Aux in 15 Enable Input 16 Set Name analog Aux in 16 an HA v a Figure B 17 Enabling and Naming Analog Inputs Configuration Screen Page 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Step 4 Instrument Calibration Screen Setup of Auxiliary Analog Inputs Now that the auxiliary analog inputs have been selected and named the scaling for the inputs needs to be setup Navigate to Instrument Calibration screen page 4 and setup the auxiliary analog input s These inputs are 4 20ma signals and the scaling will be setup so that a Theunits of this signal are in percent b 4masignal corresponds to 0 level c 20masignal corresponds to a 100 level Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Analog Inputs 4 4 yo arkan Mni AD bit Value Calibrated Value Aux 2 Analog Aukin 2
299. ntenance activities and the other for any alarms or trips that might be active To the right of the status bars are positions for displaying the cur rent user if any are logged in the date and time and the total run hours of the compressor User 08 17 2011 10 47 57 Run Hours 31 Figure 4 5 Bottom Status Bar Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 4 5 Section 4 Main Screen Splash Screen The splash screen is the dynamic portion of the screen that will change as the operator navigates through the Vission 20 20 panel screen see Figure 4 6 The main screen shows a graphic of a Vilter compressor with a number of data boxes spread across the screen Also on the top left are several indicators Discharge Displays the discharge pressure and temperature Oil Filter Displays the oil filter inlet pressure oil filter outlet pressure and oil differential pressure across the oil filter Suction Displays the suction pressure and temperature Motor Displays the motor current When the motor VFD is enabled this box will also display the motor RPM Separator Displays the temperature of the oil in the separator Cap Displays the position of the capacity slide from 0 to 100 Suction 29 4 Psig 50 0 F Discharge Motor 0 0 Amps 0 rpm 127 9 Psig 83 1 F Low au Oil Filter In 169 7 Psig Out 160 8 Psig Diff 8 9 Psig Separator Proce
300. nterpret the signal from any devices attached to the panel s analog inputs The instrument calibration screen is organized up to six pages Each page is then divided into several left side selected tabs Each tab will be headed with an informa tion bar labeled I O that give the basic information for that device The A D bit Value display box shows the unmodified value read by the Vission 20 20 analog to digital converters This display box is not affected by any changes to the calibrations settings As long as a de vice is connected to the associated input there will be a value in this display box The Calibrated Value dis play box shows the end result of the calibration process Therefore any changes to the calibration setpoint will effect what value is shown All instruments are calibrated using a two point linear calibration process Any device that has a non linear re sponse to environmental stimuli will not be able to be Suction Pressure 1 Analog Inputs Suction Press peur AJD bit Value 1161 alder Device Calibration Default Devices Oil Manifold Press Condenser Press 0 414 5 psia 4 20ma Y Economizer Press Custom Device Min 29 9 Hg Max 400 0 Psig Channel Calibration Offset Range 4ma 20ma lv No Scheduled Maintenance User No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 calibrated through the Vission 20 20 Pressure and Temperature Inputs T
301. o 4 Psig and the dead band is set to 10 of 4 Psig Making the dead band 0 4 Psig of the control setpoint Once the process variable is within the dead band the algo rithm considers the compressor to be on setpoint If the operator wishes the compressor to operate closer the Suction Pressure 1 Process Temperature Control Setpoint Setpoint 1 Temperature Control Setpoint 35 0 F Capacity Increase Interval Pulse Time 4 0 sec Proportional Dead Band 4 0 F Capacity Decrease Interval Pulse Time Min Limit Max Limit Proportional Dead Band Auto cycle O Enable Start Temperature Start Delay Stop Temperature Stop Delay Min Slide Position 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 10 0 4 0 F 10 0 96 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 4 0 sec 4 0 F 10 0 4 0 F 10 0 96 No Scheduled Maintenance User No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 setpoint can be set to a smaller percentage However this will result in the capacity slide excessively moving to maintain the setpoint and could over heat the actuator or shorten the actuators operational life Auto Cycle The auto cycle setpoints define the control points in which the compressor will automatically cycle on and off when the compressor has been placed into Auto run mode These setpoints can be enabled or disabled using the check box A delay can be entered to momen tarily delay the start or stop from immediately occurring when the
302. o choose the mini mum and maximum value of the instrument being The Vission 20 20 has two options for measuring motor used current A 4 20mA signal transmitted from an external Offset device or a 0 5Amp AC current Transformer The type of device being used is selected in the Configuration Oncethe two point calibration is completed it is not Screen Motor section 18 uncommon for there to be a small error By entering n the actual value into the adjustment entry box that measurement options through the 4 20mA scale and error will be added subtracted from the total offset current transformer ratio sections see Figure 13 3 The offset is applied to the calibrated value which Instruments Calibration Screen Analog Inputs Page 3 should correct the error However the device type that is selected in the configu ration screen will be the only section that will be avail Range able to the operator This option is available when the custom device op tion is chosen Here the operator defines the signal type and range transmitted by the instrument The operator can choose from several predefined ranges in the drop down box or enter a value The calibration differs from all other calibration proce dures in that the motor current must be calibrated while the compressor is running at close to full load amps as much as possible In addition the operator will need to enter a value into the Enter Desired Value entry box thatis equa
303. o vilter amp emerson com Equipment Identification Numbers Vilter Order Number Software Version E Vilter Order Number Software Version PEN Vilter Order Number ___ Software Version Vilter Order Number ___ Software Version Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Table of Contents Section Title Section Number IMPOFCAMEIMESSAGE eer i How To Use This Manual 5 22 52 eurer ez eene pee e reo eoa eee vao Ce rS Reve Tete eoecoutevesvieusssesceeaeovecscatesdodsaeaeevusess TOC9 Section 1 Operational Flow Charts Requirements to Start COImprEesSsOE rsen e eo ponen eek eae ku o ren Ex Even eee vaga e Een EY eee e ev AA Eee de i eie Critical Compressor Run Logic at Compressor Start cessere enne eene trennen Compressor Amperage Load Limiting 0 0 esscceseesseceseecessecesseceseeceneecenceceeceseecsseeceeseeeeeseeeeeaeeeseeeenees High Discharge Pressure Load Limiting eese eese eese sees eene e eene enne nne nne nne tenent tenet tette nen Suction Pressure Override Load Limit During Temperature Control eese Section 2 Installation Recommendations Proper Winog Voltage 50 eot Mixing Voltages 505
304. odes suction pressure process temperature or discharge pressure control see Figure 19 2 Discharge Pressure Control is mutually exclusive with Suction Pressure Control amp Process Temperature Control When Discharge Pressure Control is selected Suction Pressure Control and Process Temperature Control are grayed out and cannot be selected Similarly if Suction Pressure Control and or Process Temperature Control are select ed Discharge Pressure Control is grayed out and cannot be selected Suction Pressure Control This defines the suction pressure input as the pro cess variable and all controls will be based on suction pressure The operator has the option to select up to two controllers where each can have its own set of setpoints Compressor VSS vi Ambient Sensor Mode 451 v Refngerant R717 Compressor Control Wetbulb Sensor VED Fan Oil Pump Controllers No Pump Stal 7 Suction Pressure Control fi Cycling Full Time Pumps fi Suction Oil injection Solenoid C Process Temp Control fi Discharge Pressure Control 1 Oil Cooling O Thermosyphon Optional Function Selection O H20 Oil Cooler Compressor VFO Liquid Injection C Economizer Pressure Superheat O Suction Superheat Monitor VFO Fan Discharge Superheat Monitor ARM LU a Hoon Figure 19 2 Configuration Screen Compressor Control Page 2 _ Condenser Control Soleno
305. og Input O Digital Input Active input None ha Run Always N O Q N C Analog Trigger Value foo Diff 5 0 O Enable Timer ON Time io min OFF Time 1o min Digital Aux out 4 Analog Input O Digital input Active input None M Run Always 0 ONC 0 0 Diff 0 Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig 22 7 Psig 39 7 F Analog Trigger Value Discharge Press emp O Enable Timer ON Time 1o min OFF Time 1o min 119 0 Psig 112 6 F il Filter Diff 10 2 Psig Sep Temp 108 0 F PressRatio 3 6 Superheat 40 9 F admin 02 01 2014 15 16 25 Motor 0 F perage 0 0 Amps Figure 18 2 Auxiliary I O Screen Digital Outputs Page 2 Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Analog Inputs Analog Aux in 1 Alarm Tip Trip Only O inhibit Low Alarm 0 0 F High Alarm 0 0 F Low Trip 0 0 F High Trip 0 0 F 5 sec Analog Aux in 2 Delay O Inhibit Low Alarm 0 0 F High Alarm 0 0 F Alarm Trip Neither 0 0 F High Trip 5 sec Analog Aux in 3 Alarm Tip Neither CJ inhibit 0 0 F Low Trip Delay Low Alarm 0 0 F High Alarm 0 0 F Low Trip 0 0 F High Trip 0 0 F 5 sec Delay No Scheduled Maintenance No Alarm Trips Present Maintenance M o cooo 6 2 3 Psig A Capacity Slide Analog Aux in 4 Alarm Trip Neither O inhibit L
306. ompressor is in local Auto mode and Control Mode Configured is Suction Pressure This button will display Run when Pumpdown operation has not started or stopped while button will display Stop when Pumpdown op eration is running When Pumpdown feature is enabled Pulldown check boxis automatically grayed out Similarly when Pulldown featureis enabled Pumpdown checkbox is automatically grayed out and hence the user will not be able to oper ate Pumpdown feature This is done to keep Pumpdown and Pulldown features mutually exclusive Pulldown Control The Pulldown Control defines a method of slowly pull ing the suction pressure down from a high value This is sometimes required on systems that have liquid recircu lation systems or on new building to prevent structural damage by limiting the rate at which to build is cooled This feature can be enabled or disabled from this page Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 6 Compressor Control see Figure 6 9 If Pulldown is enabled this feature will only function when the compressor is running in local Auto Auto Sequencing mode and the Control mode is Suction Pressure 1 The Pulldown feature provides a method to slowly pull the suction pressure down to operating conditions The pulldown method used is to step the suction pressure down over a defined time interval Example Assume the suction pressure is at 85
307. ompressor is started or when SOI Solenoid is Cycled On when Compressor is running SOI Load Limit This set point defines the maximum value for capac ity slide position when SOI Solenoid is ON 6 12 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 6 Compressor Control Capacity Slide Triggered Outputs The Vission 20 20 offers two digital outputs that can be triggered at a specified capacity slide position By de fault the outputs are preselected for economizer and hot gas bypass However these preselected outputs are customizable by the operator see Figure 6 11 Slide Valve Setpoint Operator editable labels for the each output Only Economizer Port 2 Label is non editable Slide 25 Indicates the capacity slide position where the digital output is triggered State Below Setpoint Definesthe state of the digital output when the slide position is below the Slide setpoint The operator can choose between N O or N C This setpoint is not available for Economizer Port 2 so Economizer Suction Pressure 1 Misc 2 Slide Slide valve Setpoint Economizer Port 2 rot Gas Bypass State Below Setpoint Active 5 Economizer Port 1 1o 96 N O 5 Port 2 follows the setpoint of Economizer Port 1 Active Check box to enable the digital output There is no check box for enabling Economizer Port 2 digi
308. ompressor mo tor starter The output is connected to terminal 11 and is the 1st LED on card 1 Oil Pump Start Activates the output assigned to the oil pump The output is connected to terminal 12 and is the 2nd LED down on card 1 Capacity Increase Motor Activates the output assigned to the increase input of the capacity actuator The output is connected to terminal 13 and is the 3rd LED down on card 1 Capacity Decrease Motor e Activates the output assigned to the decrease input of the capacity actuator The output is connected to terminal 14 and is the 4th LED down on card 1 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide Volume Slide Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 29 4 Psig emp 50 0 F Discharge Press 127 7 Psig emp 83 1 F Press Diff 131 4 Psig ilter Diff 8 9 Psig Inj Temp 102 3 F ep Temp 106 0 F admin 01 01 2013 10 21 44 Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 12 1 Service Options Screen Digital Outputs Page 1 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 12 1 Section 12 Service Options Volume Increase Motor Reference Figure 12 2 e Activates the output assigned to the increase input Slide Valve Setpoint 1 Economizer of the volume actuator The output is connected to e Activates the output typically assigned to the econo terminal 15 and is the 5th LED down on card 1 mizer solenoid but can be cha
309. on sensor The motor is powered in the forward and reverse directions from the main computer in the control panel The position sensor tells the main computer the position of the slide valve The main computer uses the position and process information to decide where to move the slide valve next During calibration the position sensor records the high and low count of motor turns The operator tells the position sensor when the actuator is at the high or low position with the push button Refer to the calibration instructions for the detailed calibration procedure The position sensor can get lost if the motor is moved while the position sensor is not powered To prevent this the motor can only be moved electrically while the position sensor is powered When the position sen sor loses power power is cut to the motor A capaci tor stores enough energy to keep the position sensor circuitry alive long enough for the motor to come to a complete stop and then save the motor position to non volatile EEPROM memory When power is restored the saved motor position is read from EEPROM memory and the actuators resumes normal function This scheme is not foolproof If the motor is moved manually while the power is off or the motor brake has failed allowing the motorto free wheel fortoo long after the position sensor loses power the actuator will lose its calibrated position A brake failure can sometimes be detected by the po sition sensor If
310. onfigure the auxiliary digital outputs see Figure 18 2 The digital output can be con figured to activate go High 120vac based on either a digital input or a specified level on an analog input Every digital and analog input in the Vission 20 20 are made available for controlling a digital output Analog Input Selecting the Analog Input radio button fills the Active Input drop down box with all available analog inputs One of the analog inputs can then be selected to control the digital outputs Digital Input Selecting the Digital Input radio button fills the Active Input drop down box with all available digital inputs One of the digital inputs can then be selected to control the digital outputs Run Always Selecting this checkbox enables the function that controls the digital output to operate only when the compressor is running or runs all the time N O amp NIC Choosing the Normally Open N O or Normally Closed N C radio buttons defines what the output will be above or below the trig ger value In the N O setting the output will be off Ovac while the input value is below the trig ger value In the N C setting the output will be high 120vac while the input value is below the trigger value Analog Trigger The analog trigger toggles the digital output based on a specified value plus the specified differential val ue These options will be available only when Analog Input is selected A
311. ooooooooooo 1B R 8f Rie nn N jo O O Of Bone eooo dif dt D f eC REV NEEEEE e012 3 SERIAL 1W olt 5 LED11 E 325 046 1 0012 c5 68 GND JFR 9 ain 08 Figure 3 5 Digital Input Output Board Layout Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual 3 10 Emerson Climate Technologies e 35391SC 2 2 Section 3 Hardware Architecture Analog Input Boards The analog input board convert varying DC signals into a signal that can interpreted by the Vission 20 20 pro gram The signals are considered analog because the input DC signal can vary from the minimum value to the maximum value See board layout Figure 3 6 Configuration Jumpers Marked in the diagram below in Purple The jumpers allow the operator to configure the signal type and range for incoming analog signals For the correct jumper setting for a giving application see Table 3 4 Analog Input Jumper Tables Voltage LEDs Marked in the diagram below in Orange These LEDs indicate the correct voltage of both the 5Vdc and 24Vdc power sources Communication LEDs Marked in the diagram below in Green These LEDs show the active communications between the digital output board and the Vission 20 20 CPU board Address Dipswitches Marked in the diagram below in Red These dip switches are used to assign each board its address position The addresses are
312. or Condenser VFD Fan at which it should run Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 for continuous step delay time to increase condens er steps E g let s say setpoint is kept at 95 Then condenser VFD fan will have to run at speed of 95 or more to advance to next step Maximum Speed can be set as 100 which is when analog output at which condenser VFD fan is connected reaches to 20mA in its normal range of 4 20 mA Minimum Speed This setpoint defines the minimum speed in percent age for Condenser VFD Fan at which it should run for continuous step delay time to decrease condenser steps E g let s say setpoint is kept at 5 Then con denser VFD fan will have to run at speed 5 or less to advance to next step Minimum Speed can be set as 0 which is when analog output at which condens er VFD fan is connected reaches 4mA in its normal range of 4 20 mA 11 3 Section 11 Condenser Control Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 9 1 Psig A Capacity Slide A VFD Settings v n P foo Minimum Speed fo E V 5 olume Slide x oo Maximum Speed 200 lE D oo 5 Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 29 1 Psig emp 49 5 F Discharge Press 130 3 Psig emp 83 1 F Oil Press Diff 131 6 Psig ilter Diff 8 8 Psig oce MME ve er DIT sone Sep Temp 105 7 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin E p 01 0
313. or Identification This section sets the identification for a Vission 20 20 unit Name Unique identifier that is used for all Vission 20 20 units Panel ID Panel Identifier used by the controller when commu nicating with multiple panels Communications Compressor Identification Active Remote Control Temp Unts F Press Units Psig X Order Num 1 C Direct yo Node Address f fun Hours fo Port Time Baud Rate Format 24 hour Data Bits 8 12 how Stop Bits 1 Current Party Even Hour fis PM x C Ethernet Mnute sz IP Address Second foi Gateway Protocol TERRAE Figure 19 1 Configuration Screen Initial Setup Page 1 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Ethernet X On Communication Failure Revert to Local Control X CO Serial Modbus RTU fis2 168 1 99 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 fis2 1 Modbus TCP Node Address fi Units This section sets how values will be represented through out the program Temp Units Drop down box to select the temperature units from Fahrenheit and Celsius Once selected all screen temperatures will be displayed in the chosen units Press Units Drop down Box to select the pressure units Psig Bar and Kpa are the possible selections and the units will be displayed for every pressure value throughout the screens Order Num Identifies the Order nu
314. orce oil into the capacity slide chamber to move the capacity slide Software limit set points Fixed VI The Vission 20 20 uses the Min Limit and Max Limit setpoint to define an area within the 6 5 Psig A Capacity Slide 0 0 Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 26 5 Psig emp 54 8 F Discharge Press 124 0 Psig emp FAL E Discharge Suction Oil Press Diff 46 1 Psig Filter Diff 9 7 Psig Inj Temp 114 9 F oep Temp 109 9 F Panel 1 11 07 2014 16 08 53 Motor perage 0 0 Amps Figure 24 2 Slide Calibration Fixed VI Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 24 Twin Screw Control mechanical stops for normal slide travel These soft ware limits purpose is to prevent the slide from actu Software limit set points Continuous VI The Vission 20 20 uses the Min Limit and Max ally hitting the mechanical stops which could result in a number of undesirable consequences By default the software limits are set to 150mV from either end point The position percentage is calculated from the soft ware limits Therefore it is possible to read a val ue greater than 100 or less than 0 if inertial carries the slides after these limits are reached Suction Pressure 1 Capacity Slide Valve Potentiometer Continuous VI Cap 0 6 9 Input Value 119 53 mv Capacity 100 Capa
315. overall shield Belden P N 9730 individually shielded Belden P N 8163 individually shielded with overall shield Manhattan P N M3476 individually shielded with overall shield Manhattan P N M39250 individually shielded with overall shield Two Pair Belden P N 8102 with overall shield Belden P N 9729 individually shielded Belden P N 8162 individually shielded with overall shield Manhattan P N M3475 individually shielded with overall shield Manhattan P N M39249 individually shielded with overall shield Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel 325 046 0015 seRA 7 Figure C 1 Serial Communication Ports on Single Board Computer P12 RS485 Serial Modbus RTU connector P14 P18 USB Serial Modbus RTU connectors P8 Ethernet RJ45 connector The 20 20 offers two solutions for serial communications The first option is connector P12 which uses tradi tional serial UART hardware The second option uses the USB ports P14 or P18 These ports require the use of an inexpensive industrial USB to RS422 RS485 convertor Vilter can supply these or you can purchase your own For serial communications we recommend using the USB ports first because of the robustness of the USB ports They also offer increased speed The third reason is that computer manufacturers are steering serial network us ers to move towards using the USB ports for seria
316. ow Alarm 0 0 F High Alarm 0 0 F Low Trip 0 0 F High Trip 0 0 F 5 sec Analog Aux in 5 Alarm Trip Neither L inhibit Low Alarm 0 0 F High Alarm 0 0 F Low Trip 0 0 F High Trip 0 0 F 5 sec Analog Aux in 6 Alarm Trip Neither x Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Delay Delay Suction Press emp 22 3 Psig O inhibit 39 2 F Low Alarm 0 0 F High Alarm 0 0 F Low Trip 0 0 F High Trip 0 0 F Discharge D Press 118 6 Psig elay 5 sec emp 212 1 F Oil Press Diff 126 8 Psig Filter Diff 9 9 Psig Inj Temp 113 3 F ep Temp 107 8 F User admin 02 01 2014 15 17 38 Motor 0 Amperage 0 0 Amps Run Hours Figure 18 3 Auxiliary I O Screen Analog Inputs Page 3 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 18 3 18 4 Section 18 Auxiliary Input Output High Alarm This defines the upper limit ofthe input value that when exceeded will generate an alarm Low Trip Defines the lower limit of the input value that when exceeded will generate a trip High Trip Defines the upper limit of the input value that when exceeded will generate a trip e Delay Defines the time period for which input val ue is checked with alarm trip setpoints before showing alarm or trip If input value is continu ously above or below alarm or trip setpoints then only alarm or
317. ow that the database file has been saved to the thumb drive the original flashcard can be replaced with the new flashcard 1 Power the 20 20 down remove the thumbdrive and take out the original flashcard and install the new one 2 Label both the old and new card to identify the compressor it is for RESTORE ORIGINAL DATABSE TO NEW FLASHCARD Now that the new card is inserted power the 20 20 pan el back up As the 20 20 boots up a message may ap pear indicating that an incompatibility has been found This is NORMAL The new flashcards are built such that they recognize a couple of different single board com puters Upon bootup the cards are automatically con figured properly for the correct single board computer B 23 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures that is identified After seeing this message it will take a minute or so before the 20 20 boots up properly 1 Once the 20 20 panel is booted back up Press the USER ACCESS button which is the new word ing for the Logon button Logon Now insert the thumbdrive back into the USB port Navigate to the Data Backup screen You should again see the USB thumbdrive listed under the Available Devices Select the LOAD function above the Available Devices field and then highlight the device that is listed in the Available Devices window To the right of the Available Devices is a Select Folder File window In t
318. pacity lower than set Min Trigger value This feature is enabled from the Configuration Screen Max Trigger e Defines the Master s capacity value in percentage which is used as a trigger to step wise increment slave s compressor capacity Slave compressor ca pacity is incremental only if Master is running with capacity higher than set Max Trigger value Compressor Sequencing Table Compressor sequencing table menu allows operator to view and adjust settings those are used for compressor sequencing see Figure 10 1 Options of this combo box are updated depending on devices shown in Devices List Page This contains names of all the compressors in the network com Device Name municating with Master compressor Equipment name can be selected from drop down list Same Equipment name should not be configured more than once in sequencing table Suction Pressure 1 Stopped Master Compressor Settings Device Name Master Min Trigger 70 Max Trigger Es Priority Status Equipment This is read only value Device Name can be changed from Configuration Screen 1 0 Psig A Capacity Slide 0 0 Volume Slide 0 0 Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Equipment Max Cap Slavel 10 95 Slave2 10 95 Slave3 10 95 5 oot zl xm e o m m None 10 96 95 o m H None 10 95 None OFF 10 95 None OFF 10 95
319. pendix N53 6 40206 Spare 2 F INT Read Write See N53 7 40207 Spare 3 F INT Appendix Read Write See mE Calculated Values Appendix N54 0 40250 Filter Differential F INT Pressure N54 1 40251 Start Oil Pressure F INT Read N54 2 40252 Run Oil Pressure F INT N54 3 140253 Pressure Ratio F INT N54 5 40255 Superheat F INT Read Discharge Temp N54 6 40256 Superheat F INT 2nd release Read Suction Temp N54 7 40257 Superheat Oil F INT 2nd release Read Sep Temp N54 8 40258 Compressor VFD INT Read RPM N54 9 40259 Compressor Run INT Read Capacity N NJ e e E p sse p N55 0 40400 Anti Recycle Time INT Read Minutes N55 1 40401 Compressor ENUM 0 Stop Read Status 1 Stop Remote Ready 2 Running 3 Starting 4 Waiting N55 2 40402 Alarm Status WORD Read See Appendix Word 1 N55 3 40403 Alarm Status WORD Read See Appendix Word 2 N55 4 40404 Alarm Status WORD Currently Unused Read See Appendix Word 3 N55 5 40405 Alarm Status WORD Currently Unused Read See Appendix Word 4 N55 6 40406 TripStatus Word WORD EE Read See Appendix 1 N55 7 40407 Trip Status Word WORD Read See Appendix 2 D 6 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table N55 8 40408 Trip Status Word WORD Read See Appendix 3 N55 9 40409 Trip Stat
320. perator intervention Always When selected initiates a start after the panel pow ers back up after a power failure but only if the com pressor was running before the power failure and starts the compressor in Auto mode Never When selected prevents any automatic action once the panel powers back up after a power failure Timed When selected initiates a start after the panel pow ers back up after a power failure and the operator set timer runs out When there are multiple compressors in a larger system it is recommended that the opera tor gives each compressor a different start times A restart will only occur if the compressor was running before the power failure and starts the compressor in Auto mode Remote Lock Off When selected turns the remote lock out off when the panel powers up Select this option if the opera tor wishes a system controller to regain control of the Vission 20 20 without human interference Boot in Remote Direct I O When selected places the panel into remote mode when the panel powers up Select this option when under direct I O control and the system controller is to gain control of the Vission 20 20 without human interference Compressor Sequencing The compressor sequencing is a feature of the Vission 20 20 that allows the operator to setup as many as five compressors to automatically start stop and maintain system loads The compressor designated as the master will
321. point defines the step decrements at which the suction pressure value will be controlled at Delay Per Step Thissetpoint defines the time increment at which the compressor will be controlled at each step Stop Pressure This setpoint defines the suction pressure value at which Pulldown operation will get completed When suction pressure value is equal to or goes below this setpoint Pulldown feature disables itself Also Pulldown and Initiate Pulldown at Next Start checkboxes will be automatically deselected as nor mally this is one time use feature Auto Cycle Differential This setpoint defines the offset pressure values for Auto Cycle Start Pressure and Stop Pressure from the Suction Pressure setpoint Auto Cycle Start Pressure setpoint will be Suction Pressure setpoint increment ed by this setpoint pressure value while Auto Cycle Stop Pressure value will be Suction Pressure setpoint decremented by this setpoint pressure value When Pulldown feature is enabled Pumpdown checkbox is automatically grayed out Similarly when Pumpdown feature is enabled Pulldown checkbox is automatically grayed out and hence the user will not be able to op erate Pulldown feature This is done to keep Pulldown amp Pumpdown features mutually exclusive 6 10 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 6 Compressor Control Control Mode This drop down box gives t
322. ppears when power is removed from the designated input module refer to wiring dia gram This safety will activate only after the oil level has been low for the time period defined by the Low Oil Separator Safety Trip Delay timer Section 7 Alarms and Trips Compressor Warnings Digital Aux in 1 16 Warning This message will appear when the Digital Aux in 1 8 High Level Shutdown Warning is Active High Low This message will appear when High Level Shutdown switch is Active Low Low Process Temp Warning This message will appear when Process Control Temperature falls below the safety setting of the Low Process Temperature Alarm setpoint High Discharge Pressure Warning This message will appear when the Discharge Pressure exceeds the safety setting of the High Discharge Pressure Alarm setpoint High Discharge Temp Warning This message will appear when the Discharge Temperature exceeds the safety setting of the High Discharge Temperature Alarm setpoint Low Suction Pressure Warning This message will appear when Suction Pressure falls below the safety setting of Low Suction Pressure Alarm setpoint Low Suction Temp Warning This message will appear when Suction Temperature falls below the safety setting of Low Suction Temperature Alarm setpoint Low Oil Separator Start Temp Warning This message will appear when the Oil Separator Temperature falls below the safety setting of the Low Oil Separator S
323. put 4 1 2 3 5 7 4 Motorized Valve Cool Compression or Liquid 4 20 mA Injection V Type Compressor VFD 4 20 mA Condenser Remote Oil Cooler VFD 4 20 mA 4 20 mA 4 20 mA 4 20 mA 4 20 mA 4 20 mA Digital amp Analog I O Boards Layout It is important to install the boards in the proper layout For the correct digital and analog input output I O board layout see Figure 3 2 Dipswitches Each board has a dipswitch which sets its communi cations address so that it can communicate with the CPU board The dipswitch settings must be correct or the I O will not function Jumpers e Jumpers are required on the analog boards to con figure them for the type of sensors used The jumper table for the analog board shows the optional jump er configurations for sensors other than the default Vilter standard If a different sensor is to be used the jumpers on the analog board need to be changed In addition the configuration for this sensor must be changed in the Instrument Calibration screen The following illustrations show the Vilter default con figurations for the Vission 20 20 Figure 3 2 Digital I O Board Layout Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 3 7 Section 3 Hardware Architecture Digital Output Boards The digital output board convert signals generated by the Vission 20 20 program into 120Vac signals that can be energi
324. pwise increment or decrement value in percentage of the compressor capacity In the case when last step makes total ca pacity greater than maximum capacity total capac ity will get reduced to maximum capacity Same is applicable when last step makes total capacity lower than minimum capacity takes priority Min Cap Defines the lowest capacity in percentage with which a compressor is allowed to run Minimum capacity value takes preference on first step value Max Cap Defines the highest capacity in percentage with which a compressor is allowed to run Maximum ca pacity value takes preference over last step value Status Symbols Status symbols shows status of Slave compressors on thesequencing table see Table 10 1 Status Symbols For further details see Application Notes Machine Start Time Machine Start timer shows the time in seconds that the Master Compressor will hold before starting slave compressor once Start decision is taken Machine Stop Time Machine Stop timer shows the time in seconds that the Master Compressor will hold before stopping slave compressor once Stop decision is taken Accelerated Shut Down Timer Accelerated Shut Down timer shows the time in sec that the Master Compressor will hold before stopping slave compressors due to Auto Cycle Stop Setpoint Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 10 2 Section 10 Compressor Se
325. quencing Status Symbols Compressor sequencing status symbols are automati cally refreshed every 10 seconds For symbols see Table 10 1 NOTE Before Configuring Sequencing table on Master Compressor log on to slave compressors one by one and enable sequencing in slave mode put slave in remote mode Then log on to Master Compressor and wait till all slaves show up under detected devices pop up screen Add slaves which in turn will get shown in Devices List Screen and also in Equipment combo box Table 10 1 Status Symbols Description db Slave Compressor is detected but is not configured in the sequencing table Default If slave Compressor is not present Q Slave Compressor is configured in sequencing table but is not configured in Remote mode y Slave Compressor configured in sequencing table and is in ready to run state Slave Compressor is running with Alarm condition Slave Compressor stopped due to Error Condition Slave Compressor running at maximum capacity without any error Slave Compressor under active control of Master Compressor 3 Slave Compressor is next in sequence for unloading 4 Slave Compressor running into its start timer will be started Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 10 3 Slave Compressor running into its stop timer will be stopped Section 10 Compressor Sequencing Suction Pressure Control Setpoints Fast Load P
326. ration and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel ADDITIONAL NETWORK CONFIGURATIONS FOR ACCESS VIA INTERNET There are many network configurations that will allow access to the Vilter 20 20 panels via an internet connec tion Cost and network support is a consideration when the plant IT department has restrictions about outside access It is recommended to work with them to setup an acceptable network The configurations below are examples only Setup and support of these networks are beyond the ability of Vilter Unique IP Address internal PC then the remote user would use Once a remote user is granted access to this an available VNC client to access each Vission 20 20 panel with unique IP addresses Company router with a single IP address assigned from the companies ISP Router would direct access request from a remote user to an internal PC Example 1 In Figure C 9 this example shows a PC connected to the internet running a program which accesses a PC within a plant Both computers would have a Remote Desktop program running on them that allows the off sight PC to connect to the plant PC gain control of it and then run a VNC program that resides on the plant PC to gain access to the Vission 20 20 panels Off campus device running an application to connect to a PC located on the company campus There are many appli
327. re I5 offset setpoint then this timer value is used to make periodic sequencing decisions DEVICES LIST COLUMNS Slow Unload Timer Device Name e If discharge pressure surpasses discharge pressure Displays the Name of Slave Compressor control setpoint then this timer value is used to make Device Type periodic sequencing decisions vibe per Displays the Device Type of Slave Compressor wheth Fast Unload Timer 0 er is Vission 20 20 or Vission f discharge pressure surpasses fast unload pressure offset setpoint then this timer value is used to make IP Address periodic sequencing decisions Displays the IP Address of Slave Compressor Device ID Displays the Device ID of Slave Compressor Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 1 2 Psig A Capacity Slide Devices List Device Name Device Type IP Address Device ID CFM Slavel Vission 20 20 192 168 1 95 5 483 Vol Slid Slave2 Vission 20 20 192 168 1 97 7 483 eem Slave3 Vission 20 20 192 168 1 98 8 483 o Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 18 8 Psig emp 39 0 SE Discharge View Detected Devices Add Device Delete Device Test Connection Press 105 9 Psig emp 59 6 F HH HH T Press Diff 130 2 Psig Inj Temp 113 3 F Sep Temp 107 6 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin p p 01 02 2014 12 04 10 MEO No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours ola mperage 0 0 Amps Figure 10 5 Compressor Sequencing Screen Device L
328. re setpoint 75 psig minus Step Pressure 5 psig 70 psig Auto Cycle Start Pressure Pulldown Setpoint 70psig plus Auto Cycle Differential 4 psig 74 psig Auto Cycle Stop Pressure Pulldown Setpoint 70 psig minus Auto Cycle Differential 4 psig 66 psig After 20 hours of running at 70 psig the next set of Pulldown setpoints are calculated This is repeated until the target setpoint Stop Pressure setpoint is reached The Pulldown operation is then disabled and the compressor will con tinue to operate at this setpoint Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 B 5 B 6 Blank Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Vission 20 20 Compressor Control Setpoints Setup SCOPE Vission 20 20 programs version 4550 1 and later COMPRESSOR SETPOINT 1 AND SETPOINT 2 The Vission 20 20 allows for multiple control setpoints This can be utilized for nighttime or weekend setpoint adjustment in cold storage facilities or when a compres sor is being used in a swing application where it swings between booster and high stage operation Setpoint 1 can be setup to operate as a booster compressor and Setpoint 2 can be setup to operate the compressor to meet the high stage setpoint SETUP The configuration screen must first be setup to enable two setpoints see Figure B 2 Compressor 5S
329. reach beforethe liquid injection solenoid is allowed to be activated P Proportional Gain Usedto adjust the positioning valve in direct propor tion to the difference between the control setpoint and the discharge temperature SetPt DT error The proportional term is a unit less quantity and is used for coarse adjustment This setpoint should be set to the lowest value that gives adequate response to the control system Increasing the proportional setting increases the control system s sensitivity to small discharge temperature fluctuations and the tendency to hunt Integral reset e This parameter integrates the error over time to ac count for a small error that has persisted for a long time This quantity is used for fine adjustment This setpoint is used to smooth out discharge tempera ture variations This setpoint should be set high enough to prevent hunting but not too high or it will cause control system overshoot D Derivative rate This parameter accounts for how fast the error is changing positively or negatively Minimum Valve Open 25 When enabled this is the valve position used when ever the control variable drops below Liquid inj Setpoint 1 Use only if the compressor is tripping off for low oil temperature due to large overshoots and all other tuning methods have failed Avg with Oil Manifold Temperature When enabled averages the Oil manifold tempera ture and the discharge
330. red states of the solenoids Table B 1 Solenoid States Required For Positioning Volume Slide Vol Ratio Vol Ratio Vol Ratio 2 2 3 5 5 0 OFF OFF SV3 ON The program ofthe digital output board 1 on the 20 20 doesn t allow the volume increase and the volume decrease outputs outputs 5 amp 6 to be on at the same time The program was written this way to protect the actuator motor on the single screw compressors So on the Twin Screw Compressors with 3 Step VI Control the above output states are achieved by rede fining the Output states of 5 and 6 at Vol Ratio 2 2 and then use relay logic to achieve the required solenoid states Table B 2 Solenoid States Required For Positioning Volume Slide Vol Ratio Vol Ratio Vol Ratio 2 2 3 5 5 0 Output se 9 oF o Output 6 CR6 Then using relay logic see Figure B 5A wire the so lenoids so that the states of the relays in Table B 2 will translate the states of the solenoids to match Table B 1 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures OUTPUTS N Digital Output Bd amp 1 Variable Vi 3 step solenoid control relays Digital Output Bd amp 1 Figure B 5A Required Relay Logic Wiring to Achieve Table B 1 Solenoid States Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Vission 20 20 Compressor Sequencing pre
331. ressure 1 Stopped 9 4 Psig A Analog Outputs Compressor VFD Condenser VFD Slide Valve Position Liquid Injection Motorized Valve Analog Aux out 2 0 Analog Aux out 1 Analog Aux out 3 Analog Aux out 4 o b b or px or Jow OFF SmE Log off No Scheduled Maintenance User No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours Sets the analog output assigned to the Slide Value position used to inform a central control system of the capacity position The output is connected to AO 333 on card 10 Liquid injection Motorized Valve Sets the analog output assigned to the liquid injec tion motorized value position The output is connect ed to AO 4 on card 10 Capacity Slide Status Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig OFF Suction Press 29 4 Psig 49 8 F Discharge Press 127 7 Psig emp 83 4 F Oil Press Diff 131 4 Psig ilter Diff 8 8 Psig Inj Temp 102 1 F ep Temp 105 7 F admin 01 01 2013 10 30 59 Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 12 5 Service Options Screen Analog Outputs Page 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 12 5 12 6 Blank Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Section 13 Instruments Calibration Overview The Instrument Calibration screen allows the operator to define how the Vission 20 20 will i
332. ressure Offset Defines the offset from suction pressure control set Compressor sequencing screen defines settings those point to monitor compressor load If suction pressure are used by master compressor for sequencing For surpasses this setpoint value then sequencing deci Suction Pressure Control Setpoints see Figure 10 2 sions are made according to Fast Load Timer Fast Unload Pressure Offset PRESSURE SETPOINTS Defines the offset from suction pressure control set Start Offset point to monitor compressor load If suction pressure drops below this setpoint value then sequencing de e Defines the offset from suction pressure control set cisions are made according to Fast Unload Timer point to start slave compressor If suction pressure surpasses start offset setpoint and master compres sor capacity has reached max trigger setpoint then se CAPACITY LOAD UNLOAD TIMERS quencing algorithm allows starting of slave compres One of the following Capacity Load Unload timers are sors and load to cater increasing load requirements used to make sequencing decisions periodically Suction Setpoint Pressure setpoints are monitored to identify which one of the following timers to be used The target setpoint is read only value here This set 3 point can be changed by logging on to Compressor Control Screen Slow Load Timer e f suction pressure surpasses suction pressure con trol setpoint then this timer value is used to mak
333. rger swing in vessel level When you de crease the gain by half then the 4 20ma output signal to the positioning valve is applied over an input range that is doubled Level Input Aux1 Analog Output 50 4 ma 40 8ma 30 12 ma 20 16 ma 10 20 ma Now a 40 change in vessel level will cause the posi tioning valve to go from a closed position to fully open position CONDENSER LEVEL CONTROL Suppose we are trying to maintain a level of liquid in a condenser The condenser has a sump and as the level in the sump increases we want to stroke a positioning valve more open to allow more liquid refrigerant to drain thereby decreasing the amount of liquid in the condenser sump Reference the previous page On the right side is the setup for the condenser PID control The setup is almost the same with the exception that the trigger condition is selected so that it goes true when the chiller level rises above the setpoint only then will the auxiliary analog output control be enabled In the above example when the chiller level is below 50 the positioning valve will be fully closed As it rises above 50 then the position ing valve will begin to open Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 ANALOG OUTPUT SETUP FOR VESSEL LEVEL CONTROL PROPORTIONAL LEVEL CONTROL Setting up the vessel level control using proportional control allows you to define the exact percen
334. rip can be identified with its respective status symbol The Master compressor acts as trim compressor SLAVE EXPERIENCING A FAILURE When a slave compressor experiences an operational failure then that slave will be is temporarily skipped dur ing the sequencing decisions The slave will be placed into a Local mode The fault needs to be reset and cleared before the compressor can be placed back into the sequencing routine The slave compressor can be put back into remote mode for sequencing by pressing Auto Start gt Remote again on the slave compressor It will resume its set priority order and any future com mand to increase capacity of a slave compressor will re sult in the compressor being restarted 1 Master experiencing a Failure When the master compressor experiences an operation al failure then the master will continue to sequence the slave compressors based on the setpoints that are set in the sequencing menu of the master compressor 2 Powerto master compressor turned off If the power to the master compressor is turned off then the slave compressors that are currently being se quenced will experience a Remote Comm Timeout an indication that the slave has lost communication to the master compressor This takes approximately 1 min ute to occur and the Remote Comm Timeout message will be logged into the Event List on the slaves 3 Future Program Release Advanced Sequence Configuration Equalized Lo
335. rol 100 Setpoint 20 0 Psig 3600 rpm z Suction Press 29 4 Psig emp 49 3 F 100 96 Discharge Press 130 3 Psig emp 82 9 F T 3600 rpm EH ep Temp 105 7 F PressRatio 3 3 Superheat 6 5 F Oil ilter Diff 9 0 Psig User Te sello 01 01 2013 15 16 28 Run Hours 0 Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 6 5 Compressor Control Screen VFD Settings Control Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Section 6 Compressor Control Capacity Slide Position Defines the minimum and maximum positions for the capacity slide While in 1 step control these values should be 0 for minimum and 100 for maximum VFD Speed Defines the minimum and maximum speed for the motor speed While in 1 step control these values should reflect the full range of the VFD 2 Step VFD Control Enablesthe second step in the VFD control algorithm Capacity Slide Position Defines the minimum and maximum position of the capacity slide in the 2 step VFD control VFD Speed Defines the minimum and maximum speed for the motor in the 2 step VFD control P Proportional gain setpoint Used to adjust the motor speed action in direct pro portion to the difference between the control set point and the process variable SP PV error This is a unit less quantity and is used for coarse adjustment This setpoint should be
336. s B 38 3 4 and 5 above PID Control has been selected with a 50 setpoint The Trigger Input is enabled and the trigger setpoint is set at 50 same as the setpoint When the trigger input conditions go to a true state in this case the trigger goes to a true state when the chiller level drops BELOW the setpoint only then will the auxiliary analog output control be enabled In the above example when the chiller level is above 50 the positioning valve will be fully closed As it drops below 50 then the position ing valve will begin to open The PID setpoints are selected so that only the P term gain is being used With these settings the positioning valve will be adjusted in response to the error from the desired setpoint Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures With the above setting the response ofthe Aux1 Chiller Level 4 20 Output is seen to be Level Input Aux1 Analog Output 50 4ma fully closed position 45 B 8 ma 40 76 B 12 ma 35 16ma 30 20ma fully open position So a 20 change in vessel level will cause the positioning valve to go from a closed position to fully open position Decreasing the gain P term to 12 5 by half will de crease the output sensitivity to a input change The po sitioning valve will be stroked from closed to full open position over a la
337. s Diff 131 4 Psig Sep Temp 105 7 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin p p Press 127 7 Psig c ilter Diff 8 6 Psig 01 01 2013 09 51 58 Motor Oil EN Inj Temp 102 3 F No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 14 3 Menu Screen and Slide Calibration Button Vission 20 20 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 14 Slide Calibration 8 Use the button on the Vission 20 20 to drive 11 Repeat the same procedure for the Volume slide the capacity slide to its maximum mechanical stop motor position This will be apparent by a slowing of the motor rotation and a winding sound from the ac tuator motor When you hear the motor wind up release the button 9 Quickly press and release the BLUE CALIBRATION BUTTON on the ACTUATOR motor once The RED LED will stop flashing This now instructs the ACTUATOR motor that this point is the maximum slide position This point corresponds to 5 volts The ACTUATOR calibration procedure is completed Now the Capacity Channel is automatically cali brated based on the calibration settings made to the actuator CAUTION Do not over tigten screws Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment 10 Gently lower the plastic cover to where it contacts the base and O ring seal After making sure that the cover is not binding gently tighten the four screws Figure 14 4 P
338. s a cap hold value 80 So the available CFM 408 90 80 100 40 8 CFM and the required CFM to absorb slave 3 load 48 3 which is more than is available so at Interval 2 slave 2 cap hold value 70 Now the available CFM 408 90 70 100 81 6 CFM and since the required CFM to absorb slave 3 load is 48 3 there is now enough available and slave 3 will be shutdown Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures slave 3 is unloaded to its Min Cap setpoint and suction pressure is still below suction control setpoint then pro gram picks second lowest priority compressors in this case slave 2 eligible active compressor from all run ning compressors list and starts unloading it Program unloads slave 2 eligible active compressor to a point where it can handle load of active compressor running at min cap After 2nd interval it can be seen that slave 2 can handle load of slave 3 so slave 3 can be stopped Program then starts machine stop timer 120 sec for active compres sor slave 3 and stops the same when timer is lapsed This process is continued till either setpoint is achieved or all compressors are stopped During loading unloading phase if the communica tion with any of the active running idle compressor is lost then master compressor logs event for the same Compressor with errors t
339. s blocking one or both Clean the optocoupler slots with a optocoupler slots cotton swab and rubbing alcohol Adjust the photo chopper so that the fence extends further into the optocoupler slots Make sure the motor brake operates freely and the photo chopper will not contact the optocouplers when the shaft is pressed down Tape the end of the white wire in the panel and make sure that it cannot touch metal Clean the boards with an electronics cleaner or compressed air The calibrate button is stuck down Try to free the stuck button The position sensor has failed Replace the actuator Push button is being held down for more that second when going through the calibration procedure The white calibrate wire in the grey Turck cable is grounding The actuator goes into calibration intermittently mode spontaneously Avery strong source of electromag netic interference EMI such as a contactor is in the vicinity of the actuator or grey cable The motor was manually moved while the position sensor was not powered The motor brake is not working properly The position sensor s EEPROM memory has failed The photo chopper is misaligned with the slotted optocouplers The motor brake is not working properly The actuator does not transmit the correct position after a power loss There is a rapid clicking noise when the motor is operating Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate
340. s used for oil cooling Motor speed is based on discharge temperature As the discharge temperature varies from the liquid injection control setpoint a modu lating 4 20ma signal wired to the AC motor VFD will ad just the speed of the motor 10 ANALOG OUTPUT BOARI This document provides instructions to help setup the Vission 20 20 for VPLUS AC Motor control ADDITIONAL HARDWARE In order to control the VPLUS pump motor VFD an ana log output card is required The 4 20ma signal from the card will be wired to the VFD and will vary the speed of the VPLUS motor thereby increasing and decreasing the amount of liquid refrigerant that will be injected into the compressor to provide oil cooling HARDWARE WIRING The analog output card needs to be wired to the V PLUS VFD see Figure B 22 and Figure B 23 The V PLUS VFD needs to be wired to the V PLUS Motor see Figure B 23 The digital output card needs to wired to the V PLUS liq uid injection solenoid see Figure B 24 A control relay must also be installed for the V PLUS VFD Start see Figure B 23 and Figure B 24 The control relay is not supplied by Vilter COMPRESSOR VFD 4 20 MA OUTPUT OPTIONAL CONDENSER VFD 4 20 MA OUTPUT had NECI ELEME ER CA CS X SLIDE VALVE POSITON P EO 4 20 MA OUTPUT Ld TE m 200 OUTPUT FOR VPLUS UQUID Seer wp INJECTION WFO 82 OPTIONAL AUXILIARY 1 4 20 MA OUTPUT OPTIONAL AUXILIARY 2 4 20 MA OUTPUT
341. see Figure 4 3 Capacity Slide Indicator Shows the position of the capacity slide from 0 to 10055 via a horizontal blue bar The buttons below the indicator are used in manual capacity control The button will decrease the capacity position and the button will increase the position Volume Slide Indicator Shows the position of the volume slide from 0 to 100 via a horizontal blue bar In some cases in crease and decrease buttons will appear below the volume indicator The buttons only appear if the op erator who is logged on has sufficient privileges If available the buttons work to increase and decrease the volume slide position in the same manner as the capacity slide Stop Button When pressed stops the compressor in all cases Remote Lock Out Button When pressed activates the remote lock out option This is a safety feature that prevents any external de vices from assuming control and starting the com pressor To release the remote lock out the operator must press the unit start button and then the remote button when the start dialog box appears Alarm Reset Button When pressed clears any current alarms trips or status messages that may be displayed on the infor mation bar Note if the condition that created the alarm trip or status message still exits the message will reappear Capacity Slide Volume Slide Suction Press Control Volume Slide Suction Dischar
342. selection of VPLUS Motorized Minimum Valve Open Percent De selected Valve Configuration Avg with Oil Manifold Temperature De selected The oil cooling VPLUS control parameters must now be setup Navigate to the last page of the Compressor Control settings page Setup the Motorized Control This selection should be determined by the op erator through testing Valve setting as show below in Figure B 27 OilSeparator Temp Override 100 deg F Depending upon the size of the oil separator the P term e Setpoint 135 deg F may have to be adjusted to give proper response of the 4 20ma signal to the VFD for the VPLUS motor e Motorized Valve Control P 25 0 121 0 D 4 0 Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 3 0 Psig A Capacity Slide im Oil Control On off Ol Pump Press Restart Ratio s 3 0 Oil Separator Heater Temp 100 F Oi Injection Temp Override 100 F t Liquid Injection Motorized Valve Control Liquid inj Setpoint 1 iaso F Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig p 5o I D o Liquid Inj Setpoint 2 fisso F O Minimum Valve Open foo Suction Oil Sep Temp Override ooo F Press 23 0 Psig CD Avg With Oil Manifold Temperature emp 24 2 F Setpoint Volume Slide LS Discharge No Scheduled Maintenance User 01 04 2002 03 09 20 No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 2643 Figure B 27 VPLUS Motorized Valve Control PID Parameter Setup B 46 Vission
343. sequencing screen where the operator can set up compressor to se quence up to four other compressors This is also sometimes known as lead lag control Condenser Control Navigates to the condenser control screen where the operator can set up local condenser control parameter Vilter VFD e Not currently available Service Options Navigates to the service options screen where the operator can manually turn on off digital and analog outputs for maintenance and diagnostics purposes 9 5 Psig A Capacity Slide Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 29 5 Psig emp 49 8 F Discharge Press 127 7 Psig 82 9 F Oil Press Diff 131 4 Psig Filter Diff 8 6 Psig Inj Temp 102 3 F Sep Temp 105 7 F User admin 01 01 2013 09 51 58 Run Hours 0 Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 5 1 Menu Screen Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Section 5 Menu Screen Instrument Calibration Navigatesto the instrument calibration screen where the operator can calibrate all of the system sensors Slide Calibration Navigates to the slide calibration screen where the operator can calibrate the capacity and volume slide actuators Trend Chart Navigates to the trend chart screen where the opera tor can select up to four parameters for graphical his torical data trending Event List Naviga
344. setpoint is met If a compressor shutdown is desired on a suction pressure drop and a manual reset is required set the OFF value below the Low Suction Pressure safety trip value This will shut down the com pressor and a Reset will be required to restart it The auto cycle function will operate only in local Auto mode and Direct I O Remote Auto mode If the 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide Setpoint 2 38 0 F Volume Slide Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press emp 29 4 Psig 49 5 F Discharge Press emp 130 4 Psig 82 9 F Oil Sep Temp 105 5 F PressRatio 3 3 admin 01 01 2013 15 09 37 Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 6 2 Compressor Control Screen Process Temperature Control Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 6 Compressor Control auto cycle feature is enabled while running in any oth er remote mode the function will simply be ignored However the Minimum slide position will continue to be respected in Remote Auto mode If the compres sor changes from a remote mode back to Local Auto mode the auto cycle feature will operate normally NOTE When the Pumpdown feature is enabled the Auto cycle setpoints are automatically disabled Pump down mode will cause the compressor to cycle off via the Pump down Stop Pressure setpoint and will not allow the compressor to start again
345. setpoint then this timer value is used to make pe TEMPERATURE SETPOINTS riodic sequencing decisions Start Offset Fast Unload Timer Defines the offset from process temperature control e If suction pressure drops below fast unload pressure setpoint to start slave compressor If process tem offset setpoint then this timer value is used to make perature surpasses start offset setpoint and master periodic sequencing decisions compressor capacity has reached max trigger set point then sequencing algorithm allows starting of slave compressors and load to cater increasing load requirements Setpoint e The target setpoint is read only value here This set point can be changed by logging on to Compressor Control Screen Process Temperature 1 Stopped Capacity Slide Process Temperature Control Setpoints Volume Slide Start Offset 2 F Fast Unload Slow Unload Slow Load Fast Load Process Temp Control Temp Offset Temp Offset Setpoint 35 0 F o E Setpoint Timer fao ae Suction o Ser Press 22 8 Psig emp 39 7 F fis sec 35 0 F Timer Discharge Press 106 0 Psig emp 59 4 F Oil Press Diff 126 4 Psig Inj Temp 113 1 F Sep Temp 108 0 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin 4 x 01 01 2014 04 02 57 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 10 3 Compressor Sequencing Screen Process Temperature Control Setpoints
346. showing status of Slave compressors Assign Step size in percentage for the slave see Table B 3 compressor NOTE 4 Assign Min Max capacity values for the slave Before configuring the Compressor Sequencing compressor table on the master compressor log on to slave 5 Repeatsteps 1 4toconfigureallslavecompressors compressors one by one and enable the sequencing in slave mode from the Configuration screen then put each Vission 20 20 slave in Remote mode Then Auto sequencing can be started from the master com log onto the master compressor and add slaves from pressor by selecting the green Unit Start button and Device List Screen After adding configure slaves pressing the Auto Seq button from Equipment List table Table B 3 Status Symbols Slave Compressor is detected but is not configured in the sequencing table Default If slave Compressor is not present Slave Compressor is configured in sequencing table but is not configured in Remote mode Slave Compressor configured in sequencing table and is in ready to run state ry Slave Compressor is running with Alarm condition v LI EF 8 EE 8 a Oe B 20 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures WALK THROUGH OF SEQUENCING LOADING AND UNLOADING Assume Suction Pressure Control Example Pressure control setpoints for setpoint 20 psig
347. sion 20 20 each screen has a security level whereby allowing operators technicians and or supervi sors the ability to modify different sets of setpoints The Vission 20 20 has four levels of security see Figure 22 1 Level 0 This is the default level with no operator logged in The function available to the operator are very limited and basically only allows someone to start and stop the compressor Level 1 This is a technician level of access All the setpoints needed to operate and adjust the perfor mance of the compressor will be available to an op erator with this level of access e Level 2 This is a supervisor level of access Setpoints that require a higher level of knowledge such as cali brating instrument will be available to an operator with this level of access Suction Pressure 1 Stopped No Scheduled Maintenance No Alarm Trips Present Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 evel 3 This is considered a contractor level of ac cess The setpoints available at this level have the most potential of causing damage to the compressor Therefore this access is restricted to those only with the highest level of competence The user access screen is also where new operators are added changed or removed Any operator can add an additional operator but can only add an operator of less er or equal security level Apply When selected applies th
348. sion Capacity Hold when itis running Unless Auto load is disengaged compressor will run at auto load limit position Auto load disengages if enough Pressure Ratio is built typically more than 2 04 or setpoints are achieved 4 SOI Solenoid During normal operation if pressure ra tio drops to a lower value typically below 2 00 then it energizes SOI solenoid and maintains the position of ca pacity slide to the SOI Load limit approx 30 25 less than 50 75 It also displays status message Cool Compression Capacity Hold If enough Pressure Ratio is built across the compressor typically more than 2 04 it again re sumes the run mode and control normally 5 It performs Cool Compression specific checks periodi cally like Controlling the liquid level positioning valve as liquid ammonia level changes Low high Pressure Oil Injection ports control as Pressure Ratio and Superheat temperature changes Supplemental Oil Cooling Solenoids Some cool compression units will have supplemental oil cooling solenoids One is called the suction liquid injection solenoid and is controlled via discharge su perheat When the discharge superheat reaches 5 F the solenoid is turned on When it falls back to below 4 F the solenoid is turned off An additional solenoid referenced as SV4 as called the High Press Ratio solenoid provides supplemental oil cooling based on pressure ratio When the pressure ratio rises above 5 0 the so
349. sor COntrol 5 tpe eremi rara nre ta e eni ine oua ie d re n eea p na 19 5 Optional Function Selection itti ree eher E Ehe re pai Pen ERE EE FERRE ERA Rene ERRARE S 19 6 eon aruwnmec m 19 6 OU JUD M M 19 6 erem 19 7 TUCKS CREO 19 7 Motor Current Device eon n ner ree rede aer rn ae ge a rn aee n n eae n e e des 19 7 Special Compressor 5 01 05 24 22 19 7 Digital INPUTS evssiiv cscsecteveeceenecsrvsesenngentey A 19 8 A alog INPUTS E 19 9 0 perte c 19 10 Digital OUTPUTS cU 19 10 AA 19 12 Section 20 Data Backup QN 20 1 SERES 20 1 ifs c M aiea 20 3 Factory rre 20 3 20 4 SETPOINES HP 21 1 6 ie LIU EOD TOOL TEE 21 1 Noir 21 2 foro M 21 2 Gina rc c A 21 2 au MN 22 1 one A 22 1 Ir 22 2 Wea ns Te 660 vu
350. ss When the Process control is selected as the control mode this box will appear and displays the process temperature Vol Displays the position of the volume slide from 0 to 100 Anti Recycle Displays the anti recycle time if applicable Oil Pump The oil pump on a Vilter compressor often cycles on and off depending on differential pressure This in dicator informs the operator when the oil pump is running Oil Heater The oil heater often cycles on and off depending on the separator oil temperature This indicator informs the operator when the oil heater is on Remote Lock Out Displays the current status of the remote lock out While on no system controller can remotely as sume control of the Vission 20 20 panel and start the compressor Menu Button When pressed navigates the operator to the menu screen Figure 4 6 Splash Screen Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Section 4 Main Screen Step VI Screen Low VI Displays the current status of Low VI Digital Output This will be displayed only when the VI control meth od is set as Step VI High VI Displays the current status of High VI Digital Output This will be displayed only when the VI control meth od is set as Step VI Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 8 0 Psig A Capacity Slide Anti Recycle 00 00 149 ol Pump Of Su
351. ssecescessseecensesescesssecsscecscescossecssceseesseeseneseeessees C14 PLC Remote Compressor Control of Vission 20 20 eese eene enne nnne nne C19 Remote Compressor Control Via 0 7 C20 Configuration Screen Setup For Remote Control Through Communications eee C24 Introducing The Remote Lock Button And Restart On Power Failure Selection ssssss C24 Common Register Setup For Controlling The Vission 20 20 Compressor Control Via Communications C 25 Control Scenario wits ee teo eee arte e uet gna e eene ege uev REP eas uen le aue eue ue e ew rae Ee e t laden ee va Dee e C28 Remote MOnitoring c 7 C28 ComimunicationPOrt Sebup 2 cetsooteuen ee ci treten tt voce AE EN EE saute subse seuss EAEEREN AE RES C28 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel C 2 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel INTRODUCTION This document provides the reader with guidelines to successfully communicate to and integrate with the Vilter 20 20 control panel NETWORKING The Vission 20 20 directly supports two different hard ware networks a Ethernet supporting Modbus TCP and Ethernet I P protocols
352. ssscavstassiccesyseaiscecesvosnsecuadewecnseasensseansacsesasnescoes tis eiiie dki eiiieaen 9 1 10 1 eia ni g Eenes 10 1 Compressor Sequencing Table Status Symbols ressenti sensoren i Ee EUER YER E ENa N Ea ea iaiia E oer ERN SENE EE ERN ep e eR p 10 3 Suction Pressure Control Setpoint 2 oorr y e I FEE ERRN ER SERE PAREN SPEC ccs ENEES EP RLHSE SEA ERER HERR X PER E ERR Ye Rees 10 4 Pressure SeEDOIDIES oerte ex toos ex iE XE YR e UN ek Te ee EE YER P E REEKCE Ue ea EAE ad eae eg Uu ed 10 4 Capacity Load Unload Timers iicet retten be toan ES Pee SER et ned eges 10 4 Process Temperature Control Setpoints liess ieeeseeeseeseee eene nennen ai aasa ttn et tentent 10 5 EARO E TESE S ORES Ea SIAE Easa 10 5 Capacity Load Unload Titels iiio erede eret eed eae en vo ecu t epe ses 10 6 10 7 Discharge Pressure Control Setpoilits oreet Pressure SEDOM S annsira Eae e e EE IN Re ae ke P KERN 10 7 Capacity Load Unload Timmets i oerte titer Pret et bee aei Ere eR NER VER QUEE BEAR ER E HIS Sasis enes 10 7 BrauiBrp 10 8 Devices List eoo 10 8 View Detected Devices voie eene se er eR pea eee ERU x rhe PRSE Eu EP EUR seus eaceuvecescondecusescadesncasanseotesee 10 9 Lupum me
353. ssure As its control parameter changes value it will make decisions to start stop load and unload slave Setup compressors as needed to maintain the control setpoint which is defined in the master compressor sequencing SCOPE screen Vission 20 20 programs version 4550 1 and later NOTE The master compressor will ALWAYS be priority 1 OVERVIEW compressor and act as the trim compressor So this must be taken into account when deciding which Compressor sequencing in the Vission 20 20 panel is compressor is to act as the master compressor carried out by utilizing the Ethernet communication port using Modbus TCP protocol Future program releas The following discussion assumes that the physical es will accommodate using the serial RS 485 Modbus Ethernet Network has been installed between all Vission RTU port This will give the Vission 20 20 control panel 20 20 control panels the ability to sequence Vission control panels acting as Master Control All legacy Vission panels will always act as slaves Compressor sequencing is accomplished by the master compressor monitoring its own control parameter ei ther suction pressure process temperature or discharge Suction Pressure 1 2 6 Psig A Capacity Slide 06 Volume Slide 0 0 Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Pressure Control Set 1 Setpoint 2 Pressure Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig 30 0 Psig Capacity Increase interva
354. ssure 20 0 Psig T ischarge Press 119 0 Psig emp 131276 2E Page SESENEN ERRARE Oil Filter Diff 10 0 Psig Sep Temp 108 0 F ETE PressRatio 3 6 uperheat 40 9 F No Scheduled Maintenance User admin p 02 01 2014 15 15 50 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 Amperage 0 0 Amps 1 Auto Cycle Differential 4 0 Psig Figure B 1 Pulldown Setpoints SETPOINT SELECTION EXAMPLE The following example is to illustrate the selection of setpoints for the Pulldown feature The values picked are NOT representative of actual field applications Assumptions and Variables Current suction pressure is at 80 psig Target suction pressure is 20 psig This defines a change of 60 psig Time duration allowed to get to setpoint is 10 days 240 hours of Pulldown time Suction pressure change allowed for each step is 5 psig To calculate the Delay Per Step setpoint Number of Pulldown Steps Delta 60 psig change 1 step 5 psig 12 steps Delay per step 240 hours 12 steps 20 hours step So for the first 20 hours the compressor runs at 75 psig then for the next 20 hours at 70 psig then for the next 20 hours at 65 psig and so forth After the 12th step running at 25 psig 240 hours will have elapsed and the new setpoint changes to 20 psig After the Pulldown setpoint equals or is less than the control setpoint the Pulldown feature disables itself B 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Em
355. stment This setpoint should be set to the lowest value that gives adequate control system response Increasing the proportional setting increases the control system s sensitivity to small process fluctuations and the ten dency to hunt Integral reset Used to integrate the error over time to account for a small error that has persisted for a long time This quantity is used for fine adjustment This setpoint is used to smooth out process variations This setpoint should be set high enough to prevent hunting but nottoo high orit will cause control system overshoot D Derivative rate Used to account for how fast the error is changing positively or negatively Setpoint Setpoint used by PID engine Inverse This option is used to inverse Analog Aux Output to vary output from 20 mA to 4 mA Typically used where normally open solenoids are to be operated Negative Error Negative Error option is used when PID should be ac tive only if negative error is present Setpoint is great er than Process Variable Scalable Control Minimum Input Maximum Input These setpoints defines minimum and maxi mum Input range for configured active input Minimum Output Maximum Output These setpoints defines minimum and maxi mum output The Auxiliary output produces a linear value based on these settings Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Sect
356. stueseduesotuasteeceeehsaruaess 22 2 Sereen Security T 22 3 TOC 4 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Table of Contents Section Title Section Number Section 23 Help Screen EEEE T E 23 1 Screen 6 23 1 gni 24 1 Setup Configuration Serei 3 aonaran eaa aeaa it 24 1 06 010 Nissisen sssri iensen eion NTE EEE ESEO Euse aKENo a ETK ENKE 24 2 Slide Calibration enne nnne 24 2 TwiniScrew Oil PreSSU E 226 Oil Pressure Monitoring BEFORE Compressor Starts eese nennen nennen 24 6 Low Oil Pressure Safety Bypass cuui retinet e nee cos te eurn Ea Y re eden n PEE YER eee eve un 24 6 24 7 Section 25 Cool Compression Control Bu 25 1 xal E 25 1 Control dtsfeifep er L M 25 2 25 4 Section 26 Remote Oil Cooler OVERVIEW ees 26 1 Remote Oil CoolerSetpoint erret rere eI i ERI EE ER EY E Sanae Ee Pu E EL ER FERRE T EXE aaa ud 26 1 S EG 26 2 A Ue E RREREUSTeUREERRV VR CERE X AT 26 2 Appendix A Vission 20 20 Troubleshooting Guide Vission 20 20 Troubles
357. t Start but ton and then the Remote button When the input mod ule is energized then Setpoint 2 is active De energizing the module places the Vission 20 20 control panel into Setpoint 1 mode 9 3 Psig A Capacity Slide 0 5 96 Volume Slide Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press emp Setpoint 2 StopLload Force Unload 5 0 Amps 290 0 Psig 2 0 Psig 6 0 E 8 0 F 10 0 Amps 200 0 Psig i 0 0 Psig 29 3 Psig 49 5 F Discharge Press emp Menu Oil Filter Diff 8 9 Psig Sep Temp 105 7 F PressRatio 3 3 Superheat 6 1 F 130 5 Psig 82 7 F admin 01 01 2013 15 28 06 Run Hours 0 User Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure B 4 Compressor Control Load Limit Setpoint 1 and Setpoint 2 Setup Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures SERIAL OR ETHERNET OPERATION AND SETPOINT 1 AND SETPOINT 2 SELECTION Refer to Table B 4 for register information for setting the active setpoint Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 83 6 Psig A Capacity Slide Alarm Tip Low Suction Pressure Setpoint No 1 1 Hg 1 Hg Setpoint No 2 io Hg 2o Hg Volume Slide Setpoint No 1 210 0 Psig 220 0 Psig Setpoint No 2 220 0 Psig 230 0 Psig High Process Temperature Suction Press Control Setpoint No 1 100 0 F None Setpoint 20 0 Ps
358. t opening of the positioning valve based on the vessel level input signal This mode of operation for level control is not as common since the valve opening is in direct propor tion to the defined input range and doesn t consider a setpoint or error from setpoint It simply moves the positioning valve in direct relation to the defined level input signal This requires a lot of testing to know what the correct input and output range is needed to achieve a desired level You can define an input range to cover the entire 0 100 input span or you can define a partial range for in stance 0 to 50 see Figure B 21 The output can be the full 4 20ma output range or a partial range for instance 12 to 20 ma The input and output ranges are com pletely flexible In addition you can define an Inverse output The proportional control on the left is setup such that for a 0 to 100 input the respective output ranges 20 ma to 4 ma reverse acting output B 39 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 2 4 Psig A Capacity Slid Analog Outputs Aux1 Chiller Level 4 20 Out Aux2 Condenser Level 4 20 Out O Standard input Auxiliary Input O Standard Input Auxiliary input C Run Always Active input Chiller Level 4 20 ir C Run Always Active input Condenser Level 4 v C Trigger LJ Tigger Tagger input Analog input gt Digital input Enable if Above O Tigger Va
359. tal output Economizer Port 2 digital output is enabled when Compressor type selected from configuration screen is VSM7 and Economizer Port 1 digital out put is enabled 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide 0 5 96 Volume Slide ONC Enabled Min Limit Volume Slide Adjustment 70 20 O N O ONC Enabled fo Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Min Max Capacity Range foo 200 0 Soft Load 7s Suction Press 29 4 Psig O Enable Load Anticipating Algorithm 1 1 1 E p No Alarm Trips Present Rate Deadband 0 25 No Scheduled Maintenance emp Discharge Press 130 4 Psig emp B2 5E Menu mew Oil ilter Diff 9 0 Psig ep Temp 105 7 F User admin PressRatio 3 3 Superheat 6 2 F 01 01 2013 15 33 43 Run Hours 0 Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 6 11 Compressor Control Screen Misc 2 Economizer amp Hot Gas Bypass Control Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 6 13 6 4 Section 6 Compressor Control Volume Slide Position Offset These setpoints offer the ability to alter the Volume po sition table to take advantage of potential energy sav ings Since the volume position is a function of the ca pacity position the offset to the volume is based on the position of the capacity slide The volume offset can be applied
360. tandard VNC Authentication VNC Host 127 0 0 1 30 User name INC Password t 3 Type VNC Password and you re logged in E vissonaa200 a gH hs emo a agx Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 0 20 1 31 12 05 08 2014 11 32 12 Motor Run Hours 2 Notes 1 The default password is VVNC and default Port Number is 5900 2 SSVNC client is required only if web browser option is enabled 3 If web browser option is not enabled then need to use any normal VNC client without SSL SSH support SSVNC client will not work PLC REMOTE COMPRESSOR CONTROL OF VISSION 20 2 PLC remote compressor control of the Vission 20 20 panel either via communications or hardwired is accomplished by placing the panel into Remote mode Remote Control Mode in the panel refers to two distinct ways of controlling the compressor 1 Control via communication port This can be accomplished through e Ethernet via Ethernet I P or Modbus TCP IP Serial RS485 Modbus RTU 2 Control via Direct I O Digital inputs Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 C 19 C 20 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel REMOTE COMPRESSOR CONTROL VIA COMMUNICATIONS A compressor control scheme that is accomplished via communications must follow some general rules The Vission 20 20 panel does not have a separate processor to handle communications from a computer or PLC All tasks
361. tart Temp Alarm setpoint High Oil Injection Temp Warning This message will appear when the Oil Injection Temperature exceeds the safety setting of the High Oil Injection Temp Alarm setpoint High Filter Differential Warning This message will appear when the Filter Differential Pressure exceeds the safety setting of the High Filter Diff Start Pressure Alarm setpoint High Superheat Temp Warning This message will appear when the Discharge Superheat Temperature exceeds the safety setting of the High Superheat Start Temp Trip setpoint Analog Aux in 1 16 Warning This message will appear when the Analog Aux in 1 16 exceeds falls below the safety setting of the High Low Alarm setpoint 7 8 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 8 Timers Overview The timers screen allows the operator to view and adjust timer settings associated with compressor operation There are different types of timers that the operator should be aware of listed below For Timer Screen Pages see Figures 8 1 and 8 2 Reference Figure 8 1 Changeover The changeover timers will change from one type control to another once the compressor has started and then the timer has expired Bypass e The bypass timers prevent certain alarm and trip checks from occurring until the compressor has started and then the time has expired Suction Pressure 1 8 Capacity
362. te 200 0 5 150 0 200 0 150 0 Read Write eo Ui Read Write o Ui i e e v 3 200 0 150 0 3 Read Write 15 0 100 0 Read Write 1 Read Write 200 0 150 0 Read Write 3 2 Read Write 2 200 0 150 0 Read Write 3 Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write 200 0 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 1 0 1 0 5 1 0 0 5 Read Write 1 0 Read Write 0 5 5 Read Write 1 0 5 200 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Read Write 200 0 150 0 5 0 0 D 0 0 5 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 9 0 0 5 0 0 0 Read Write ge 200 0 150 0 Read Write Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table N58 3 40573 Stop Delay Time INT Read Write 300 10 0 Setpoint 1 N58 4 40574 Minimum Slide INT Read Write 100 20 0 Position Setpoint 1 N58 5 40575 Start Press F INT Read Write 200 0 200 0 Temp Setpoint 150 0 2 N58 6 40576 Start Delay Time INT Read Write 300 20 0 Setpoint 2 N58 7 40577 Stop Press F INT Read Write 200 0 Temp Setpoint 150 0 2 N58 8 40578 Stop Delay Time T Read Write 300 Setpoint 2 N58 9 40579 Minimum Slide NT Read Write 100 Position Setpoint 2 l NEN rumen Pa de N59 0 40590 Stop Pressure F INT Read Write 15 0 200 0 Setpoint 1 N59 1 40591 Stop DelayTime
363. temperature This creates a more stable control variable and should result in more stable control This selection should be determined by the operator through testing NOTE For more information on oil cooling setups see Appendix B 6 16 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 7 Alarms and Trips Overview The Alarms and Trips screen allows the operator to view and adjust settings for compressor safety and alarm set tings For Alarms and Trips Screen Pages refer to Figures 7 1 7 2 7 3 and 7 4 Vission 20 20 uses Alarms as a way to notify the opera tor of running parameters that if left unchecked could result in the compressor shutting down due to a trip Trips are the conditions that exceed the safety limits of the compressor or refrigeration system and stops the compressor Trips are always displayed as a red banner and alarms are yellow banners on the top and bottoms status bars Alarms and trip conditions are also logged to provide an operational history for the operator Both alarms and trips will be logged in the event list accessible from the menu screen Trips also trigger the input output screen to take a snapshot of all input and output values as freeze screen The freeze screens are available as left Suction Pressure 1 Alarm Low Suction Pressure RES 5 Setpoint No 2 1 0 Hg 2 0 Hg 5 5 High Discharge Pressure f Setpoint No 1 21
364. tes to the event list screen where the operator can view the systems events such as trips or alarms in descending chronological order Input Output States Allows viewing of the live data of all analog and digi tal input and outputs Also allows viewing of a snap shot of all analog and digital input and outputs at the time of the last compressor fault event Suction Pressure 1 No Scheduled Maintenance No Alarm Trips Present Service Options Alarms and Trips Instrument Calibration Timers Slide Calibration Compressor Scheduling Trend Chart Compressor Sequencing Event List Remote Oil Cooler Input Output States emp Vilter VED Auxiliary I O Discharge Auxiliary I O e Navigates to the auxiliary I O screen where an op erator can configure any auxiliary instruments or devices Configuration Navigates to configuration screens where the initial system parameters are configured Data Backup Allows the operator to backup setpoints configura tion parameters and calibration settings to a USB memory device In addition this allows the restora tion of previously saved database files Main Navigates back to the main screen Remote Oil Cooler Navigates to the Remote Oil Cooler screen where the operator can set up local Remote Oil Cooler con trol parameter Menu screen will show this option in place of condenser control option when enabled see Figure 5 2
365. th Entry Box to set the current month Day Entry Box to set the current date Communications The communication section is the control center for all communications to the Vission 20 20 panel It is possi ble to have multiple modes of communications enabled and used However only one mode can be used to con trol the Vission 20 20 which is selected in the Active Remote Control drop down box For a complete list of communication registers please refer to the Vission 20 20 communication table Active Remote Control Selects the mode of remote control The operator can select between Direct I O Serial or Ethernet On Communication Failure This feature of the Vission 20 20 offers the ability to define how the Vission 20 20 will handle a communi cation failure a Revert to Local Control Once the compressor has been running in remote mode a communication failure detect timer as configured in Timers screen will start If no further communication takes place to the 20 20 for configured time the 20 20 will be placed in Local Auto mode a yellow banner will be displayed on the 20 20 signifying that a Remote Comm Time out occurred and the Event List will get populated with a time stamped Remote Comm Time out event b Stop Compressor with Trip Once the compressor has been running in remote mode a communication failure detect timer as configured in Timers screen will start If no further comm
366. than slide valve set point 2 the output is de energized Alarm Output This output is energized when the system has no alarms If an alarm is issued the output de energizes and stays de energized until the alarm condition is cleared Economizer Port 2 Output This output is energized when the compressor slide valve percentage is equal to or greater than slide valve set point for economizer port 2 It is de ener gized when the compressor slide valve percentage is less than slide valve set point for economizer port 2 Liquid Injection 1 Output The function of this output will differ depending on what type liquid injection is selected If the liquid in jection solenoid only is chosen then the output will energize when discharge temperature is above liquid injection setpoint 1 and the oil separator tempera ture is above the oil separator temperature override set point The output is de energized when any one of the above condition is not met f the compressor has liquid injection with motor ized value oil cooling then this output is energized when the compressor is running and the discharge temperature is above the oil separator temperature override set point and the oil separator temperature is above the override setpoint The output is de en ergized when the discharge temperature falls below the on setpoint minus the solenoid differential or when oil separator temperature is below the oil sepa rator
367. then minimum capacity Min Cap setpoint The Min Cap setting will take priority Example Configured step 20 Configured min cap 10 Configured max cap 80 Program starts loading slave compressor in steps of 20 so every interval values will be Interval 1 10 min cap Interval 2 10 20 Interval 3 30 20 50 Interval 4 50 20 Interval 5 70 20 90 which is more than max cap so last step will be 80 MIN CAP MAX CAP slave compressors Definesthe lowest and highest capacity in percent age with which a slave compressor is allowed to run Minimum capacity value takes preference on first step value Maximum capacity value takes prefer ence over last step value Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Example Configured step 5 Configured min cap 10 Configured max cap 80 Program starts loading compressor in steps of 5 so every interval values will be Interval 1 10 min cap Interval 2 10 5 7 15 36 Interval 3 15 5 Interval 4 20 5 5 Last Interval 75 5 80 max cap Max Trigger Example Configured Max Trigger 85 Start Offset 2 psig Suction Pressure Setpoint 20 psig Suction Pressure Currently at 23 psig Master s Compressor Capacity at 90 At this point the Master compressor will start the ma chine start timer to start the next priority sla
368. ting of slave compressors and load to cater increasing load requirements Suction Pressure Process Temperature Discharge Pressure Control Setpoint e The target setpoints are read only values here These setpoints can be changed by logging on to Compressor Control menu of the Master Compressor Capacity Slide Volume Slide k Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Pressure Offset Suction o Psig Press Timer emp fas sec Fast Load 22 7 Psig 39 0 F Discharge Press 105 5 Psig emp 59 8 F Oil Press Diff 126 4 Psig Filter Diff 10 5 Psig Inj Temp 113 5 F Sep Temp 107 3 F Motor o Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure B 8 Slave Compressor s Loading and Unloading Setup Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Fast Load Offset Defines the offset from control setpoint to monitor compressor load If suction pressure process tem perature surpasses this setpoint value then sequenc ing decisions are made according to Fast Load Timer Fast Unload Offset Defines the offset from control setpoint to moni tor compressor load If suction pressure process temperature goes below this setpoint value then sequencing decisions are made according to Fast Unload Timer Users below security level 2 Supervisor are not allowed to edit the sequencing settings Example
369. tion 12 Service Options Section 13 Instruments Calibration Section 14 Slide Calibration Section 15 Trend Chart Section 16 Event List Section 17 Input Output Section 18 Auxiliary Input Output Section 19 Configuration Section 20 Data Backup Section 21 Maintenance Section 22 User Access Section 23 Help Screen Section 24 Twin Screw Control Section 25 Cool Compression Control Section 26 Remote Oil Cooler Appendix A Vission 20 20 Troubleshooting Guide Appendix B Application Procedures Appendix C Remote Control Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communications Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 It is highly recommended that the manual be reviewed prior to servicing the Vission 20 20 system parts Figures and tables are included to illustrate key concepts Safety precautions are shown throughout the manual They are defined as the following WARNING Warning statements are shown when there are hazardous situations if not avoided will result in se rious injury or death CAUTION Caution statements are shown when there are potentially hazardous situations if not avoided will result in damage to equipment NOTE Notes are shown when there are additional infor mation pertaining to the instructions explained NOTICE Notices are shown when there are important information that can help avoid system failure ADDITIONAL IMPORTANT NOTES Due to continui
370. tional boards are re selected after new flashcard is installed e R2 6 28 10 added note to indicate recalibration of actuators is unnecessary Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Figure B 9 Flashcard Replacement B 26 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Danfoss Liquid Injection Valve Setup NOTE Consult the VSS VSM VSR Unit Manual for proper Danfoss ICM valve setup procedure Condenser Control Ovable Model 451 Ot Refrigerant A717 Fans 1 Other K Factor f1 Pumps Compressor Control Superheat T SAT vs Oil Sep Temp fier T SAT vs Oil Sep Temp Delay 1 sec T SAT vs Disch Temp h T SAT vs Disch Temp Delay Compressor VSS Oil Pump No Pump Suction Pressure Control fe Cycing O Full Time ew ho oil Cooling O Thermosyphon Process Temp Control 1 Motor Current Device Current Transformer O 4 20ma Transmtter Optional Function Selection O H20 04 Cooler C Compressor vFD Uquid injection O Solenoids fi 9 Motorized valve O Side volume Poston C Economizer Pressure me Figure B 10 Configuration Screen Page 2 Oil Cooling section Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 11 0 Psig A Capacity Slide Misc 1 Control Mode Enable Schedule
371. tioned by the controller To counteract the capacity slide drift problem the twin screw manual mode op eration has an added anti drift feature that automati cally maintains the position of the hydraulic actuator Slide Calibration Capacity Slide Valve Potentiometer This section provides critical information and control parameters related to the capacity slide actuator The cap display shows the actual value in percent of the Suction Pressure 1 Capacity Slide Valve Potentiometer Cap Software limit set points Min Limit Max Limit 4850 0 Input Value 219 63 mv Position Signal Type o5 m 0 6 Q4 20ma LI E IN NN No Scheduled Maintenance User No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 capacity slide without any conditioning that might be applied to the other capacity position displays In addi tion this section displays the value of the actuator sig nals in millivolts in the input Value display box see Figure 24 2 Button e When the operator presses and holds this button the output associated with capacity slide decrease sole noid is energized and the oil pump is energized The oil pump is needed to force oil into the capacity slide chamber to move the capacity slide Button e When the operator presses and holds this button the output associated with capacity slide increase sole noid is energized and the oil pump is energized The oil pump is needed to f
372. to a zip file So a zip file will have to be selected to load or overwritten when saved Once a zip files is selected the name will be shown in the filename window Unmount By pressing the Unmount button any USB drive se lected in the Available Devices window will be dis connected from the operating system and can be safely removed from the USB port Back The back button returns the operator to the preced ing window display of files and folders Filename This window is where the operator can give a name to a saved backup file This field will automatically be populated if a file is selected in the Select Folder File window Settings Using this table the operator can choose to save or load all or part of the information contained in the Vission 20 20 Data Items Using this table the operator can choose to save or load all or part of the information contained in the Vission 20 20 according to checkbox selections Save Load Button This button initiates the save or load process 20 2 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 20 Data Backup Migrate Factory Reset Loading data from an older version of the Vission 20 20 The Factory reset button offers the operator the ability software to be complicated due to dif to reset all the Vission 20 20 setpoints back to the facto ferences in databases This migrate function close
373. tor can download the information on the sequencing event list through the Data Backup Screen EVENTS LIST COLUMNS Date Displays the date of the event in MM DD YYYY format Time Displays the time of the event in HH MM SS format Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 3 0 Psig A Event Type Message 01 02 2014 14 30 44 PM Info maintenance M c OS tooo 6 Start Slave Compressor Slavel Event Type Displays the type of message for a particular listing Common type are Error Alarm Info and Info These help the operator to understand the meaning ofthe message in the next column Message Displays the informational string that describes the event Capacity Slide Volume Slide Suction Press Control Suction Discharge owe 2s wis Master User Vilter 01 02 2014 14 33 14 Run Hours 6 Figure 10 11 Compressor Sequencing Screen Events Log Page 5 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 10 Compressor Sequencing Configuration Overview NOTE Slave Compressors should be configured first then configure the Master Compressor The Configuration screen allows the operator to e Enable Disable Compressor Sequencing Select Slave Master Mode of operation for the compressor Assign a unique compressor name Enable Ethernet port Select Modbus TCP protocol Assign a unique Ethernet IP address
374. trol this input is enabled Operational only when the com pressor is running Energizing this input will increase the slide valve position The slide valve will continuously increase as long as this input is energized The slide valve will not in crease when this input is de energized Remote Capacity Decrease Input Operational only when the compressor is running This input is enabled if the compressor is enabled for remote I O control Energizing this input will de crease the slide valve position The slide valve will continuously decrease as long as this input is ener gized The slide valve will not decrease when this in put is de energized Condenser Remote Oil Cooler Step 1 Output This output is enabled when condenser control or Remote Oil Cooler option is selected A condenser Remote Oil Cooler fan or pump will be turned on or off by this output Condenser Remote Oil Cooler Step 2 Output This output is enabled when condenser control or Remote Oil Cooler option is selected A condenser Remote Oil Cooler fan or pump will be turned on or off by this output Condenser Remote Oil Cooler Step 3 Output This output is enabled when condenser or Remote Oil Cooler control option is selected A condenser Remote Oil Cooler fan or pump will be turned on or off by this output Condenser Remote Oil Cooler Step 4 Output This output is enabled when condenser or Remote Oil Cooler control option
375. ty Slide You should use this option when you wish to generate setpoints report for one or more of the following screens Settings EE All O Select Volume Slide Compressor Sequencing Auxiliary VO Condenser Control Configuration gt Calibration Alarms mps Temers Maintenance 20 4 i i Compressor Control Compressor Scheduling Wend Chart No Scheduled Maintenance User No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 20 9 Psig emp 49 5 F Discharge Press 147 3 Psig Filter Diff 8 9 Psig Inj Temp 103 0 F p Temp 113 7 F 02 04 2013 19 22 57 Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 20 3 Data Backup Screen Setpoints Report Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 21 Maintenance Overview Maintenance Name This column of tasks that should be performed at the The maintenance screen is a convenient place to keep run hours indicated in Maintenance interval column track of the maintenance performed and any upcom Selectthe checkbox from the maintenance task name ing maintenance recommended by Vilter Based on this and press update button to perform the sign off page banners will be displayed on the lower status bar Maintenance Interval Hours Yellow banners are to warn the operator of any upcom ing maintenance and red banners indicate mainten
376. ual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 Display Section 3 Hardware Architecture Digital Input Output 1 0 Refer to Table 3 1 Compressor Start Output When the Vission 20 20 signals the compressor to start this output is energized When the Vission 20 20 signals the compressor to stop this output is de energized Oil Pump Start Output Whenthe Vission 20 20 signals the oil pump to start this output is energized When the Vission 20 20 sig nals the oil pump to stop this output is de energized Capacity Increase Output This output is only active when the compressor is running When the Vission 20 20 determines that the compressor should increase capacity by moving the slide valve to a higher percentage this output is energized Once the slide valve reaches 100 this output will not energize Capacity Decrease Output This output is only active when the compressor is running When the Vission 20 20 determines that the compressor should decrease capacity by moving the slide valve to a lower percentage this output is energized Once the slide valve reaches 0 this out put will not energize Volume Increase Output This output is only active when the compressor is running When the Vission 20 20 determines that the compressor should increase Volume Index VI by moving the volume slide to a higher percentage this output is energized Once the volume slide reaches 100 this output will
377. uction Pressure 1 Stopped 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide Anti Recycle 00 00 Oil Pump Off Oil Heater Off Remote Lock Out On 29 4 Psig 0 9 9 50 0 F Volume Slide ae 127 9 Psig 83 1 F Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 29 4 Psig ES i 2 masia XC In 169 7 Psig Discharge Out 160 8 Psig Press 127 9 Psig Diff 8 9 Psig 106 0 F emp B3 TE Oil Press Diff 131 4 Psig ilter Diff 8 9 Psig Inj Temp 102 1 F ep Temp 106 0 F User admin 01 01 2013 09 41 42 Motor Run Hours Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure 4 1 Main Screen Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 4 1 Section 4 Main Screen Top Status Bar The standard view of the status bar shows three pieces of information From left to right the bar shows the con trol method the current run mode and the difference between the desired control setpoint and the actual val ue of the processes control value see Figure 4 2 The status bar also has an alternate function where it dis plays to the user any information that requires user at tention or intervention It accomplishes this by changing the status bar s color and or flashing a additional infor mation bars over the standard status bar view Standard Bar blue Indicates a condition where the compressor motor is not running Standard Bar green e Informs the operator that the co
378. ue Anti Recycle Timer if the compressor has run Defines the amount of time the compressor is in a Emergency Stop Timer for a time period that exceeds the setpoint of the False start condition before activating the Emergency Accumulative Anti Recycle Timer then when the stop The emergency stop output can be connected compressor shuts down it will be allowed to restart to a shunt trip in the case of a run away compressor immediately to remove all powerto the system Compressor Interlock Bypass Low Suction Pressure Safety Bypass Once the Vission 20 20 has sent a command to the Sets the time that the compressor is allowed to run compressor starter to start a return signal is expect at lower suction pressure then would usually be allow ed This timer defines how much time to wait for that atstart up signal before setting a trip condition High Superheat Temp Safety Changeover Thistimer activates at shutdown and changes the re start parameters if the time has not been met Suction Pressure 1 6 1 Psig A Capacity Slide Value Communication Failure Detect Timer 1 min Max Restart After Power Failure Volume Slide Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Hot Starts per Hour True Anti Recycle Timer Accumulative Anti Recycle Timer E 3 5 E A 5 Compressor Interlock Bypass 10 sec High Motor Amps Safety Bypass 15 sec Emergency Stop Timer 10 min Suction Press 13 9 Psig emp 40 2 F
379. uirement to assure am ple current carrying capability Never under size wire gauges Voltage Source e Transformers block a large percentage of CONTROL TRANSFORMER CIRCUIT BREAKER ORFUSE ISOLATED SECONDARY CIRCUIT Installation Recommendations Electro Magnetic Interference EMI The Vilter Vission 20 20 should be isolated with its own con trol transformer for the most reliable operation see Figure 2 1 Connecting the Vilter Vission 20 20 to breaker panels and central control transformers exposes the Vission 20 20 to large amounts of EMI emitted from the other devices connected to the secondary terminals of the transformer This practice should be avoided if possible see Figure 2 2 PRIMARY GROUND GROUNDED NEUTRAL Figure 2 1 Vission 20 20 with Individual Transformer PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT BREAKER OR FUSE GROUND GROUNDED NEUTRAL NON ISOLATED SECONDARY CIRCUIT Figure 2 2 EMI and Vission 20 20 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 2 1 Section 2 Installation Recommendations Grounding Each voltage level must be run in separate conduit Continuous grounds must be run from the util 460 VAC e 120VAC DCSignals ity ground to the Vission 20 20 see Figure 2 3 Grounding e 230VAC e 24 VAC Grounds must be copper or aluminum wire If your insta
380. unication takes place to the 20 20 for configured time the 20 20 will be stopped a red banner will be displayed on the 20 20 signifying that a Remote Comm Time out occurred and the Event List will get pop ulated with a time stamped Remote Comm Time out event Direct I O Enables the Direct I O inputs Once selected a pop up will be displayed and the operator will need to choose a one of the three Direct I O options Serial Modbus RTU Enables the Serial Modbus RTU protocol Once selected the remainder of the serial setpoints will be available for editing Node Address Address used by the controller when communicating with multiple panels Port The Vission 20 20 has two ways to communicate on serial bus Either via the built in serial port P12 or through one of the USB ports This drop down box allows the operator to choose which one will be used Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 19 Configuration Baud Rate Sets the Baud Rate for the serial communication Data Bits Fixed at 8 Data bits Stop Bits Identifies the end of character for re synchronizing Parity Identifies the type of error detection Ethernet Enables the Ethernet port Once selected the remainder of the Ethernet setpoints will be available for editing IP Address Entry box to set the IP address Subnet Mask Entry box to set the Subnet Mask
381. unications Temp Units id Press Units Order Num fi Run Hours 31 Serial Modbus RTU Panel ID fi Port Time Format Data Bits 8 Stop Bits 1 Ethernet Panel ID f P Address Gateway Protocol 5 Figure 6 14 Configuration screen Page 1 C 24 Active Remote Control themes Direct I O lt Auto Capacity Baud Rate lt X 1921691 98 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 19215813 Once the port is setup properly communication can be established You will be able to read from and write see note to registers NOTE In order to write to a register in the Control Block region of Modbus registers 40500 through 40513 the Vission 20 20 panel must be placed into Remote mode by pressing the green Unit Start button and then pressing Remote The panel will be placed into Remote mode which will allow register writes in this region to occur You can write to setpoints outside this region without placing the panel into Remote mode INTRODUCING THE REMOTE LOCK BUTTON AND RESTART ON POWER FAILURE SELECTION Remote Lock The Remote Lock Button sets the Remote Lock condition ON or OFF This determines when communication writes for Compressor Command Anti Recycle Restart on Power Failure Always Never Timed Remote Lock Off Boot in Remote Direct i 0 Compressor Sequencing Master
382. ure has fallen below the Liquid inj Setpoint 1 This feature nearly Suction Pressure 1 1 3 Psig A Capacity Slide Oil Control Setpoint Oil Pump Press Restart Ratio E x Oil Separator Heater Temp Volume Slide Oil Injection Temp Override 47 5 Liquid Injection 5 Motorized Valve Control P 25 0 fzo D 2 0 Minimum Valve Open 125 96 Avg With Oil Manifold Temperature Liquid Inj Setpoint 1 235 0 235 0 F 100 0 F Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Liquid Inj Setpoint 2 Suction Press emp 18 7 Psig 26 5 F Oil Sep Temp Override Discharge Press emp Page 1 2 3 4 5 6 Ol Press Diff 130 7 Psig No Scheduled Maintenance User admin Inj Temp 111 9 F ep Temp 111 0 F 04 26 2013 11 24 39 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 0 hmperage 0 0 Arps Figure 6 12 Compressor Control Screen Oil Control amp Liquid Injection Control 65 3 Psig B2 E Log off Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 6 15 Section 6 Compressor Control Liquid Inj Setpoint 1 Setpoint at which the liquid solenoid will activate if in solenoid control or if the setting for the control vari able for the PID is in liquid motorized value control Liquid Inj Setpoint 2 Notyet available Oil Sep Temp Override Definesthetemperaturethe oil must
383. ured for the desired type of Digital I O control the Vission 20 20 needs to be placed in REMOTE mode To do this press the green UNIT START button then REMOTE The Remote Start Stop input is now active The state of the Remote Enable Output should be determined by the controlling device When it is determined to be on then the control ling device can energize the Remote Start Stop input After the compressor has started then the compressor capacity is controlled by the selected option Thought should also be given as to how the compressor will be restarted after a power failure occurs REMOTE MONITORING e It should be noted that while the compressor is being controlled starting stopping and capacity control via hard wired inputs monitoring of com pressor operating parameters can still occur by using the communication ports available in the 20 20 Remote monitoring can be accomplished by utiliz ing either the Ethernet communication port via Ethernet I P or Modbus TCP IP or the serial port via RS485 Modbus RTU For communication register information refer to Table D 1 Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix C Remote Control and Monitoring of Vission 20 20 Panel COMMUNICATION PORT SETUP Reference the Communication section of Figure G14 For Serial Port Modbus RTU Monitoring e Check the Serial box inside the Communications section Confi
384. us Word WORD Currently Unused Read See Appendix 4 N55 10 40410 Current Run 0 Idle Mode 1 Waiting 2 Starting 3 Manual 4 Auto Internal Capacity Control 5 Remote Auto Internal Capacity Control 6 Remote Load Unload 7 Remote Capacity Hold 8 Remote Ready Idle 9 Direct I O Auto Capacity 10 Direct I O Manual Capacity 11 Direct I O Capacity Hold 12 Auto Sequencing N55 11 40411 Load Limiting Bit 0 High Motor Condition Amps Bit 1 High Discharge Pressure Bit 2 Low Suction Pressure Bit 3 High Discharge Superheat 0 OFF 12 ON NNI ERUNT RN l1 N55 13 40413 Oil Pump ENUM Operation 1 Cydiing 2 Full Time 3 Cool Compression N55 14 40414 Compressor ENUM Model Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 2 D 7 Appendix D Vission 20 20 Communication Table N55 15 40415 N55 16 40416 Runtime Hours INT x1000 N55 17 40417 Runtime Hours INT 1 999 N55 18 40418 Remote Lock INT Mode eemmans N56 0 140500 AlarmReset iNT N56 1 40501 Active Remote ENUM Control N56 2 40502 Remote Capacity Control Select z N56 3 40503 Auto Capacity ENUM Control Type O R11 1 R12 2 R13 3 R22 4 R113 5 R114 6 R134a 7 R290 Propane 8 R404a 9 R500 10 R502 11 R503 12 R507 13 R717 14 R717 Cool Comp 15 R744 CO2 16 1
385. ut Analog Input O Digital Input Condenser Level 4 Tigger Value oo Differential 2 0 Control Method P MEME o EM o EM No Scheduled Maintenance User No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours 2 7 Psig A Capacity Slide Volume Slide Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Enable if Above O v Scalable Control Min input Min Output Suction 0 0 Press 22 7 Psig Max input Max Output emp 23 9 F 100 0 oo Discharge Press 143 2 Psig emp 51 1 F Press Diff 154 6 Psig Filter Diff 0 9 Psig Inj Temp 127 2 F p Temp 121 7 F Vilter 01 02 2002 12 19 23 2643 Motor Amperage 0 0 Amps Figure B 20 PID Level Control Auxiliary I O Page 6 CHILLER LEVEL CONTROL Suppose we are trying to maintain a level of liquid in a chiller As the level decreases we want to stroke a posi tioning valve more open to allow more liquid to feed into the chiller In the example in Figure B 20 examine the setup of Aux1 Chiller Level 4 20 Output on the left side of the screen The Run Always selection box is not checked so the control of the positioning valve will only occur while the compressor is running Forthe setup in Figure B 20 the Auxiliary 1 analog out putsignal which is the 4 20 ma signal to the chiller Level positioning valve is controlled by the Auxiliary Input Chiller Level 4 20 input which was configured in Step
386. ux in 16 See HA Figure 8 36 Vibration Monitoring Step 2 Analog Auxiliary Screen Page 4 NEZ Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Step 3 Calibrate Instruments 1 of 2 From the Instrument Calibration screen page 4 with Input 1 and Input 2 configured the Set Names will be shown in Aux 1 and Aux 2 tabs To set up Aux 1 in the Device Calibration window select Other from the drop down menu and enter the de sired unit in this case in sec Then add in the Min and Max values in this case 0 0 in sec and 1 0 in sec respectively Since the Range for the device Vibration Transmitter is 4 20 mA 0 0 in sec will correspond to 4 mA and 1 0 in sec will correspond to 20 mA No further set up is required other than what has been explained Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 10 9 Psig A Capacity Slide 05 Volume Slide Analog Inputs yo AJD bit Value Calibrated Value Aux 2 Fault Detector 2279 0 4 in sec Aux 3 Analog Aux in 3 Channel Calibration Offset Adjustment Device Calibration Aux 4 Analog Aux in 4 5 Other lv Aux 5 Analog Aux in 5 Enter Desired Unit Total Offset I M het 0 0 Suction Press Control Aux 7 Analog Aux in 7 Min Moi Setpoint 20 0 Psig oo in sec E P O jumpers selection Aux 8 Analog Aux in 8 2 Suction
387. ve compres sor available Min Trigger Example When master compressor reaches its Min Trigger setpoint and the suction pressure is less than suction control setpoint for the time period of the slow un load fast unload timer then the master will adjust decrease the slave compressor capacity When a slave compressor has been unloaded to its MIN CAP setpoint and the suction pressure is still less than suction control setpoint for the time period of the slow unload fast unload timer a calculation of the operating CFM of the slave compressor is made This value is compared against the available CFM of the other running compressors If enough CFM is avail able then the machine stop timer is started When it times out and provided there is still enough CFM available from the remaining running compressors the slave compressor is stopped MACHINE START STOP TIMER Machine start stop timers show the time in sec that the Master Compressor will hold before start ing stopping slave compressor once Start Stop B 19 Appendix B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures decision is taken For further explanation of the CONFIGURING SEQUENCING TABLE ON MASTER operation of these timers see Walk through of COMPRESSOR Sequencing Loading and Unloading 1 Select correct compressor name from Equipment drop down list Status Symbols shown on Master Compressor 2 Assign Priority for the slave compressor Sequencing menu
388. ve compressors see Figure B 7 Min Trigger Defines the Master s capacity value in percentage which is used as a trigger to step wise decrement slave s compressor capacity Slave compressor ca pacity is decremented only if Master is running with capacity lower than set Min Trigger value Max Trigger Definesthe Master s capacity value in percentage which is used as a trigger to step wise increment slave s compressor capacity Slave compressor ca pacity is incremented only if Master is running with capacity higher than set Max Trigger value Equipment e Options of this combo box are updated depend ing on devices shown in Devices List Page This contains names of all the compressors in the network communi cating with Master compressor Equipment name can be selected from drop down list Same Equipment name should not be configured more than once in sequencing table Examples of acceptable unique names e Master slave no 1 slave no 2 comp no 1 comp no 2 etc Control e ON OFF Inclusion exclusion of a compressor partaking in the sequencing is decided on basis of this toggle button Operator can include exclude compressor by toggling the ON OFF button Example The operator can configure all settings for a particular slave compressor and set the control as OFF so that it won t be a part of sequencing steps If the operator de cides to enable this compressor by selecting ON then it will be considere
389. ve to allow more or less liquid refrigerant to be injected into the eliminates the overshoot of the PID in the downward direction and reduces the chance of the compressor tripping off due to low oil temperature The operator can also choose to use an average of the discharge temperature and the oil manifold temperature as the control variable The discharge temperature can vary quite drastically forcing the PID algorithm to drasti cally adjust the motorized value By averaging the more stable oil manifold temperature and discharge temperature the control variable stabilizes and the PID is more easily tuned compressor Please note that as stated above PID algorithms can be difficult to tune and there is no one set of PID values that will work The work required for a compressor to meet the requirement of its installation vary greatly and there fore the amount of heat transferred to the oil varies just as greatly We recommend the operator consult PID tun ing guides available from many different sources before attempting to tune this PID e PID algorithm can be notoriously hard to tune As a result the Vission 20 20 offers a couple of addi tional features to help control wild fluctuations in oil temperatures that could result in the compres sor tripping off The operator can choose to enable the minimum value position that automatically sets the liquid injection motorized value to the specified value whenever the discharge temperat
390. vice Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 22 3 22 4 Blank Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 23 Help Screen Overview Use this screen to receive help on other setpoint screens contained within the software These help files can be ac cessed from any screen The help files describe the func tionality of that screen as well as compressor operation Screen Features Manual Tab Contains the list of available manual sections to be displayed in the display window see Figure 23 1 USB tab The operator as the option to view other manuals typically Vilter compressor manuals on the Vission 20 20 from a USB drive see Figure 23 2 If there are any PDF type documents on a connected USB drive the names will be listed in this section The operator Suction Pressure 1 Menu Screen Main Screen Maintenance Section 6 Compressor Control will have to navigate through the file structure of the USB drive to find the documents The top box in the USB drive will display any USB drives mounted to the Vission 20 20 OS Touching one ofthe listed USB devices will select that device and list any files or PDF documents contained on the USB drive Selecting a folder will open that folder and display any sub folders of PDF documents Unmount e Pressing the unmount button will disconnect the USB drive from the Vission 20 20 operating system Once
391. w Oil Injection Temp 25 0 F a s High Oil Injection Temp 245 0 F High Superheat Start Temp High Superheat Run Temp 22 0 F High Superheat Start Offset Temp Maintenance User Access Log off No Scheduled Maintenance User No Alarm Trips Present Run Hours monitor is enabled in the configuration screen The compressor is prevented from starting or running if the superheat is above the setpoint value The warn ing or trip will be activated if the superheat tem perature rises above the setpoint value There is no ALARM setpoint High Superheat Run Temperature Alarm amp Trip This is the running high discharge superheat tem perature safety This safety is active when super heat monitor is enabled in the configuration screen After a time delay setting of the High Superheat Temperature Safety Changeover timer the High Superheat Start Offset Temperature is bypassed and High Superheat Run Temperature alarm and safety setpoints become active The alarm or trip will be ac tivated if the superheat temperature rises above the setpoint value High Superheat Start Offset Temperature Trip Only This is the starting high discharge superheat tem perature safety This safety is active when super heat monitor is enabled in the configuration screen 9 5 Psig A Capacity Slide Trip 50 0 F Volume Slide Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig 210 0 F 100 0 F 110 0 F 90 0
392. w in structs the ACTUATOR motor that this point is the minimum slide position This point will correspond to 0 volts AFTER the ACTUATOR calibration proce dure is completed View Rotate 180 Figure 14 2 Actuator Assembly Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 35391SC 2 2 14 3 Section 14 Slide Calibration 14 4 Suction Pressure 1 Stopped 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide Anti Recycle 00 00 Oil Pump off Oil Heater off Remote Lock Out On 29 4 Psig 0 9 50 0 F Volume Slide 17 127 9 Psig 83 1 F Suction Press Control Setpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 29 4 Psig E In 169 7 Psig Discharge Out 160 8 Psig Press 127 9 Psig Diff 8 9 Psig 106 0 F emp 83 1 F Oil Press Diff 131 4 Psig ilter Diff 8 9 Psig Inj Temp 102 1 F Sep Temp 106 0 F Maintenance No Scheduled Maintenance User 01 01 29 Motor No Alarm Trips Present Run Hg Amperage 0 0 Amps 9 5 Psig A Capacity Slide 0 9 Volume Slide zz Compressor Control Service Options Alarms and Trips Timers Slide Calibration Compressor Scheduling Trend Chart Suction Press Control Compressor Sequencing Event List Setpoint 20 0 Psig Condenser Control Input Output States Suction Press 29 5 Psig emp 49 8 F Vilter VED Auxiliary I O Instrument Calibration Discharge Pres
393. x B Vission 20 20 Application Procedures Vission 20 20 Compressor Control Setup SCOPE Vission 20 20 programs version 4550 1 and later PULLDOWN The Pulldown feature provides a method of slowly pull ing the suction pressure down from a high value by slowly lowering the suction pressure control setpoint over a time period This feature is sometimes required on systems that have liquid recirculation systems On these systems if the suction pressure is pulled down too fast the pumps can cavitate causing vibration and damage to the pumps By slowly lowering the suction pressure setpoint the suction pressure can be slowly lowered preventing liquid recirculation pump cavitation Pulldown is also be used for new plant startups Pulling the suction pressure and resultant temperature of new buildings down too quickly can cause structural dam age so limiting the suction pressure Pulldown rate will prevent this allowing time to de humidify the rooms as the temperature in the rooms are pulled down Pulldown can only be activated when controlling in Suction Pressure Control mode Setpoint 1 NOTE In new plant construction Pulldown applications water freezing in the concrete will lead to structural damage For new plant construction Pulldown applications it is highly recommended that the Auto Cycle be enabled while running Pulldown During Pulldown when the Suction Pressure Control setpoint is slowly lowered the Auto Cycl
394. ximum value in amps repre sented by a 20ma inputs Enter Desired Value Theoperatorenters the correct current value Each entry will recalculate the point slope calcu lations of the current calibration Total Error Not editable by the operator Displays the Suction Pressure 1 Analog Inputs AJD bit Value 21 Remote Capacity 4 20ma Scale 4ma 20ma 250 0 Amps Current Transformer Ratio Prima Seconda Enter Desired Value E 2 emp 49 8 F 250 0 Amps 5 Amps Total Error Page JENSEN No Scheduled Maintenance No Alarm Trips Present Enter Desired Value Total Error Clear Error o Clear Error total error offset of entries from the Enter Desired Value setpoint Current Transformer Ratio Primary Defines the upper value of the current transformer Secondary Not editable by the operator Defines the minimum value of the current transformer e Enter Desired Value The operator enters the value of the cor rect current value Each entry will recalculate the point slope calculations of the current calibration e Total Error Not editable by the operator Displays the to tal error offset of entries from the Enter Desired Value setpoint 9 4 Psig A Capacity Slide Calibrated value 1 3 Amps i Volume Slide Suction Press Control etpoint 20 0 Psig Suction Press 29 4 Psig Discharge Press 127
395. ypically 60 seconds After this timer expires then the setpoints return back to the normal settings The action of adjusting the setpoints for about a minute allows the Run Oil Pressure to build up to normal running pressures after the compressor starts After the Oil Pressure Bypass Timer has ex pired the Oil Pressure must be above the normal set points or else an Alarm or Trip will occur An alarm or trip will be active if the oil pressure drops below the Reference Figure 7 3 Prelube Oil Pressure Alarm amp Trip e This is the prelube oil pump failure safety If prelube oil pressure does not rise by prelube alarm setting configured with in prelube oil pressure trials of pre lube oil pressure monitor time for a minimum time set at Minimum Comp Prelube Time then the start sequence will be aborted The prelube oil pressure trials prelube oil pressure monitor time Minimum Comp Prelube Time is set on the Timer screen The prelube oil pressure is defined as manifold pressure minus discharge pressure during the start sequence Suction Pressure 1 9 5 Psig A Capacity Slide Trip Prelube Oil Pressure 4 0 Psig 2 0 Psig Volume Slide Run Oil Pressure 38 0 Psig 35 0 Psig ALLE High Filter Diff Start Pressure 45 0 Psig o Psig zz 5 High Filter Diff Run Pressure 12 0 Psig 25 0 Psig 5 5 Sa High Motor Amps 15 0 Amps 15 Amps Suction Press Control 5 Low Run Pressure Ratio 4 Setpoint 20
396. ze or signal other devices All the signals are digital in that the only two states available or either on or off See board layout Figure 3 3 Signal LEDs Marked in the diagram below in Blue These LEDs in dicated when a 120Vac output is being produced Voltage LEDs Marked in the diagram below in Orange These LEDs indicate the correct voltage of both the 5Vdc and 24Vdc power sources Communication LEDs Marked in the diagram below in Green These LEDs show the active communications between the digital output board and the Vission 20 20 CPU board Address Dipswitches Markedinthe diagram belowin Red These dipswitch es are used to assign each board its address position The addresses are binary and therefore the address of a digital output board will either be address as 1 0001 or 2 0010 1 9891 2 8 8 z 8 854 3 o ci uF N o o 6 pe rd rd 5 o 0 6 i J jo C2 c O e 1 5 jo ollel 2 5 oll 3 a le oe 4 995 SS6 o o 5 id T U J9 _ Spe j 8 8 Ge he 3 R7 2 RX R9 onf DTX POSEE SS8 SS7 es Ke Qko O PERI LED2 ibus S c5 8 8 uo REV 1 Fre CMM s SERIAL EENNEN J ju 325 046 0010 am 24 GND JP1 O 0 o o J2 Figure 3 3 Digital Output Board Layout Vission 20 20 Operation and Service Manual Emerson Climate Technologies 3539156 2 Section 3 Hardware Architecture Digital Input Boards The d

Operating Manual V 2.2 - Emerson Climate Technologies

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents